Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 14, 2008
Registration No. 333-                     
 
 
U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
COMMAND CENTER, INC.
(Name of registrant as specified in its charter)
         
Washington   7363   91-2079472
(State or other jurisdiction of   (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)   Classification Code Number)   Identification No.)
Brad E. Herr
Chief Financial Officer
3773 West Fifth Avenue
Post Falls, ID 83854
208.773.7450
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 
National Registered Agents
1780 Barnes Boulevard S.W., Building G
Tumwater, WA 98512-0410
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of agent for service)
 
Copies to:
Michael Hool
Rogers & Hool LLP
2425 East Camelback Road
Phoenix, AZ 85016
Tel: 602.852.5550
 
Approximate date of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of the registration statement
 
     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: þ
     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
                                             
 
                  Proposed     Proposed        
                  maximum     maximum        
  Title of each class of               offering     aggregate     Amount of  
  securities     Amount to be     price per     offering     registration  
  to be registered     registered (1)     share (2)     price (2)     fee (3)  
 
Common Stock, $0.001 par value
      10,296,885       $ 1.29       $ 13,282,981       $ 522.02    
 
Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Warrants
      5,264,878       $ 1.25       $ 6,581,098       $ 258.64    
 
Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Placement Agent Warrants
      1,047,925       $ 1.25       $ 1,309,906       $ 51.48    
 
Total
      16,609,688                 $ 21,173,985       $ 832.14    
 
(1)   In addition, pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement includes an indeterminate number of additional shares as may be issuable as a result of stock splits or stock dividends which occur during this continuous offering.
 
(2)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act of 1933 based upon the average of the bid and asked prices of the registrant’s common stock on January 11, 2008 as reported by the OTC Bulletin Board.
           The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section  8(a) , may determine.
     
 
 
 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. The selling shareholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 14, 2008
PROSPECTUS   (COMMAND CENTER LOGO)
16,609,688 Shares    
COMMAND CENTER, INC.
Common Stock
     This prospectus relates to the disposition from time to time of up to 16,609,688 shares of common stock of Command Center, Inc., a Washington corporation (the “Company”), held by the selling shareholders identified in this prospectus for their own account. The 16,609,688 shares consist of 10,296,885 shares of common stock issued to the selling shareholders, and 6,312,803 shares of our common stock that may be issued on exercise of warrants held by the selling shareholders.
     We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling shareholders. We will receive proceeds if some or all of the warrants held by the selling shareholders are exercised, unless some or all of such warrants are exercised on a cashless basis.
     The shares may be offered and sold from time to time directly from the selling shareholders or through underwriters, broker-dealers or agents. Each selling shareholder will determine the prices at which it sells its shares. The shares may be sold at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to the prevailing market price, at varying prices determined at the time of sale or at negotiated prices. See “Plan of Distribution.”
     Our common stock is listed on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board (the “OTC Bulletin Board”) and traded under the symbol “CCNI.OB.” On January 11, 2008, the closing price of the common stock quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, was $1.29 per share.
     We may amend or supplement this prospectus from time to time. You should read this entire prospectus and any amendments or supplements carefully before you make your investment decision.
     
 
      An investment in our common stock is speculative and involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning at page 7.
     
 
      Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
     
 
The date of this prospectus is                                                                               , 2007

Page 2


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
    5  
 
    7  
 
    13  
 
    13  
 
    14  
 
    14  
 
    14  
 
    15  
 
    17  
 
    23  
 
    29  
 
    32  
 
    35  
 
    37  
 
    38  
 
    40  
 
    41  
 
    43  
 
    44  
 
    44  
 
    F-1  

Page 3


Table of Contents

     We have not authorized any person to give you any supplemental information or to make any representations for us. You should not rely upon any information about us that is not contained in this prospectus or in one of our public reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and incorporated into this prospectus. Information contained in this prospectus or in our public reports may become stale. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus, any prospectus supplement or the documents incorporated by reference are accurate as of any date other than their respective dates, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the shares. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates. The selling shareholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted.
     In this prospectus the “company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Command Center, Inc., a Washington corporation.

Page 4


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights key aspects of our business and the Company that are described in more detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before making an investment decision with respect to our securities. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the “Risk Factors,” the audited financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Our Business
     We provide temporary workers to our customers primarily in the industrial sector of the temporary staffing industry. We currently operate 79 temporary staffing stores in 22 states.
     We were organized as Command Staffing LLC on December 26, 2002. We commenced operations in 2003 as a franchisor of temporary staffing businesses. On November 9, 2005, the assets of Command Staffing LLC and Harborview Software, Inc. (“Harborview”), an affiliated company that owned the software used in the operation of our temporary staffing stores, were acquired by Temporary Financial Services, Inc., a public company (“TFS”) and our corporate predecessor. The transaction was accounted for as if Command Staffing LLC was the accounting acquirer. On November 16, 2005, we changed our name to Command Center, Inc. Prior to April 2006, we generated revenues primarily from franchise fees. On May 12, 2006, we acquired 48 temporary staffing stores from certain former franchisees, and shifted our business focus from franchisor to operator. We ceased our franchise operations in the second quarter of 2006 and currently generate all of our revenue from temporary staffing store operations and related activities. See “Business.”
     On November 30, 2007, we raised $10,296,885 in gross proceeds through the private placement of 10,296,885 shares of common stock (at $1.00 per share), and warrants to purchase up to 6,312,803 shares. The warrants have an exercise price of $1.25 per share, and are exercisable commencing on May 29, 2008, as to 6,031,943 shares and June 27, 2008, as to 280,860 shares, and for a period of up to five years thereafter. See “Description of Securities — Warrants and Options.”
     We are using the proceeds from the private placement to expand our operations in 2008 and beyond by opening new temporary staffing stores and to provide working capital.
Risk Factors
     We are an early stage company with a limited operating history under our new business model and no history of profitable operations. We operate in an extremely competitive environment. Our business is dependent upon our ability to obtain workers compensation and other insurance on commercially reasonable terms, which is subject to numerous uncertainties. Our operations expose us to employment claims and other significant litigation risks. Any significant economic downturn could adversely affect our business. The cost of compliance with laws and regulations affecting our business is significant and we are continually subject to the risk of new regulation. We face a formidable challenge in scaling up our corporate infrastructure to accommodate our growth. We require significant working capital to operate and grow our business and our ability to grow is dependent upon obtaining new and increased sources of working capital. The loss of any of our key personnel could harm our business. Our common stock is thinly traded and subject to significant price volatility. Sales of the 16,609,688 shares of common stock eligible for sale to the public by the selling shareholders under this prospectus may depress the market price of our common stock as such sales occur. See “Risk Factors” beginning at page 7.
Principal Executive Office
     Our offices are located at 3773 West Fifth Avenue, Post Falls, ID 83854. Our telephone number is 208.773.7450.

Page 5


Table of Contents

Competitive Strength
      A highly accomplished team of temporary labor industry professionals. Our management team includes members who were instrumental in building Labor Ready. Glenn Welstad, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, was a founder and chief executive officer of True Blue, Inc. (doing business as “Labor Ready”) from 1989 through 2000. Tom Gilbert, our Chief Operating Officer, was regional vice president of Labor Ready from 1998 through 2001, responsible for managing 400 temporary staffing offices in 23 states and five Canadian provinces. Todd Welstad, our Chief Information Officer, was chief information officer for Labor Ready from 1993 through 2003. Ronald L. Junck, our General Counsel, was executive vice president and general counsel for Labor Ready from 1998 through 2001. Dwight Enget, our Vice President of Real Estate, worked for Labor Ready from 1989 through 1998, rising to the position of Western U.S. director of operations. Kevin Semerad, our Regional Vice President, managed a labor ready franchise from 1989 through 2002 and grew the franchised operations from 5 to 18 temporary staffing offices.
The Offering
     This offering relates to the offer and sale from time to time of up to 16,609,688 shares (including up to 6,312,803 shares issuable on exercise of warrants) of our common stock by the selling shareholders identified in this prospectus. The selling shareholders will sell up to 10,296,885 shares for their own account and we will not receive any proceeds from the sale of these shares by the selling shareholders. The selling shareholders may also sell up to 6,312,803 shares acquired from exercise of the warrants. We will receive proceeds if some or all of the warrants are exercised unless some or all of the warrants are exercised on a cashless basis. The number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of January 14, 2008, not including up to 6,312,803 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants, was 35,665,053, of which 3,811,425 represented our “public float” of shares, 11,120,986 are held or controlled by our officers and directors, 10,435,757 are other restricted securities, and 10,296,885 are eligible for public sale for the first time pursuant to this prospectus.
Financial Information
     See “Selected Financial Information,” beginning on page 15.

Page 6


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS
      An investment in our common stock is speculative and involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below and the other information in this prospectus before purchasing any shares of our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties may also adversely impair our business operations or affect the market price of our common stock. If any of the events described in the risk factors below actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could suffer significantly. In such case, the value of your investment could decline and you may lose all or part of the money you paid to buy our common stock.
Business Risks
      We have a history of net losses, and we anticipate additional losses. We incurred net losses in each fiscal year since our inception other than the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005. For the fiscal year ended December 29, 2006, we incurred a net loss of approximately $2.4 million and for the nine months ended September 30, 2007, we incurred a net loss of approximately $4 million. Our losses have resulted primarily from the costs of consolidation of the franchisees, time needed to change the culture of our former franchisees from independent operators to a centralized command and control structure, and from the scale of our corporate infrastructure. We have focused our efforts to date on building a support structure able to meet the needs of 100 or more stores. We currently operate 79 stores in 22 states and the revenue flow from our existing base of operations has not been sufficient to fully offset the corporate infrastructure costs. We may continue to incur additional operating losses through fiscal 2008 as we continue to expand our sales and marketing activities and open additional stores. We cannot assure you that our revenue will increase or that we will be profitable in any future period.
      Our historical financial information is of limited utility as a basis for your evaluation of our business. We were incorporated in December 2002, began operations in 2003, and operated as a franchisor until April 1, 2006, when we changed our business model to operator of temporary staffing stores. Our financial statements for periods prior to April 1, 2006, are not comparable to our financial statements for later periods. As a result, we have a limited operating history and limited financial results that you can use to evaluate our business and prospects. Although we have experienced significant growth in recent periods, the growth to date has not been profitable and we may not be able to sustain this growth. Because we have limited historical financial data upon which to base planned operating expenses and forecast operating results, we cannot be certain that our revenue will grow at rates that will allow us to achieve or maintain profitability. You must consider our prospects in light of the risks, expenses and difficulties we face as an early stage company with a limited operating history.
      Changes in our business model and strategy may be difficult to manage. During 2006, we changed our business model from franchisor to temporary staffing store operator, acquired 57 temporary staffing stores and opened an additional 20 stores. This shift in focus and rapid growth required additional personnel, software capabilities, and infrastructure. We intend to continue to increase the number of stores we operate. If management is unable to successfully manage these significant changes, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted.
      We have a limited operating history under our new business model. We have been operating under our new business model for less than two years. In light of our limited operating experience, we have not proven the essential elements of stabilized long-term operations and we cannot assure that we will be successful in achieving such operations. Moreover, we have not demonstrated that our business can be operated on a profitable basis. Until we establish and maintain profitable operations, we cannot assure you that we can make a profit on a long-term basis.
      We will require significant additional working capital to implement our current and future business plans. We will require more working capital to fund customer accounts receivable to continue to expand our operations. We may require more capital in 2008 to open new stores, expand our sales force, and refine and improve the efficiency of our business systems and processes. In future years, we will need more capital to increase our marketing efforts and expand our network of stores through acquisition and opening of new stores. We cannot assure that such additional capital will be available when we need it on terms acceptable to us, or at all. If capital

Page 7


Table of Contents

needed in the future is unavailable or delayed, our ability to respond to competition or changes in the marketplace or to exploit opportunities will be impaired. If we are unsuccessful in securing needed capital in the future, our business may be materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, the sale of additional equity or debt securities may result in dilution to existing shareholders, and incurring debt may hinder our operational flexibility. If sufficient additional funds are not available, we may be required to delay, reduce the scope of or eliminate material parts of our business strategy.
      We are operating under a waiver of certain financial covenants. We have obtained a credit facility that is collateralized by eligible accounts receivable, which are generally defined to include accounts that are not more than sixty days past due. Under this facility, our lender will advance 85% of amounts invoiced for eligible receivables. This credit facility contains strict financial covenants, which include, among other things, the following requirements: (i) that we maintain a working capital ratio of 1:1; (ii) that we maintain positive cash flow; (iii) that we maintain a tangible net worth of $3,500,000; and (iv) that we achieve operating results within a range of projected earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. As of September 28, 2007 (the last measurement date for determination of compliance) we were not in compliance with any of these covenants and our lender waived compliance with these covenants until December 28, 2007 (the next measurement date for compliance). We will not know if we are in compliance with the financial statement covenants at December 28, 2007 until we have issued our financial statements as of and for the fifty-two weeks then ended. The balance due to our lender at September 28, 2007, was $6,718,579. In connection with this credit facility, our lender has placed a lien on all of our assets. We cannot assure you that our lender will consent to future waivers or continue to finance our activities if we cannot satisfy these covenants in the future. If we do not comply with the covenants and the lender does not waive them, we will be in default of our credit facility, which could subject us to termination of our credit facility. We are not in a position to operate without a source of accounts receivable financing. In such circumstances, we could be required to seek other or additional sources of capital to satisfy our liquidity needs. We cannot assure that other sources of financing would be available at all or on terms that we consider to be commercially reasonable.
      Our goodwill may become impaired, which could result in a material non-cash charge to our results of operations. We have a substantial amount of goodwill resulting from our acquisitions, including the acquisitions of Harborview Software in 2005 and 57 temporary staffing stores in 2006. When we divest a business, but at least annually, we evaluate this goodwill for impairment based on the fair value of each reporting unit, as required by generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP). This estimated fair value could change if there are future changes in our capital structure, cost of debt, interest rates, capital expenditure levels, ability to perform at levels that were forecasted or a permanent change to the market capitalization of our company. These changes could result in an impairment that could require a material non-cash charge to our results of operations. Such a charge would have the effect of reducing goodwill with a corresponding impairment expense. The additional expense may reduce our reported profitability or increase our reported losses in future periods and could negatively impact the market for our securities, our ability to obtain other sources of capital, and may generally have a negative effect on our future operations.
      The rapid addition of company owned stores could overwhelm our corporate infrastructure. Our growth plans are subject to numerous and substantial risks. We currently operate 79 temporary staffing stores and plan to acquire or open 20 or more new locations in 2008. If management is unable to implement internal controls and monitoring methods adequate for 100 or more temporary staffing stores, our results of operations could suffer. Our failure to manage growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition and on our ability to execute our expansion plans.
      Loss of key personnel could negatively impact our business. Our success depends to a significant extent upon the continued services of Glenn A. Welstad, president, chief executive officer, and director, and other members of the Company’s executive management, including Brad Herr — Chief Financial Officer, Tom Gilbert — Chief Operating Officer, Todd Welstad — Chief Information Officer, and Ron Junck — General Counsel. Should any of these persons or other key employees be unable or unwilling to continue in our employ, our ability to execute our business strategy may be adversely affected. The loss of any key executive could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Our future performance also depends on our ability to identify, recruit, motivate, and retain key management personnel including store managers, area vice presidents, and

Page 8


Table of Contents

other personnel. The failure to attract and retain key management personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
      Our inability to attract, develop and retain qualified store managers may negatively impact our business. We rely significantly on the performance and productivity of our store managers. Each store manager has primary responsibility for managing the operations of the individual temporary staffing store, including recruiting workers, daily dispatch of personnel, and collection of accounts receivable. In addition, each store manager has responsibility for customer service. The available pool of qualified candidates for positions with new temporary staffing stores is limited. To combat a typically high turnover rate for store managers in the temporary staffing industry, we are developing training and compensation plans directed at employee retention. There can be no assurance that our training and compensation plans will reduce turnover in this position.
      Our inability to attract, develop and retain qualified business development specialists will negatively impact our business. In 2008, we will be relying on our staff of business development specialists to help drive new business to our growing number of stores. The available pool of qualified candidates for these sales positions is limited. We are working with a sales training company to develop sales programs that are expected to produce positive results and improve employee retention, but the program is new so we have no results to measure the success of these efforts. If our business development specialists are not successful, our operating results will suffer.
      Increased employee costs and workers’ compensation expenses could adversely impact our operations. We are required to comply with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations relating to employment, including occupational safety and health provisions, wage and hour requirements, and workers’ compensation and employment insurance. Costs and expenses related to these requirements are one of our largest operating expenses and may increase as a result of, among other things, changes in federal or state laws or regulations requiring employers to provide specified benefits to employees (such as medical insurance), increases in the minimum wage or the level of existing benefits, or the lengthening of periods for which unemployment benefits are available. Furthermore, workers’ compensation expenses and the related liability accrual are based on our actual claims experience. We maintain a ‘large deductible’ workers’ compensation insurance policy with deductible limits of $250,000 per occurrence. As a result, we are substantially self insured. Our management training and safety programs attempt to minimize workers’ compensation claims but significant claims could require payment of substantial benefits. We cannot assure that we will be able to increase fees charged to our customers to offset any increased costs and expenses, and higher costs will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
      If we do not manage our workers’ compensation claims history well, high experience ratings and increased premiums could negatively impact operating results. We maintain workers’ compensation insurance as required by state laws. We are required to pay premiums or contributions based on our business classification, specific job classifications, and actual workers’ compensation claims experience over time. In those states where private insurance is not allowed or not available, we purchase our insurance through state workers’ compensation funds. In all other states we provide coverage through a private insurance company licensed to do business in those states. In either case, we do not control insurance rates, and we cannot assure that our premiums will not increase substantially.
      We face competition from companies that have greater resources than we do and we may not be able to effectively compete against these companies. The temporary services industry is highly fragmented and highly competitive, with limited barriers to entry. A large percentage of temporary staffing companies are local operations with fewer than five stores. Within local or regional markets, these companies actively compete with us for customers and temporary personnel. There are also several very large full-service and specialized temporary labor companies competing in national, regional and local markets. Many of these competitors have substantially greater financial and marketing resources than we have. Price competition in the staffing industry is intense, and pricing pressure is increasing. We expect that the level of competition will remain high and increase in the future. Competition, particularly from companies with greater financial and marketing resources than ours, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. There also is a risk that competitors, perceiving our lack of capital resources, may undercut our prices or increase promotional expenditures in our strongest markets in an effort to force us out of business.

Page 9


Table of Contents

      We may not be able to increase customer pricing to offset increased costs, and may lose volume as a result of price increases we are able to implement. We expect to raise prices for our services in amounts sufficient to offset increased costs of services, operating costs and cost increases due to inflation and to improve our return on invested capital. However, competitive factors may require us to absorb cost increases, which would have a negative impact on our operating margins. Even if we are able to increase costs as desired, we may lose volume to competitors willing to service customers at a lower price.
      Failure to adequately back-up, store and protect electronic information systems could negatively impact future operations. Our business depends on our ability to store, retrieve, process, and manage significant amounts of information. Interruption, impairment of data integrity, loss of stored data, breakdown or malfunction of our information processing systems or other events could have a material adverse effect on our reputation as well as our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Breakdowns of information systems may be caused by telecommunications failures, data conversion difficulties, undetected data input and transfer errors, unauthorized access, viruses, natural disasters, electrical power disruptions, and other similar occurrences which may be beyond our control. Our failure to establish adequate internal controls and disaster recovery plans could negatively impact operations.
      We may be held responsible for the actions of our customers as well as for the actions of our temporary personnel. Because we employ and place people in our customers’ workplaces, we are at risk for actions taken by customers with respect to temporary personnel (such as claims of discrimination and harassment, violations of occupational, health and safety, or wage and hour laws and regulations), and for actions taken by temporary personnel (such as claims relating to immigration status, misappropriation of funds or property, violation of environmental laws, or criminal activity). Significant instances of these types of issues will impact customer perception of our Company and may have a negative effect on our results of operations. The risk is heightened because we do not have control over our customers’ workplace or direct supervision of our temporary personnel. If we are found liable for the actions or omissions of our temporary personnel or our customers, and adequate insurance coverage is not available, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
      We may face potential undisclosed liabilities associated with acquisitions. Although we investigate companies that we acquire, we may fail or be unable to discover liabilities that arose prior to our acquisition of the business for which we may be responsible. Such undisclosed liabilities may include, among other things, uninsured workers’ compensation costs, uninsured liabilities relating to the employment of temporary personnel and/or acts, errors or omissions of temporary personnel (including liabilities arising from non-compliance with environmental laws), unpaid payroll tax liabilities, and other liabilities. If we encounter any such undiscovered liabilities, they could negatively impact our operating results.
      The company may become obligated to pay tax liabilities of acquired entities. On May 12 and June 30, 2006, the Company acquired the assets of a number of temporary staffing stores from its franchisees at that time. The acquisitions were part of the Company’s shift from franchisor to operator of temporary staffing stores. We have determined that a number of the entities that owned the acquired assets have outstanding tax obligations to various states and the internal revenue service. Under theories of successor liability, the taxing authorities may claim that the Company is obligated to pay amounts owed by the entities from whom we acquired the assets. We believe that the responsible parties are working to resolve their obligations with the taxing authorities, but if the taxes are not paid by the responsible parties, Command Center may be required to pay the outstanding tax balances. Command Center has received representations, warranties, and indemnification from each entity from whom we acquired assets and will pursue reimbursement if we become obligated to pay any such tax balances. Payments, if made, will deplete our capital earmarked for growth and could have a negative impact on our ability to execute the business plan as described elsewhere in this Prospectus.
      Economic slowdowns and other factors beyond our control could reduce demand for temporary personnel which could result in lower revenues. Demand for our services is significantly affected by the general level of economic activity and unemployment in the United States. As economic activity slows, many companies reduce their use of temporary employees before laying off regular employees. Use of temporary employees also is affected by other factors beyond our control that may increase the cost of temporary personnel, such as increases in mandated levels of benefits and wages payable to temporary employees. These economic and other factors could reduce demand for our services and lead to lower revenues.
      We may incur additional costs and regulatory risks relating to new laws regulating the hiring of undocumented workers . We operate seven temporary staffing stores in Arizona. A new Arizona law requires that employers check the legal status of every new hire using a system operated by the Department of Homeland Security, and penalizes employers that hire undocumented workers. Penalties include suspension or revocation of all business licenses held by the employer in Arizona necessary to the conduct of its business. These laws became operative January 1, 2008. We have implemented procedures intended to bring our operations into compliance. We have no practical experience with the system and although we believe we will be able to implement appropriate procedures, we cannot assure that implementation will not be flawed or delayed because of the large number of temporary personnel that we employ. If we are not able to implement and maintain appropriate compliance procedures, our operations would be materially and adversely affected. If other states adopt similar laws, it could increase our operating costs and materially impact our operating results.

Page 10


Table of Contents

      We are exposed to substantial credit risk due to the delay between the time we pay our temporary workers and the time we collect our receivables from our customers. Temporary personnel are typically paid on the same day the services are performed, while customers are generally billed on a weekly basis. This requires that we manage the resulting credit risk. The magnitude of the risk varies with general economic conditions. We believe that write-offs for doubtful accounts can be maintained at commercially acceptable levels without the need to resort to credit management practices that are unduly intrusive for our customers and interfere with customer acquisition and retention. Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that our ability to achieve and sustain profitable operations will not be adversely affected by losses from doubtful accounts or customer relations problems arising from our efforts to manage credit risk.
      If we are unable to find a reliable pool of temporary personnel, we may be unable to meet customer demand and our business may be adversely affected. All temporary staffing companies must continually attract reliable temporary workers to meet customer needs. We compete for such workers with other temporary labor businesses, as well as actual and potential customers, some of which seek to fill positions directly with either regular or temporary employees. In addition, our temporary workers sometimes become regular employees of our customers. From time to time, during peak periods, we experience shortages of available temporary workers. Unavailability of reliable temporary workers will have a negative impact on our results of operations.
      Seasonal fluctuations in demand for the services of our temporary workers in certain markets will adversely affect our revenue and financial performance in the fall and winter months. Revenues generated from stores in markets subject to seasonal fluctuations will be less stable and may be lower than in other markets. Locating stores in highly seasonal markets involves higher risks. We intend to select store locations with a view to maximizing total long-term return on our investment in stores, personnel, marketing and other fixed and sunk costs. However, there can be no assurance that our profitability will not be adversely impacted by low returns on investment in certain highly seasonal markets.
      Our directors, officers and current principal shareholders own a large percentage of our common stock and could limit your influence over corporate decisions. After this offering, our directors, officers and current shareholders holding more than 5% of our common stock collectively will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately 46.2% of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these shareholders, if they act together, would be able to control most matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of mergers or other significant corporate transactions. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control. The interests of these shareholders may not always coincide with our corporate interests or the interests of our other shareholders, and they may act in a manner with which you may not agree or that may not be in the best interests of our other shareholders.
      We depend on the construction industry for a significant portion of our business and reduced demand from this industry would reduce our profitability. We derive a significant percentage of our revenues from placement of temporary personnel in construction and other industrial segments. These industries are cyclical, and construction in particular is subject to current recessionary concerns. Downturns in demand from the building and construction industry, or any of the other industries we serve, or a decrease in the prices that we can realize from sales of our services to customers in any of these industries, would reduce our profitability and cash flows.
      We likely will be a party, from time to time, to various legal proceedings, lawsuits and other claims arising in the ordinary course of our business . We anticipate that, based upon our business plan, disputes will arise in the future relating to contract, employment, labor relations, and other matters that could result in litigation or require arbitration to resolve, which could divert the attention of our management team and could result in costly or unfavorable outcomes for our company. Any such litigation could result in substantial expense, and could reduce our profits, and could harm our reputation. These expenses and diversion of managerial resources could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations. See “Business — Litigation” at page 28.
      We have determined that there are material weaknesses affecting our internal control over financial reporting. To the extent that these material weaknesses continue and are not remedied, our financial reporting systems and processes may be inadequate to produce accurate and timely financial information. Lack of accurate and timely financial information could impact our ability to manage our business, our ability to obtain future operating capital, and could have an adverse impact on financial condition or results of operations.
Risks Related to Our Securities
      Your investment may be substantially diluted and the market price of our common stock may be affected if we issue additional shares of our capital stock. We are authorized to issue up to 100,000,000 shares of common stock and up to 5,000,000 shares of blank check preferred stock, 40,000 shares of which have been designated Series

Page 11


Table of Contents

A Preferred Stock. We may in the future sell additional shares of our common stock or preferred stock or other equity securities to raise additional capital. We may also issue securities to employees under stock option or similar plans that we intend to implement. When we issue or sell additional shares or equity securities, the relative equity ownership of our existing investors will be diluted and our new investors could obtain terms more favorable than previous investors.
      If we do not comply with our agreements with the selling shareholders, we may be subject to significant penalties and other costs. Under the Stock Purchase and Registration Rights Agreement dated November 30, 2007, between the Company and the selling shareholders, we are obligated to register the stock covered by this prospectus for sale on a delayed or continuous basis and to maintain that listing for a period of two years, or until all of the common stock covered by this prospectus has been publicly sold by the selling shareholders.
      Our common stock is thinly traded and subject to significant price fluctuations. Our common stock is traded on the OTC Bulletin Board. The price of our common stock has fluctuated substantially in recent periods, and is likely to continue to be highly volatile. Future announcements concerning us or our competitors, quarterly variations in operating results, introduction or changes in pricing policies by us or our competitors, changes in market demand, or changes in sales growth or earnings estimates by us or analysts could cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate substantially. These price fluctuations may impact our ability to raise capital through the public equity markets which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Limited trading volume also affects liquidity for shareholders holding our shares and may impact their ability to sell their shares or the price at which such sales may be made in the future.
      We are not likely to pay dividends for the foreseeable future. We have never paid dividends on our common stock. We anticipate that for the foreseeable future, we will continue to retain our earnings for the operation and expansion of our business, and that we will not pay dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.
      The market price for our common stock may be affected by significant selling pressure from current shareholders, including the selling shareholders. Sales of substantial amounts of shares of common stock in the public market could have a material adverse impact on the market price of our common stock. We have 35,665,053 shares of common stock outstanding as of January 14, 2008, of which 3,811,425 shares represented our “public float” of shares. Sales of the 16.6 million shares of common stock eligible for sale to the public under this prospectus may depress the market price of our stock as such sales occur. A substantial number of our outstanding shares are currently restricted securities and may not be resold unless registered or exempt from registration. Pursuant to Rule 144 adopted under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, restricted securities held by non-affiliates generally may be resold after satisfying a one-year holding period and satisfying certain volume limitations. Even with the volume limitations, if shareholders holding these restricted securities choose to sell after satisfying the one-year holding period, the price of our common stock could be negatively affected.
      Failure to comply with the provisions of Sarbanes-Oxley legislation could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition. Legislation commonly referred to as the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley”) requires public companies to develop internal control policies and procedures and to undergo an audit of those internal control policies and procedures on an annual basis. This legislation is relatively new and the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) is still developing rules and guidance for public companies concerning the manner in which compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley will be determined. We currently are a small business and do not meet the accelerated filer requirements of Sarbanes-Oxley. Recently, the Commission extended the date for compliance with the internal control audit requirements of Sarbanes-Oxley for small businesses not meeting the accelerated filer requirements, and as a result, we do not expect that we will be required to undergo an audit of internal controls until our fiscal year ending 2008. We anticipate that we will continue to prepare our internal control compliance manual and will undertake a preliminary review and assessment of internal controls in early 2008 for our fiscal year ended December 28, 2007. No assurances can be given that this extension of time will continue or that we will not cease to be a small business or will not become an accelerated filer prior to 2009. If we become subject to the internal control audit requirement before we are in a position to comply, the effect on our operations and financial condition could be significant.

Page 12


Table of Contents

      We have made various assumptions regarding our future performance that may not prove to be accurate. We have made certain assumptions about future events that we believe to be reasonable; however, these assumptions relate to future economic, competitive and market conditions, and other events that are impossible to predict. For example, we have assumed that we will be able to: (i) obtain and maintain customer acceptance of our services, (ii) stabilize, refine and improve the efficiency of our operations and business processes, (iii) develop and maintain an effective sales network, (iv) expand our network of stores and effectively penetrate, establish and stabilize operations in new markets, (v) increase demand for our services and correspondingly grow revenue, (vi) establish a reputation for cost-effective, quality and efficient service and brand recognition on a national basis, (vii) maintain pricing and profit margins, and (viii) secure the capital required to execute our plans and grow the company. These assumptions are in turn based on assumptions relating to overall economic conditions, including that: (a) economic conditions (including financial, credit, monetary and labor markets) will remain relatively stable, (b) demand for unskilled and semi-skilled temporary workers will continue in accordance with historic trends, and (c) there will be no material adverse changes in governmental regulations, policies and administrative practices (including immigration, employee wage and benefits laws, etc.) affecting our business. Because they relate to future events, assumptions are inherently subject to uncertainty. Our ability to implement our business plan would suffer materially if any of our assumptions prove inaccurate.
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION
     This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. In addition, from time to time, we or our representatives may make forward-looking statements orally or in writing. We base these forward-looking statements on our expectations and projections about future events, which we derive from the information currently available to us. Such forward-looking statements relate to future events or our future performance. You can identify forward-looking statements by those that are not historical in nature, particularly those that use terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “contemplates,” “estimates,” “believes,” “plans,” “projected,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these or similar terms. In evaluating these forward-looking statements, you should consider various factors, including those described in this prospectus under the heading “Risk Factors” beginning on page 7. These and other factors may cause our actual results to differ materially from any forward-looking statement. Forward-looking statements are only predictions. The forward-looking events discussed in this prospectus, the documents to which we refer you and other statements made from time to time by us or our representatives, may not occur, and actual events and results may differ materially and are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us.
     We believe the discussions of forward-looking information contained in this document are useful because they provide a framework for you to assess the assumptions and related risks that could affect our business and the value of our securities. However, you should not rely on any forward-looking statement that we have made as any form of representation or guarantee that our objectives or plans will be achieved.
     Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. We caution you not to place undue reliance on these statements, which speak only as of the date of this prospectus. We are under no duty to update any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus to conform such statements to actual results.
USE OF PROCEEDS
     We will not receive any proceeds from the sale by the selling shareholders of the shares of common stock covered by this prospectus. To the extent that warrants covering warrant shares included in this registration statement are exercised for cash, we will receive additional proceeds that will be used for general corporate purposes and working capital. If all of the warrants are exercised for cash by the selling shareholders, resulting in the purchase by the selling shareholders of 6,312,803 shares of our common stock at $1.25 per share, the gross proceeds to us will be $7,891,000. To the extent selling shareholders exercise warrants on a “cashless exercise” basis, both the number of shares issued upon exercise of the warrants and the resulting cash proceeds to the Company will be reduced.

Page 13


Table of Contents

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE
     The selling shareholders will determine at what price they may sell the offered shares, and such sales may be made at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to the prevailing market price, at varying prices determined at the time of sale or at negotiated prices.
DIVIDEND POLICY
     We have not declared or paid any dividends on our common stock during our last five fiscal years. The payment of dividends on our common stock in the future will depend on our earnings, capital requirements, and operating and financial condition and on such other factors as our board of directors may consider appropriate. We currently expect to use all available funds to finance the future development and expansion of our business and for working capital and do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.
MARKET FOR OUR COMMON STOCK
     Our common stock trades on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol “CCNI.OB.”
     The OTC Bulletin Board is an inter-dealer, over-the-counter market that provides significantly less liquidity than NASDAQ and quotes for stocks included on the OTC Bulletin Board are not listed in the financial sections of newspapers, as are those for the NASDAQ Stock Market.
     Transactions in our common stock have been sporadic and do not constitute an active market. On January 11, 2008, the closing price was $1.29 as reported on the OTC Bulletin Board.

Page 14


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
      Comment regarding our fiscal year end: Prior to April 1, 2006 we presented our financial statements on a calendar year basis. Effective April 1, 2006 and for fiscal 2006, we changed our fiscal year from a calendar year basis to a 52/53-week fiscal year end basis, with the fiscal year ending on the last Friday in December. Our financial statements will continue to be presented on a 52/53-week fiscal year end basis. In fiscal years consisting of 53 weeks, the final quarter will consist of 14 weeks while in 52-week years all quarters will consist of 13 weeks. Fiscal years 2007 and 2006 were 52-week years ending on December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively. Fiscal 2008 began on December 29, 2007 and will end on December 26, 2008, and fiscal 2009 will begin on December 27, 2008 and will end on December 27, 2009 (both consisting of 52 weeks). Management believes that presentation of the financial statements on a 52/53-week fiscal year end basis improves comparability of fiscal years.
     We were organized as Command Staffing LLC, on December 26, 2002, and commenced operations in 2003 as a franchisor of temporary staffing businesses. On November 9, 2005, TFS acquired the assets of Command Staffing LLC and Harborview. The transaction was accounted for as if Command Staffing LLC was the acquirer. On November 14, 2005, we changed our name to Command Center, Inc. At that time, our business continued to be primarily focused on acting as a franchisor of temporary staffing businesses across the United States. Under that business model, we generated revenues primarily from franchise fees.
     On May 12, 2006, we shifted our business focus from franchisor to operator of temporary staffing stores by acquiring 48 temporary staffing stores from certain of our former franchisees. An additional nine franchised stores were acquired on June 30, 2006. In the second quarter of 2006, we ceased our franchise operations and began generating virtually all of our revenue from operating temporary staffing stores and related activities. Financial results for periods since April 1, 2006, when we began operating under our current business model (operating company-owned temporary staffing stores) are not comparable to periods prior to April 1, 2006, when we operated as a franchisor.
     The following table presents our selected historical financial data. The statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, 2005 and for the 52 weeks ended December 29, 2006, and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2003, 2004, 2005 and December 29, 2006, are derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statement of operations data for the thirty-nine week periods ended September 28, 2007, and September 29, 2006, and the balance sheet data as of September 28, 2007, and September 29, 2006, are derived from our unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results included below and elsewhere are not necessarily indicative of our future performance. You should read this information together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
[The rest of this page intentionally left blank]

Page 15


Table of Contents

                                                 
                                    (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)
                            Fifty-two weeks   Thirty-Nine Weeks   Thirty-Nine Weeks
    Year Ended   Year Ended   Year Ended   Ended   Ended   Ended
Statements of Operations   December 31, 2003   December 31, 2004   December 31, 2005   December 29, 2006   September 29, 2006   September 28, 2007
     
Revenue from services
                      70,622,505       45,431,317       74,158,370  
Franchise revenues
    425,789       988,042       1,749,381       535,745       535,745        
Other income
    5,792       58,993       440,878       113,376       30,343       262,684  
     
Total revenues
    431,581       1,047,035       2,190,259       71,271,626       45,997,405       74,421,054  
Cost of services
                      51,054,838       32,719,116       53,661,722  
     
Gross profit
    431,581       1,047,035       2,190,259       20,216,788       13,278,289       20,759,332  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    629,251       1,184,698       1,833,280       22,020,314       13,866,027       23,606,467  
     
Operating Income (loss)
    (197,670 )     (137,663 )     356,979       (1,803,526 )     (587,738 )     (2,847,135 )
Interest
    (11,789 )           (2,221 )     (615,622 )     (321,564 )     (1,108,957 )
     
Net income (loss)
    (209,459 )     (137,663 )     354,758       (2,419,148 )     (909,302 )     (3,956,092 )
     
                                                 
Balance Sheets   December 31, 2003   December 31, 2004   December 31, 2005   December 29, 2006   September 29, 2006   September 28, 2007
     
Assets
                                               
Current assets
    230,061       117,250       2,045,373       12,475,943       13,926,747       14,814,741  
Property and equipment, net
    67,193       129,147       1,589,253       3,390,696       2,796,761       3,348,636  
Other assets
    62,085       130,045       1,635,232       33,493,356       34,038,737       36,844,629  
     
Total assets
    359,339       376,442       5,269,858       49,359,995       50,762,245       55,008,006  
     
 
                                               
Liabilities
                                               
Current liabilities
    128,608       110,564       592,201       12,303,901       13,014,825       18,291,495  
Long-term liabilities
    106,190             1,125,000       2,062,928       1,715,407       2,507,791  
     
Total liabilities
    234,798       110,564       1,717,201       14,366,829       14,730,232       20,799,286  
     
 
                                               
Equity
    124,541       265,878       3,552,657       34,993,166       36,032,013       34,208,720  
     
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
    359,339       376,442       5,269,858       49,359,995       50,762,245       55,008,006  
     

Page 16


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
      You should read the following discussion in conjunction with our financial statements and the notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. We maintain our financial records and prepare our financial statements based upon a 52/53-week fiscal year. Prior to 2006, we reported our financial results on a calendar year basis. We changed our business model from financial services to franchisor on November 9, 2005, and from franchisor to operator of company-owned temporary staffing stores on April 1, 2007. For these reasons, the results of operations for 2005, 2006 and the nine months ended September 28, 2007, are not comparable. See explanatory note under “Selected Consolidated Financial Information.”
      Executive Overview.
     We provide temporary unskilled and semi-skilled employees to the light industrial, construction, warehousing, transportation and material-handling industries. Generally, we pay our workers the same day they perform the job.
     We were organized as Command Staffing LLC on December 26, 2002. Command Staffing LLC is our accounting predecessor. We commenced operations in 2003 as a franchisor of temporary staffing businesses. On November 9, 2005, our corporate predecessor, Temporary Financial Services, Inc., a public company, acquired the assets of Command Staffing LLC and Harborview Software, Inc., Command Staffing’s affiliate that owned the software used in the operation of our temporary staffing stores. The acquisition was accounted for as an asset purchase as if Command Staffing LLC were the accounting acquirer. On November 16, 2005, we changed our name to Command Center, Inc.
     Prior to April 2006, we generated revenues primarily from franchise fees. On May 12, 2006, we acquired 48 temporary staffing stores from certain former franchisees, and shifted our business focus from franchisor to operator. We ceased our franchise operations in the second quarter 2006 and currently generate all of our revenue from temporary staffing store operations and related activities.
     Our vision is to be the preferred partner of choice for all staffing and employment solutions by placing the right people in the right jobs every time. With the acquisition of the temporary staffing stores, we have consolidated operations, established and implemented corporate operating policies and procedures, and are currently pursuing a unified branding strategy for all of our stores.
      Temporary Staffing Store Operations . We currently operate 79 temporary staffing stores serving thousands of customers and employing tens of thousands of temporary employees. In the months following the roll-up we focused on continuity of operations, reporting, and record keeping. Significant management attention has been devoted to assuring that the stores are seamlessly integrated into our corporate environment and culture. During 2007, we focused our efforts on consolidating and refining our existing store operations, proving our business model, and operating our business in an efficient manner.
     During 2008, we will work for organic growth to increase our per-store revenue and profitability through directed selling activities and system-wide initiatives to improve the efficiency of our business processes. We may also seek growth from limited new store openings and growth through acquisition of existing locations from third party operators when such opportunities arise.
     We manage our field operations using in-store personnel, store managers, area managers, and corporate management personnel. We have established a sales team to assist in driving business to our stores. Our compensation plans for store managers, area managers, and business development specialists have been designed to aid in securing the qualified personnel needed to meet our business, financial and growth objectives. Our human

Page 17


Table of Contents

resources practices are designed to support the need for attracting, screening, hiring, training, supporting and retaining qualified personnel at all levels of our business.
     During the thirty-nine weeks ended September 28, 2007, we made additional changes in our business model and strategy. We began the year with a newly established sales force and the expectation that the sales force would drive increasing revenue to our existing stores. As we progressed through the period, we reorganized our management structure to provide the direction and supervision needed to implement our strategic plan. We have now consolidated field supervision in the corporate office and we are beginning to see the results of these steps through rising activity levels, improving margins and new customer generation. We have also reorganized our sales force to tighten control and accountability for results.
     As described below, the changes to our business in the first nine months of 2007 came at a significant cost. We expect that our investment in infrastructure and personnel will result in strong momentum heading into 2008. We will continue to monitor activity levels and operating results as we move into the slower months of our business cycle.
Results of Operations
Thirty-nine Weeks Ended September 28, 2007 Compared to the Thirty-nine Weeks Ended September 29, 2006
     The following table provides a side by side comparison of the thirty-nine week period results for 2007, and 2006. The thirty-nine week period ended September 28, 2007, is not comparable to the thirty-nine week period ended September 29, 2006. We operated as a franchisor in the first quarter of 2006 and did not begin active temporary staffing store operations until April 1, 2006. We terminated franchise operations at the end of the second quarter of 2006. The temporary staffing store operations model generates significantly more revenue and expense than the franchisor business model.
                                         
    Thirty-nine Weeks Ended
    September 28, 2007   % of Revenue   September 29, 2006   % of Revenue   % Change
Revenue
  $ 74,421,054             $ 45,997,405               62 %
Cost of staffing services
    53,661,722       72.1 %     32,719,116       71.1 %     64 %
Gross profit
    20,759,332       27.9 %     13,278,289       28.9 %     56 %
Selling, general and administrative services
    22,984,458       30.9 %     13,650,147       29.7 %     68 %
Depreciation and amortization
    622,009       0.8 %     215,880       0.5 %     188 %
Interest expense
    1,108,957       1.5 %     365,994       0.8 %     203 %
Interest and other income
          0.0 %     (44,430 )     -0.1 %      
Net loss
  $ (3,956,092 )     -5.3 %   $ (909,302 )     -2.0 %     335 %
           Revenues . Revenues increased to $74,421,054 for the thirty-nine weeks ended September 28, 2007, compared to $45,997,405 for the thirty-nine weeks ended September 29, 2006, primarily due to the change in our business model. In 2007, we operated as a temporary staffing store business for all thirty-nine weeks, compared to only twenty-six weeks in 2006.
           Cost of Staffing Services . As a percentage of revenue, cost of staffing services increased to 72.1% in the thirty-nine weeks ended September 28, 2007, compared to 71.1% for the thirty-nine weeks ended September 29, 2006. As noted, we generated revenue from franchise operations in the first quarter of 2006 and franchise revenues did not include a cost of services component. This had the effect of decreasing cost of staffing services as a percentage of revenue. For the thirty-nine weeks ended September 28, 2007, our cost of services was above expectations, partially as a result of higher than expected workers’ compensation costs. During the first quarter 2007, we experienced an unusual increase in workers’ compensation claims that caused a spike in our compensation claims paid. Our loss history normalized in the second quarter and declined in the third quarter. Margins were also impacted in the first half of 2007 by the hang over of lower margin business acquired with franchise locations.
           Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. As a percentage of revenue, selling, general and administrative expenses increased to 30.9% in the thirty-nine weeks ended September 28, 2007, compared to 29.7% in the thirty-nine weeks ended September 29, 2006. During the first quarter of 2006, we operated as a franchisor.

Page 18


Table of Contents

The cost structure for selling, general and administrative expenses of a franchisor is lower than for an operator of temporary staffing stores. The first quarter 2006 difference in cost structure had the effect of causing the selling, general and administrative expenses for the thirty—nine weeks ended September 29, 2006, to appear lower when compared to 2007.
      Depreciation and Amortization Expenses. Depreciation and amortization expenses increased in the thirty-nine weeks ended September 28, 2007, to 0.8% of revenue compared to 0.5% of revenue for the thirty-nine weeks ended September 29, 2006. This increase is the result of acquisition of additional assets and customer lists between periods.
      Interest Expense. Interest expense increased to 1.5% of revenue in the thirty-nine weeks ended September 28, 2007, compared to 0.8% of revenue in the comparable period in 2006. The increase is a result of additional borrowing in thirty-nine weeks ended September 28, 2007, and the amortization of discount on notes payable in connection with issuance of notes with warrants. The increase in interest expense in 2007 over 2006 also reflects an increase in short-term borrowings which contributed to an increase in average interest rates.
      Net Loss. Our net loss increased to $3,956,092 (5.3% of revenue) in the thirty-nine weeks ended September 28, 2007, compared to $909,302 (2.0% of revenue) in the thirty-nine weeks ended September 29, 2006. The increase was driven by increases in selling general and administrative costs, depreciation and interest and by a decline in gross margins as a percentage of revenues.
Subsequent Events
     On November 30, 2007 and December 27, 2007, the Company entered into Securities Purchase and Registration Rights Agreements (collectively the “Purchase Agreement”) and sold to investors an aggregate of 10,296,885 units. Each unit consisted of one share of common stock and a warrant to purchase 0.50 share of common stock for an aggregate of 10,296,885 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase an aggregate of up to 5,264,878 shares of common stock. The units were sold for a per unit price of $1.00, and an aggregate purchase price of $10,296,885. The warrants issued by the Company as part of the units entitle the investors to purchase shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1.25 per share.
     As a part of the Offering, MDB Capital Group, LLC (the “Placement Agent”), converted a $500,000 note issued by the Company in connection with an August 2007 bridge loan from the Placement Agent, into units at a conversion price of $1.00 per Unit. The Placement Agent also accepted $593,885 out of the $611,289 cash portion of its placement agent fee in units at a price of $1.00 per Unit. These amounts are included in the $10,296,885 aggregate purchase price.
     Warrants to purchase an additional 1,047,925 shares of Common Stock at $1.25 per share were issued to the Placement Agent and its assigns as additional placement agent compensation.
     The Company expects to use the proceeds of the Offering for expansion and working capital.
     The Company is obligated under the Purchase Agreement to prepare and file with the Commission, within 45 days of the closing of the Offering, a registration statement covering the resale of the common shares, the warrant shares, the Placement Agent shares and the Placement Agent warrant shares. The Company is obligated to cause the registration statement to become effective within 120 days of the closing of the Offering. The registration statement will provide for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. The Company must also use its reasonable best efforts to keep the registration statement continuously effective under the Securities Act until the earlier of the date that all common shares, warrant shares, Placement Agent shares and Placement Agent warrant Shares issued or issuable under the Purchase Agreement have been sold or can be sold publicly under Rule 144(k), or two years after the registration statement becomes effective. The Company is obligated to pay the costs and expenses of such registration.
     After giving effect to this Offering, the Company has 35,665,053 Common Shares outstanding, not including Common Shares (Warrant Shares) issuable upon exercise of the Warrants issued in the Offering.
     Following completion of the private placement described above, the Company paid off $2,500,000 in short term borrowings described in Note 8 above, and paid all Company owed outstanding tax obligations to various local and state taxing authorities as described in Note 10 above.
52 Weeks Ended December 29, 2006
     During the 52 weeks ended December 29, 2006, we made significant changes in our business model and strategy. We began the year as a franchise company with our primary source of revenue consisting of franchise and licensing fees. We ended the year having acquired the operations of all of our franchisees and deriving all of our revenues from temporary staffing store operations. In the course of this change, we added significant personnel and infrastructure to support the increased transaction load. We also incurred significant professional fees and other non-recurring costs to complete the roll-up of the franchisee operations.
     As a result of the change in character of the business in 2006, our operating results are not comparable to the results of operations in 2005. Year over year comparisons do not aid in understanding our current business model and are not provided.
      Revenues . Revenues were $71,271,626 in the 52 weeks ended December 29, 2006. Revenues included $70,622,505 from the provision of temporary staffing services, $535,745 from franchise revenues, and $113,376 from other income. First quarter revenues of $428,025 were derived almost entirely from franchise fees. On April 1, 2006, we began operating temporary staffing stores and in the remainder of the year we generated $70,843,601 in revenues, almost all of which came from providing staffing services. We discontinued our franchise operations in 2006 and will derive future revenues solely from temporary staffing store operations.
     At December 29, 2006, we operated 77 temporary staffing stores in 21 states. Pro forma information reflecting the revenues and earnings of the acquired franchisee operations as if acquired on January 1, 2005, are presented in Footnote 3 to the Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus. Our temporary staffing store operations were new in 2006 and we cannot provide meaningful comparative information on a store level basis with store operations from prior periods. Information available on individual stores operated as franchisees prior to the acquisitions were reported as stand alone businesses and are not indicative of the results of those same stores operated under our new model as company owned stores.
      Cost of Services. Total cost of services in the 52 weeks ended December 29, 2006, were $51,054,838 or 72.3% of revenue from services. Cost of services is comprised of the costs of providing temporary personnel, including wages, payroll taxes and employee benefits, workers’ compensation costs, and other direct costs relating to our temporary workers, and transportation, travel costs, safety equipment and other costs of services. Our temporary workers’ compensation costs represent a significant expense of providing temporary staffing services. In May, 2006, we negotiated a workers’ compensation plan through AIG that has streamlined our workers’ compensation plan and allowed us to better control workers’ compensation costs. Aggregate workers’ compensation

Page 19


Table of Contents

costs for the year totaled $3,773,246 or 5.3% of revenue from services. Other direct costs of services amounted to $287,327.
     Our gross margin of 28.4% was in line with expectations for 2006. When we rolled up the franchisees, we obtained an existing book of business with a blended average gross margin below the level of business we are currently pursuing. We anticipate that margins will increase as we replace low margin opportunities with higher margin opportunities in the coming periods. Our sales force is currently focused on a solution selling approach that looks to the benefits our services can offer our customers and we anticipate that this approach will drive an increase in margins in 2007 and future periods.
      Operating Expenses . Operating expenses totaled $22,020,314 in 2006. Personnel costs accounted for $12,580,971. (As reflected on our Statement of Operations, “Personnel costs,” which is part of our “Selling, General and Administrative Expenses,” represents costs relating to our internal company employees as distinguished from similar employment costs relating to our temporary workers, which appear under “Cost of Services.”) We also incurred selling and marketing expenses of $1,260,426, transportation and travel costs of $1,064,174, office expenses of $1,398,727, rent and lease costs of $1,468,039, and legal, professional and consulting services costs of $902,315. Total selling, general and administrative costs amounted to 31% of total revenue resulting in a loss for the year. These expenses reflect the significant costs incurred to add personnel and build the infrastructure necessary to shift our business model from franchisor with approximately 75 customers to an operating temporary staffing business with thousands of customers, hundreds of internal staff and many thousands of temporary workers. We also incurred approximately $350,000 in litigation costs in 2006 resulting from a lawsuit filed by a competitor. See “Business — Litigation” at page 28. We anticipate that operating expenses will decline as a percentage of revenue in 2007 as our business stabilizes. Our personnel costs are also expected to decline as a percentage of revenue in 2007 as we utilize the excess personnel capacity created during our ramp up in 2006 when we changed our business model, and as we realize the benefits from the implementation of new training systems and as integration of our internal personnel matures.
     We may incur significant costs to establish a national sales force in the future. We expect dedicated selling efforts to increase the revenue per store when compared to the store sales model and will be monitoring this process closely.
      Losses from Operations . We incurred losses from operations of $1,803,526 in the 52 weeks ended December 29, 2006. The losses are primarily attributable to the costs of the roll up transaction where we acquired the assets of our franchisees and the legal costs of defending the litigation mentioned under operating costs above. We do not anticipate significant acquisition related expenses in 2007 and expect the litigation costs to moderate in future periods. The costs to establish a sales force are expected to generate losses in the first quarter of 2007 with the losses moderating as sales increase from the directed selling activities. We are also focused on increasing margins in 2007 and, if this is realized, it will have a positive effect on operating results.
      Net Loss. Interest expense amounting to $703,513 was partially offset by interest and other income of $87,891 resulting in aggregate net losses of $2,419,148 or a loss of $0.13 per share. We expect our final 2007 operating results to reflect increased margins and revenue and anticipate that this will narrow or eliminate our losses as we spread our operating costs over a broader revenue base.
Year Ended December 31, 2005
      Revenues . In 2005, we generated revenues of $2,190,259, an increase of $1,143,224 or 109% from the year ended December 31, 2004.
     Franchise and license fee income grew to $1,749,381 in 2005 from $957,002 in 2004, an increase of 83%. The increase was attributable to growth in the number of franchisees and growth in franchisee revenues generated during the period. As noted elsewhere, we have acquired our franchisees and converted our business from that of a franchisor to an operator of temporary staffing stores. We no longer generate revenues from franchising or software licensing.

Page 20


Table of Contents

     Interest and investment income and other income increased to $440,878 in 2005 from $90,033 in 2004. The increase in other income was primarily due to the settlement of litigation with a former franchise owner. The settlement of litigation was a one time event and is not expected to recur in future periods.
      Operating Expenses . Operating expenses increased to $1,833,280 in 2005 compared to $1,184,698 in 2004. This represents nearly a 55% increase and is the direct result of the growth in the number of franchisees and the growth in infrastructure required by the anticipated acquisition of the franchisees and conversion of the company to a temporary staffing store operator.
     We continued to incur operating expenses from franchise operations until the franchisees were acquired in the second quarter of 2006.
      Income from Operations . For the year ended December 31, 2005, we generated net income of $354,758 compared to a $137,663 loss from operations in 2004. The change is consistent with the growth in the number of franchisees and the increasing revenue they generated in the period against which our income is computed.
Year Ended December 31, 2004
     Results in 2004 reflect our operations as a franchisor. We began offering franchises in 2003 and awarded our first franchise on August 19, 2003.
      Revenues . We generated gross revenues of $1,047,035 in 2004. Franchise and license fee income comprised the majority of our revenues for the year. Revenues were in line with our expectations as a new franchisor of temporary staffing stores. We also generated $90,033 in other income during the year.
      Operating Expenses . Operating expenses were $1,835,501 in 2004. This amount is consistent with our operations and revenue levels as a start-up franchisor. Our business focus in 2004 was on building the franchisor business model. We incurred $301,908 in compensation costs, $160,416 in sub-contract fees to enhance the software offered to franchisees, $118,131 in software and communications expenses, and $117,308 in legal fees relating to franchise offering compliance and other legal matters. Other expenses of a normal and recurring nature amounted to $486,935.
      Loss from Operations . In the aggregate, we reported a loss from operations of $137,663 in 2004. Net operating loss carryforwards from current and prior years may be used to offset future net income.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
     At September 28, 2007, we had cash of $251,095, total current assets of $14,814,741, and total current liabilities of $18,291,495. Our trade accounts receivable totaled $10,706,633 net of the allowance for doubtful accounts of $430,000.
     Weighted average aging of our trade accounts receivable was 37.35 days at September 28, 2007, representing a slight improvement over the weighted average aging of 38 days at September 29, 2006. Actual bad debt write-off expense as a percentage of total customer invoices during the thirty-nine weeks ended September 28, 2007 was 0.5%, which is consistent with our expectations. Our accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount. We regularly review our accounts receivable for collectibility. The allowance for doubtful accounts is determined based on historical write-off experience and current economic data and represents our best estimate of the amount of probable losses on our accounts receivable. The allowance for doubtful accounts is reviewed quarterly. We typically refer overdue balances to a collection agency at ninety days and the collection agent pursues collection for another thirty days. Most balances over 120 days past due are written off when it is probable the receivable will not be collected. As our business matures, we will continue to monitor and seek to improve our historical collection ratio and aging experience with respect to trade accounts receivable.

Page 21


Table of Contents

     On November 30, 2007, we raised approximately $10,000,000 in gross proceeds through the private placement of approximately 10,000,000 shares of common stock (at $1.00 per share), and warrants to purchase up to approximately 6.1 million shares. The warrants have an exercise price of $1.25 per share.
     We currently operate under a $9,950,000 line of credit facility with our principal lender for accounts receivable financing. The credit facility is collateralized with accounts receivable and other assets and entitles us to borrow up to 85% of the value of eligible receivables. Eligible accounts receivable are generally defined to include accounts that are not more than sixty days past due. The loan agreement includes limitations on customer concentrations, accounts receivable with affiliated parties, accounts receivable from governmental agencies in excess of 5% of our total accounts receivable balance, and when a customer’s aggregate past due account exceeds 50% of that customer’s aggregate balance due. The credit facility includes a 1% facility fee, payable annually, and a $1,500 monthly administrative fee. The financing bears interest at the greater of the prime rate plus two and one half percent (prime +2.5%) or 6.25% per annum. Our line of credit interest rate at September 28, 2007 was 10.75%. The loan agreement further provides that interest is due at the applicable rate on the greater of the outstanding balance or $5,000,000. The credit facility expires on April 7, 2009. The balance due our lender at September 28, 2007 was $6,718,579.
     The line of credit facility agreement includes certain financial covenants including a requirement that we maintain a working capital ratio of 1:1, that we maintain positive cash flow, that we maintain a tangible net worth of $3,500,000, and that we achieve operating results within a range of projected EBITDA. At September 28, 2007, we were not in compliance with these loan covenants. Our lender has waived compliance with these loan covenants for the period ended September 28, 2007. The next measurement period for determining compliance with the loan covenants ended on December 28, 2007. We will recalculate our compliance with the loan covenants prior to submission of our next Annual Report on Form 10-K, which is due on March 27, 2008. We expect to be in compliance with our loan covenants as of December 28, 2007. See “Risk Factors” on Page 7.
     As we grow, we will require significant new sources of working capital to fund continuing operations and finance the growth of operating store accounts receivable. We are now pursuing several alternatives to generate growth capital, either through debt or equity, to relieve continued negative cash flow.
     No assurances can be given that we will be able to find additional capital on acceptable terms. If additional capital is not available, we may be forced to scale back operations, lay off personnel, slow planned growth initiatives, and take other actions to reduce our capital requirements, all of which will impact our profitability and long term viability.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
     We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that would be material to you.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
     Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, which requires us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect (1) the reported amounts of our assets and liabilities, (2) the disclosure of our contingent assets and liabilities at the end of each fiscal period, (3) the amounts of expected future liabilities from workers’ compensation claims, (4) the allowance for doubtful accounts, and (5) the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during each fiscal period. We continually evaluate these estimates based on our own historical experience, knowledge and assessment of current business and other conditions, our expectations regarding the future based on available information and reasonable assumptions, which together form our basis for making judgments about matters that are not readily apparent from other sources. Since the use of estimates is an integral component of the financial reporting process, our actual results could differ from those estimates. Some of our accounting policies require a higher degree of judgment than others in their application.
     When reviewing our financial statements, you should consider (1) our selection of critical accounting policies, (2) the judgment and other uncertainties affecting the application of those policies, and (3) the sensitivity of reported results to changes in conditions and assumptions.

Page 22


Table of Contents

Goodwill and Intangible Assets
     Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations accounted for under the purchase method. Purchase price is assigned to the acquired assets and liabilities based on their estimated fair value as determined by management.
     Intangible assets other than goodwill are carried at cost less accumulated amortization. Intangible assets are generally amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful lives of the respective assets, generally three to five years. Long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangible assets to be held and used are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable.
     We apply the provisions of the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s, or FASB, SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, or SFAS No. 142. Goodwill and intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but instead are tested for impairment on a reporting unit basis in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 142.
     We perform impairment tests of goodwill assigned to reporting units on an annual basis or when facts and circumstances indicate to management that impairment may exist. Impairment tests are based on a comparison of the fair value of the reporting unit to the carrying value of the assets assigned to that reporting unit. In instances where impairment exists, goodwill is written down to fair value.
     We review long-lived assets when facts and circumstances indicate to management that the carrying value of those assets may not be fully realizable over the remainder of their useful lives. If impairment exists, we compare the fair value of the asset, based on a discounted cash flow projection or other method as deemed appropriate by management, to the carrying value. If fair value is determined to be less than the carrying value, we record an impairment charge to reduce the carrying value to fair value.
BUSINESS
Introduction and General Background
     We were organized as Command Staffing LLC on December 26, 2002. We commenced operations in 2003 as a franchisor of temporary staffing businesses. On November 9, 2005, the assets of Command Staffing, LLC and Harborview Software, Inc., an affiliated company that owned the software used in the operation of our temporary staffing stores, were acquired by Temporary Financial Services, Inc., a public company. The transaction was accounted for as if Command Staffing LLC was the acquirer. On November 16, 2005, we changed our name to Command Center, Inc.
     Prior to April 2006, we generated revenues primarily from franchise fees. On May 12, 2006, we acquired 48 temporary staffing stores from certain former franchisees, and shifted our business focus from franchisor to operator. On June 30, 2006, we acquired an additional 9 temporary staffing stores from our franchisees. We also opened 20 additional stores during the year (including 8 new stores opened to replace the franchised locations we bought out and closed in the May 12 transaction). All of our former franchised stores have either been acquired or ceased operation and we currently generate all of our revenue from temporary staffing store operations and related activities. At December 28, 2007, we owned and operated 79 temporary staffing stores located in 22 states. We are in the process of preparing 8 additional stores for opening in January 2008 and anticipate that we will open approximately 20 new stores in 2008.
     Our principal executive offices are located at 3733 West Fifth Avenue, Post Falls, Idaho 83854, and our telephone number is (208) 773-7450. We maintain an Internet website at www.commandonline.com . The information contained on our website is not included as a part of, or incorporated by reference into, this prospectus.
The Temporary Staffing Industry
     The temporary staffing industry grew out of a desire on the part of businesses to improve earnings by reducing fixed personnel costs. Many businesses operate in a cyclical environment and staffing for peak production periods meant overstaffing in slower times. Companies also sought a way to temporarily replace full-time

Page 23


Table of Contents

employees when absent due to illness, vacation, or abrupt termination. Temporary staffing offers a way for businesses to immediately increase staff when needed without the ongoing cost of maintaining employees in slower times. Personnel administration costs may also be reduced by shifting these activities, in whole or in part, to a temporary staffing provider.
     The temporary staffing industry consists of a number of markets segregated by the diverse needs of the businesses utilizing the temporary staffing providers. These needs vary widely in the duration of assignment as well as the level of technical specialization required of the temporary personnel. We operate primarily within the short-term, unskilled and semi-skilled segments of the temporary staffing industry. Management believes these sectors are highly fragmented and present opportunities for consolidation. Operating multiple locations within the framework of a single corporate infrastructure may improve efficiencies and economies of scale by offering common management, systems, procedures and capitalization.
Business
     Our vision is to be the preferred partner of choice for staffing and employment solutions by placing the right people in the right jobs every time. With the acquisition of the temporary staffing stores, we have consolidated operations, established and implemented corporate operating policies and procedures, and are currently pursuing a unified branding strategy for all of our stores. By acquiring stores formerly owned and operated by our franchisees we have transitioned our business model from franchisor to owner-operator of temporary staffing stores.
     We desire to build a national network of temporary staffing stores under a unified corporate structure to achieve economic efficiencies. Within a corporate framework we can combine multiple accounts receivable, accounts payable, supplies purchasing and marketing activities into single departments, thereby improving efficiency and gaining economies of scale. As the size of our business grows and brand recognition builds, we also hope to attain additional efficiencies in advertising, printing, safety equipment, and facilities costs.
      Temporary Staffing Store Operations . We currently operate 79 temporary staffing stores serving thousands of customers and employing thousands of temporary employees. Our stores are located in 22 states, with approximately 63 stores located in urban industrial locations and 15 stores located in suburban areas with proximity to concentrated commercial and industrial areas. We are developing a standardized store operations model that will be used for future new store openings, gradually refined and applied system wide. We are targeting new store openings in locations with attractive demographics and in areas where the demand for temporary staffing personnel is sufficient to justify the process. In general, we will focus on larger metropolitan areas that are able to support multiple locations as the initial growth targets. Multiple openings in metropolitan areas allow us to minimize opening costs and maximize customer exposure within a target metropolitan market. We prefer to locate our stores in reasonably close proximity to our workforce and public transportation.
     The transactional volume we experience as an operator of temporary staffing stores is dramatically larger than we experienced as a franchisor. Therefore, in the months following the acquisition of the stores, we devoted a significant amount of time to assure that the stores are and remain seamlessly integrated into our corporate environment and culture. We developed a comprehensive and integrated set of software tools and information technology systems.
     We manage our field operations using in-store personnel, store managers, area managers, and corporate management personnel. We are also currently building a sales team to help drive business to our stores. Our compensation plans for store managers, area managers, and business development specialists have been designed to aid in securing the qualified personnel needed to meet our business, financial and growth objectives. Our human resources practices are designed to support the need for attracting, screening, hiring, training, supporting and retaining qualified personnel at all levels of our business.
     In 2008, by implementing the strategy outlined below we intend to open 20 or more new stores and expect to end the year with at least 100 stores in operation.
      Temporary Staff . Each store maintains an identified and pre-qualified pool of available temporary staff personnel who are familiar with our operations and can perform the jobs requested by our customers. We believe the

Page 24


Table of Contents

pool is of sufficient size to meet customer requirements at our current level of operations. As our business grows, we will seek additional temporary workers through newspaper advertisements, printed flyers, store displays, and word of mouth. We locate our stores in places convenient to our temporary work force and, when available, on or near public transportation routes. To attract and retain qualified and competent workers, we have instituted or are in the process of instituting a number of temporary worker benefit programs. These include payment of a longevity bonus, a safety points awards program, availability of an employee paid health insurance program, employer ratings of temporary employees, and creation of an advantage team program. All of these programs are designed to keep our best workers by offering benefits not widely available in our industry, and to reward our temporary workers for providing excellent service to our customers.
      Our Customers . Currently, we have approximately 1,700 customers operating in a wide range of industries. The top five industries we service are construction, manufacturing, transportation, warehousing and wholesale trades. Our customers tend to be small and medium sized businesses. Our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 8% our revenue for the fifty-two weeks ended December 28, 2007.
      Marketing Strategy . To accomplish our growth objectives, we intend to undertake the following activities during 2008:
    Increase the level of direct selling activities at each existing store;
 
    Implement direct mail campaigns, radio and billboard advertising, limited yellow-page advertising and word of mouth; and
 
    Develop national accounts with large corporate customers.
     In implementing our growth strategy, we will face several challenges, including meeting our rapidly growing requirement for working capital, managing credit risk and workers’ compensation insurance costs.
     As a developer, owner and operator of temporary staffing stores, we require significant working capital because we typically pay our temporary personnel on the same day they perform the services, but bill our customers on a weekly or monthly basis. As a result, we must maintain sufficient working capital through borrowing arrangements or other sources, to enable us to continue paying our temporary workers until we invoice and collect from our customers.
     The delay between payment of compensation to our temporary workers and collection of receivables from our customers requires that we manage the related credit risk. This entails screening of our potential customers. We maintain a database of pay rates and customer rates for most job categories. Therefore, when we enter a new customer into our system, we already have established temporary worker pay rates and customer billing rates for the job categories requested. The customer information is entered into our system and forwarded to the credit department at our corporate office for review of the workers’ compensation rate categories and approval of customer credit levels if the customer has requested credit in excess of the store limit. The credit department obtains credit reports and/or credit references on new customers and uses all available information to establish a credit limit. We also monitor our existing customer base to keep our credit risk within acceptable limits. Monitoring includes review of accounts receivable aging, payment history, customer communications, and feedback from our field staff. Currently, our average days outstanding on open invoices is approximately 37.9 days, and our bad debt experience for 2007 was approximately 0.5% of sales.
     We are required to provide our temporary and permanent workers with workers’ compensation insurance. Currently, we maintain a large deductible workers compensation insurance policy through American International Group, Inc. (“AIG”). The policy covers the premium year from May 13, 2007 through May 12, 2008. While we have primary responsibility for all claims, our insurance coverage provides reimbursement for covered losses and expenses in excess of our deductible. For workers’ compensation claims arising in self-insured states, our workers’ compensation policy covers any claim in excess of $250,000 on a “per occurrence” basis. This results in our being substantially self-insured.
     Since the current policy inception, we have made payments to cover anticipated claims within our self-insured layer. As of December 28, 2007, we had approximately $4.0 million on deposit with AIG to cover our share of each loss up to $250,000. We believe that this amount will be adequate to meet any expected losses that may be incurred or become due and payable for injuries during the policy term.

Page 25


Table of Contents

     For workers’ compensation claims originating in Washington and North Dakota (our “monopolistic jurisdictions”) we pay workers’ compensation insurance premiums and obtain full coverage under government administered programs. We are not the primary obligor on claims in these jurisdictions.
     Workers’ compensation expense is recorded as a component of our cost of services. Workers’ compensation expense in 2007 was 5.4% of our revenue from services. As we grow in future periods, we expect workers’ compensation costs to be a significant and growing cost. It will be critical in future periods that we monitor and control such costs. Prior to 2006, we operated as a franchisor of temporary staffing businesses and workers’ compensation costs were not a significant component of operating costs.
      Safety Program . To protect our workforce and help control workers’ compensation insurance rates, we have also implemented a company-wide safety program aimed at increasing awareness of safety issues. Safety training is accomplished through bulletin boards, newsletters, training meetings, videos, and employee manuals. Managers conduct unannounced job site visits to assure that customers utilizing our temporary staff are doing so in a safe environment. We also encourage our workers to report unsafe working conditions.
Seasonality
     The short-term manual labor sector of the temporary staffing business is subject to seasonal fluctuation. Many of the jobs filled by our temporary staff are outdoor jobs that are generally performed during the warmer months of the year. As a result, activity increases in the spring and continues at higher levels through the summer and then begins to taper off during the fall and through the winter. Seasonal fluctuations may be less in the western and southwestern parts of the United States where many of our stores are located. These fluctuations in seasonal business will impact financial performance from period to period.
Competition
     The short-term manual labor sector of the temporary staffing industry is highly competitive with low barriers to entry. Many of the companies operating in this sector are small local or regional operators with five or fewer locations. Within their markets, these small local or regional firms compete with us for the available business. The primary competitive factors in our market segment include price, service and the ability to provide the requested workers when needed. Secondary factors include worker quality and performance standards, efficiency, ability to meet the business-to-business vendor requirements for national accounts, name recognition and established reputation. While barriers to entry are low, businesses operating in this sector of the temporary staffing industry do require access to significant working capital, particularly in the spring and summer when seasonal staffing requirements are higher. Lack of working capital can be a significant impediment to growth for small local and regional temporary staffing providers.
     In addition, we face competition from a small number of larger, better capitalized operators. Our larger competitors include True Blue, Inc. (doing business as “Labor Ready”), Adecco, Kelly Services, Inc., Manpower, Inc., SOS Staffing Services, Inc., and Vedior, Inc. Labor Ready operates primarily in our markets. The other large competitors have divisions that operate in the light industrial or construction segments of our industry but are primarily focused more on skilled trades and professional placements. The presence of these larger competitors in our markets may provide significant pricing pressure and could impact our ability to price our temporary staffing services at profitable levels.
     Our largest competitor in the short-term manual labor sector of the temporary staffing industry is Labor Ready with 912 branch offices in all 50 of the United States, Puerto Rico, Canada and the United Kingdom. Labor Ready estimates the on-demand labor market at between $6 and $7 billion per annum giving Labor Ready a 19% to 22% market share. Our management team includes members who were instrumental in building Labor Ready. We currently hold approximately 1% market share.
     In addition to the large competitors listed above, we also face competition from smaller regional firms like Ablest, Inc. that are much like us in terms of size and market focus. As we attempt to grow, we will face increasing competition from other regional firms that are already established in the areas we have targeted for expansion. We are also likely to garner increasing attention from Labor Ready as we attempt to increase our market share.

Page 26


Table of Contents

Government Regulation
     We are subject to a number of government regulations, including those pertaining to wage and hours laws, equal opportunity, workplace safety, maintenance of workers’ compensation coverage for employees, legal work authorization, and immigration laws. With national attention on immigration and related security issues, we anticipate increased regulatory impact on our operations. For example, Arizona recently adopted legislation requiring employers to check the legal status of every new hire using a system operated by the Department of Homeland Security, and penalizing employers that hire undocumented workers. Penalties include suspension or revocation of all business licenses held by the employer in Arizona necessary to the conduct of its business. These laws became effective January 1, 2008, and we have implemented procedures intended to bring our operations into compliance. If other states adopt similar laws, it could increase our operating costs and regulatory risks.
Trademarks and Trade Names; Intellectual Property
     The Company has registered “Command,” “Command Center,” “Command Staffing,” “Command Labor,” “Apply Today, Daily Pay,” “A Different Kind of Labor Place” and “Labor Commander” as service marks with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. Other applications for registration are pending. Several registrations have also been granted in Australia, Canada, and the European Economic Community.
     We have in place software systems to handle most aspects of our operations, including temporary staff dispatch activities, invoicing, accounts receivable, accounts payable and payroll. Our software systems also provide internal control over our operations, as well as producing internal management reports necessary to track the financial performance of individual stores. We utilize a dashboard-type system to provide management with critical information, and we refine our systems and processes by focusing on what actually works in the real world. We take best practices information from our higher performing stores and propagate this information across all operating groups to produce consistent execution and improvements in company-wide performance averages.
Real Property
     We own a beneficial interest in one parcel of real estate located in Yuma, Arizona, that houses one of our temporary staffing locations. We also assumed a mortgage on the Yuma property. The balance due on the mortgage is approximately $95,000. Our monthly payment is $1,485, with a remaining term of 80 months. The mortgage is secured by the real property, which is carried on our books at $149,000.
     We presently lease office space for our corporate headquarters in Post Falls, Idaho, and have a three-year option to purchase the land and building for $1,125,000 pursuant to the terms of a Sale and Leaseback Agreement. We currently pay $10,000 per month for use of the building, which contains approximately 18,500 square feet of space.
     We also lease the facilities of all of our store locations (except for the Yuma location). All of these facilities are leased at market rates that vary depending on location. Each store is between 1,000 and 5,000 square feet, depending on location and market conditions and all current facilities are considered adequate for their intended uses.
Employees
     We currently employ 43 personnel at our headquarters office in Post Falls, Idaho. The number of employees at the corporate headquarters is expected to increase as we continue to grow. We also employ approximately 250 people on our field operations staff located in the various temporary staffing stores, and area and regional operations centers. As we add more stores in 2008, this number is expected to grow.

Page 27


Table of Contents

Litigation
     We are party to the following material litigation.
      ProTrades v. Command Center, Inc., et al. : California Superior Court, Santa Clara County, Case No. 105CV055572. On December 31, 2005, ProTrades Connection, Inc., a competitor, filed a lawsuit against Command Staffing, LLC, and certain individuals. Command Center, Inc. was later added as an additional defendant. The individual defendants are current employees of our company and were formerly employed by ProTrades. In the lawsuit, ProTrades alleges that the individual defendants breached written covenants against the solicitation of ProTrades employees. In September 2007, the court granted our motion for summary judgment, dismissed all claims of ProTrades, and awarded to us $53,651 for costs. ProTrades has appealed the ruling, and the appeal is pending. We incurred approximately $350,000 in litigation costs in 2006 and approximately $400,000 in litigation costs in 2007 resulting from this litigation.

Page 28


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT
Directors and Executive Officers
     The names and ages and positions of the directors and executive officers of the Company are listed below along with their business experience during the past five years. The business address of all executive officers of the Company is 3773 West Fifth Avenue, Post Falls, Idaho 83854. All of these individuals are citizens of the United States. Our Board of Directors currently consists of five directors. Directors are elected at the annual meeting of shareholders to serve until they resign or are removed, or are otherwise disqualified to serve, or until their successors are elected and qualified. Executive officers are appointed at the Board’s first meeting after each annual meeting of the shareholders. No family relationships exist among any of the directors or executive officers of the Company, except that Todd Welstad is the son of Glenn Welstad.
     
Glenn Welstad, age 64
  Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, and President
Brad E. Herr, age 53
  Director, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
Todd Welstad, age 39
  Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer
Tom Gilbert, age 52
  Director and Chief Operating Officer
Ralph E. Peterson, age 73
  Director
Ronald L. Junck, age 59
  Executive Vice President and General Counsel
      Glenn Welstad, founded Command Staffing, LLC, and Harborview Software, Inc., and has been our President, Chief Executive Officer and a director since 2003. Glenn Welstad was a founder of Labor Ready and served as its Chief Executive Officer and President, until his retirement in 2000. Prior to founding Labor Ready, Glenn Welstad was a successful restaurateur and owned a number of Hardees and Village Inn franchises. Glenn Welstad is the father of Todd Welstad.
      Brad E. Herr, has served as our Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and a director since December 1, 2006. From 1993 through 1996, and from June 2001 through March 2002, Mr. Herr practiced law in the firm of Brad E. Herr, P.S. From June 1996 through June 2001, and from January 1, 2004 through December 1, 2006, Mr. Herr was employed at AC Data Systems, Inc. (AC Data) in Post Falls, Idaho, where he was Director of Finance (1996 through 1998), Vice-President — Business Development (1998 through June 2001), and President (2004 through 2006). AC Data is a privately held manufacturing business engaged in the design, manufacture and sale of surge suppression products marketed primarily to the telecommunications industry. Mr. Herr graduated from the University of Montana with a Bachelor of Science Degree in Business Accounting in 1977, and a Juris Doctorate in 1983. In May 2005, Mr. Herr received a Masters Degree in Business Administration from Gonzaga University.
Mr. Herr is licensed as a Certified Public Accountant in the State of Montana. Mr. Herr also maintains inactive status as a lawyer in the states of Washington and Montana. Mr. Herr serves as a Director of Genesis Financial, Inc., a publicly traded financial services business located in Spokane, Washington.
      Todd Welstad, is Executive Vice President, Chief Information Officer, and a director, and has served in those capacities since 2003. Mr. Welstad served as Chief Information Officer of Labor Ready, Inc. from August 1993 through 2001. Before joining us, Mr. Welstad worked in the temporary labor industry as owner/operator and was employed by Harborview Software, Inc., as Vice President in the development of the software used in temporary labor store operations. Todd Welstad is the son of Glenn Welstad.
      Tom Gilbert, has served as our Chief Operating Officer and a Director since November 9, 2005. Before joining our Company, Mr. Gilbert owned and operated Anytime Labor, a Colorado corporation. From July 1998 through December 2001, Mr. Gilbert, as Regional Vice President for Labor Ready was responsible for the management of up to 400 temporary labor offices located in 23 states and 5 Canadian provinces.
      Ralph E. Peterson, was appointed to the Board as an independent director in November 2007 , and will chair the board’s Audit Committee. From 2002 until 2006, Mr. Peterson was a partner with a mid-sized venture capital firm. Previously, Mr. Peterson held leadership roles with Labor Ready, a publicly traded staffing company, where he was a member of its Board of Directors and served as its Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President of Corporate and Business Development. He also spent more than 20 years in the restaurant industry, first as an officer

Page 29


Table of Contents

of Hardee’s Food Systems, Inc., a $4 Billion diversified food company, operating 1,000 Company owned and 3,000 franchised fast food restaurants, and subsequently as the Chief Financial Officer of Rax Restaurants, Inc., a restaurant chain operating 100 Company owned and 250 franchised restaurants. Mr. Peterson received his MBA from the University of North Carolina’s MBA Program, as well as a MS in Finance and Management and a BS in Accounting from Northern Illinois University.
      Ron Junck , has been our General Counsel since 2003. From 1974 until 1998, Mr. Junck practiced law in Phoenix, Arizona, specializing in business law and commercial transactions. From 1998 through 2001, Mr. Junck served as Executive Vice President and General Counsel of Labor Ready, and for several years served as a director of that company. In 2001, Mr. Junck returned to the private practice of law.
Committees of the Board of Directors
     At its January 2008 board meeting, we anticipate that our board of directors will establish an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and function of each of our committees will comply with the rules of the SEC that will be applicable to us, and we intend to comply with additional requirements to the extent that they become applicable to us.
The committees are described below.
      Executive Committee . The Executive Committee consists of Glenn Welstad — Chief Executive Officer; Thomas Gilbert — Chief Operations Officer; and Todd Welstad — Chief Information Officer, and Brad E. Herr, Chief Financial Officer. Executive Committee meetings are also attended by Ronald L. Junck, General Counsel, and such other officers as may be determined from time-to-time by the Committee. The Executive Committee met at least once per week in 2007 to discuss operational and financial matters.
      Audit Committee . Ralph Peterson currently serves on the audit committee. Until additional directors are appointed (which is expected to occur at the January 2008 meeting), Mr. Peterson is the sole member of our audit committee. The audit committee’s responsibilities include:
    appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;
 
    reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;
 
    pre-approving auditing and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;
 
    coordinating the oversight and reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;
 
    establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting related complaints and concerns; and
 
    preparing the audit committee report required by Securities and Exchange Commission rules to be included in our annual proxy statement.
     Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Peterson qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
      Compensation Committee . We intend to appoint a compensation committee at the January 2008 meeting. The compensation committee’s responsibilities include, but are not limited to:
    annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our chief executive officer;

Page 30


Table of Contents

    evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and determining the compensation of our chief executive officer;
 
    reviewing and approving the compensation of our other executive officers;
 
    overseeing and administering our compensation, welfare, benefit and pension plans and similar plans; and
 
    reviewing and making recommendations to the board with respect to director compensation.
      Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. We intend to appoint members of the nominating and corporate governance committee at our January 2008 Board meeting. The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include, but are not limited to:
    developing and recommending to the board criteria for board and committee membership;
 
    establishing procedures for identifying and evaluating director candidates including nominees recommended by shareholders;
 
    identifying individuals qualified to become board members;
 
    recommending to the board the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board’s committees;
 
    developing and recommending to the board a code of business conduct and ethics and a set of corporate governance guidelines; and
 
    overseeing the evaluation of the board and management.
Executive Officers
     Each of our executive officers has been elected by our board of directors and serves until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified.
Indemnification of Directors and Officers
     The Washington Business Corporation Act provides that a company may indemnify its directors and officers as to certain liabilities. Our Articles of Incorporation (as amended) and Bylaws authorize our company to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law. The effect of such provisions is to authorize the company to indemnify the directors and officers of our company against all costs, expenses and liabilities incurred by them in connection with any action, suit or proceeding in which they are involved by reason of their affiliation with our company, to the fullest extent permitted by law. Such indemnification provisions are expressed in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities (including reimbursement expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933.
     Our Bylaws require us to indemnify each of our directors and officers, so long as such director acted in good faith and, generally, believed that an action was in the best interests of our company. Our directors and officers, however, are not entitled to such indemnification (i) if such director or officer is adjudged liable to our company, or (ii) if such director or officer is adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received by such officer or director.
     We presently maintain directors and officers liability insurance, which provides for an aggregate limit of $5,000,000.
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Page 31


Table of Contents

Director Independence
     We undertook a review of the independence of our directors and, using the definitions and independence standards for directors provided in the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market, considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could interfere with his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. As a result of this review, we determined that Ralph Peterson is an independent director, and that Glenn Welstad, Brad Herr, Todd Welstad, Ron Junck and Tom Gilbert are not independent directors.
Director Compensation
     The Company historically has not paid compensation to directors for their services performed as directors. We expect to compensate independent directors for their services beginning early in 2008. The amount of such compensation has not yet been determined. Our employee directors receive no compensation for attendance at Board meetings or meetings of Board committees. Directors who are not also executive officers of the company are reimbursed for usual and ordinary expenses of meeting attendance.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
     The Board of Directors’ responsibilities relating to the compensation of our company’s CEO and other executives and directors includes (a) reviewing and reporting on the continuity of executive leadership for our company; (b) approving the compensation structure for our CEO; and (c) reviewing the compensation structure for each of our other Named Executive Officers (“NEOs”) as listed under Executive Compensation — Summary Compensation Table.”
     Commencing in 2008, responsibility for discharging these responsibilities on behalf of the Board, and for establishing, maintaining, overseeing, evaluating and reporting upon our executive compensation plans and programs, will be undertaken by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee will also review and coordinate annually with the Executive Committee of our Board of Directors with respect to compensation for any directors who are not also NEOs.
Objectives of Our Compensation Program
     In general, our objectives in structuring compensation programs for our NEOs is to attract, retain, incentivize, and reward talented executives who can contribute to our company’s growth and success and thereby build value for our shareholders over the long term. In the past, we have focused on cash compensation in the form of base salary as the primary element of our compensation program for NEOs.
     In past years, we did not have any executive compensation policies in place and our board of directors was responsible for annually evaluating individual executive performance. Historically, our board of directors reviewed and approved all of our compensation packages, and determined the appropriate level of each compensation component for each executive officer based upon compensation data and information gleaned from other sources as to salary levels at comparable companies. Our board of directors has also relied on its members’ business judgment and collective experience in our industry. Although it did not benchmark our executive compensation program and practices, our board of directors has historically aimed to set our executive compensation at levels it believes are comparable with executives in other companies of similar size and stage of development in similar industries and location while taking into account our relative performance and our own strategic goals.

Page 32


Table of Contents

     During 2008, we intend to expand the elements of our executive compensation program to include the following:
    Cash compensation in the form of base salary and incentive compensation (performance-based bonuses);
 
    Equity-based awards;
 
    Deferred compensation plans; and
 
    Other components of compensation.
     In addition, the employment agreements with each of our executive officers provide for certain retirement benefits and potential payments upon termination of employment for a variety of reasons, including a change in control of our company. See “Summary of Employment Agreements,” below.
Elements of Compensation
Base Salary
     The compensation received by our executive officers consists of a base salary. Base salaries for our executives are established based on the scope of their responsibilities and individual experience. Subject to any applicable employment agreements, base salaries will be reviewed annually, and adjusted from time to time to realign salaries with market levels after taking into account individual responsibilities, performance and experience.
Discretionary Annual Bonus
     In addition to base salaries, we have the ability to award discretionary annual bonuses to our executive officers. We have not yet formulated the bases upon which we may grant discretionary bonuses to our executive officers. We may increase the annual bonus paid to our executive officers at our discretion.
Equity and Other Compensation
     We do not have any equity compensation plans or any outstanding options. Our Board of Directors may adopt one or more equity compensation plans in the future. We offer $20,000 of company paid life insurance to each employee, including officers and directors. We are also currently evaluating other employee benefits programs including a 401(k) plan.
Compliance with Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m)
     Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code generally disallows a tax deduction to a public company for compensation over $1 million paid to its chief executive officer and its four other most highly compensated executive officers. However, if certain performance-based requirements are met, qualifying compensation will not be subject to this deduction limit. Although the limitations of Section 162(m) generally have not been of concern to us while we were a shell corporation, we intend to consider the requirements of Section 162(m) in developing our compensation policies now that we are an operating company.
Role of Executive Officers in Executive Compensation
     During our most recently completed year, we did not have a compensation committee or another committee of our board of directors performing equivalent functions. Instead, the entire board of directors performed the function of a compensation committee and our board of directors will continue to serve in such role. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on the board of directors or compensation committee.

Page 33


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table
     The following table provides summary information about compensation expensed or accrued by our company during the fiscal years ended December 28, 2007, and December 29, 2006, for (a) our Chief Executive Officer, (b) our Chief Financial Officer, (c) the two other executive officers other than our CEO and CFO serving at the end of the fiscal years; and (d) one additional individual for whom disclosure would have been provided but for the fact that he was not serving as an executive officer at the end of fiscal 2006 (collectively, the “Named Executive Officers” or “NEOs. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, the Company did not have any executive officers that received in excess of $100,000 in compensation and the Principal Executive Officer of the Company received no compensation in that year.
                                 
                    All Other    
Name and Principal Position   Year   Salary   Compensation   Total
Glenn Welstad
    2007     $ 180,000             $ 180,000  
Director and Chief Executive Officer
    2006     $ 180,000             $ 180,000  
Thomas Gilbert
    2007     $ 120,000             $ 120,000  
Director and Chief Operating Officer
    2006     $ 120,000             $ 120,000  
Todd Welstad
    2007     $ 120,000             $ 120,000  
Director and Chief Information Officer
    2006     $ 120,000             $ 120,000  
Brad E. Herr
    2007     $ 120,000             $ 120,000  
Director, Chief Financial Officer
    2006     $ 27,692     $ 20,770     $ 48,462  
C. Eugene Olsen
    2006     $ 110,769             $ 110,769  
Former Chief Financial Officer (3)
                               
 
(1)   Glenn Welstad is employed by the company at an annual salary of $180,000. During the first half of 2006, Mr. Welstad deferred $90,000 of his salary. This amount was subsequently converted into $90,000 of common stock in the third quarter of 2007 (6,000 shares).
 
(2)   Brad E. Herr was employed by the Company part time on October 1, 2006, and full time on December 1, 2006. Prior to that time, Mr. Herr performed consulting services for the company at $3,000 per month. At September 28, 2007, Mr. Herr was owed $20,770 for consulting services performed prior to his employment.
 
(3)   Mr. Olsen served as chief financial officer from January 1, 2006 through December 19, 2006.
Equity Compensation Plans
     The Company has no equity compensation plans and had awarded no equity compensation to executive officers or directors as of December 28, 2007. Management intends to adopt an equity compensation plan in 2008.
Summary of Executive Employment Agreements
     The terms of the executive employment agreements for Glenn Welstad, Chief Executive Officer, Todd Welstad, Chief Information Officer, and Thomas Gilbert, Chief Operating Officer, are substantially identical except for the differences noted below. Each agreement is for a three-year initial term commencing January 1, 2006. At the end of the initial three-year term, each agreement automatically renews for successive one-year terms, unless and until terminated by either party giving written notice to the other not less than 30 days prior to the end of the current term, or as otherwise set forth in such agreement. Employment may be terminated by the Company without cause on sixty days notice. If termination is without cause and occurs within the initial three year term of the agreement, the executive will receive his base salary for one year. If termination without cause occurs after the initial three year term, the executive will receive base salary for the remainder of the year in which termination occurs. The agreement may also be terminated for cause on 15 days written notice, and in the events of death, disability or a change in control. Upon termination due to a change in control, the executive will continue to receive his or her base salary for twelve months. Change in control is defined to include instances where there has been a significant turnover in the board of directors, upon a tender offer for more than 20% of the voting power of the company’s outstanding securities, upon a merger or consolidation , or upon liquidation or sale of a substantial portion of the company’s assets. The agreements contain non-competition and confidentiality provisions.

Page 34


Table of Contents

     Mr. Glenn Welstad receives a base salary of $180,000 per year and is entitled to performance based compensation in an amount set by the Company’s Board of Directors. Mr. Glenn Welstad’s agreement also provides for reimbursement of expenses for his spouse if she travels with him. No such spousal travel reimbursements were made to Mr. Welstad in 2007 or 2006. The agreements for Mr. Todd Welstad and Mr. Gilbert provide for base salaries of $120,000 per year and performance based compensation as set by the Board. All three agreements provide for expense reimbursement for business travel and participation in employee benefits programs made available to the executive during the term of employment.
     We presently do not compensate our directors. We anticipate that we will implement a policy relating to the compensation of our directors in 2008.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
     In July and August 2007, certain notes payable to affiliates of our company were cancelled and converted into shares of our common stock. These conversions are described below:
         
Glenn Welstad (1)
  $ 360,654  
Dwight Enget (2)
    94,091  
Tom Gilbert (2)
    60,306  
Tom Hancock (2)
    27,659  
Ronald L. Junck (2)
    2,714  
Todd Welstad (2)
    814  
Dave Wallace (3)
    31,909  
 
     
 
  $ 578,147  
 
     
 
(1)   Mr. Welstad is our Chief Executive Officer and a director. The amount due Mr. Welstad included balances owing for new store surcharge fees, accrued salary owed from 2006, other assumed liabilities in connection with equipment purchases, other expenses related to our acquisition of temporary staffing stores, the Anytime Labor acquisitions, and additional advances for working capital.
 
(2)     Mr. Enget, Mr. Gilbert, Mr. Hancock, Mr. Junck, and Mr. Todd Welstad are or were directors and officers of our company. The amounts due consist of liabilities incurred in connection with the purchase of temporary staffing stores owned or controlled by such individuals in 2006.
 
(3)     Mr. Wallace is a former franchisee and is currently employed as a manager with the Company.
     These notes payable were converted into shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $1.50 per share. The market price of our common stock during the period the notes were converted ranged from a low of $1.01 to a high of $2.35. An aggregate of 385,431 shares of our common stock were issued in the note conversions.
      New store surcharge fee. As part of the November 9, 2005 acquisition, we assumed an obligation to pay Glenn Welstad, our Chief Executive Officer and a director, $5,000 for each new temporary staffing store opened by us. Between November 2005 and September 2007, we opened 14 stores and would have required a payment to Mr. Welstad of $70,000. In lieu of a cash payment, we satisfied this obligation by issuing 50,000 shares of our common stock to Mr. Welstad. To fulfill all present and future obligations under this agreement, on November 14, 2007, we issued an additional 550,000 shares of our common stock to Mr. Welstad under this agreement. With the issuance of these shares, we have no further obligations under the new store surcharge agreement.
     Mr. Welstad owns Alligator LLC (“ Alligator ”), an automobile leasing company. Alligator provides approximately 16 vans and van drivers to us for use in transporting temporary workers to job sites at various locations within our sphere of operations. We provide fuel for the vehicles and pay Alligator a lease payment for use of the vans (average of $1,000 per van per month), plus reimbursement for the cost of the drivers (approximately $2,500 per driver per month). As of December 28, 2007, we are current on balances owed to Alligator for van

Page 35


Table of Contents

leases and drivers. We are in the process of unwinding our relationship with Alligator and expect to terminate the van leasing arrangement in the first quarter of 2008.
     In 2005, we purchased a parcel of real estate in Post Falls, Idaho, which served as our corporate headquarters. The purchase price for the real estate and the applicable building was $1,125,000, which was paid $525,000 in cash and $600,000 advanced from John Coghlan, a former director and one of our major shareholders. On December 29, 2005, we sold the real estate and the building back to Mr. Coghlan at the original purchase price pursuant to a Sale and Leaseback Agreement. Under this Agreement, we immediately leased the building back from Mr. Coghlan and obtained a three year option to purchase the building for $1,125,000.
     We have advanced funds to Viken Management, a company controlled by Glenn Welstad, to pay obligations of Viken that were incurred prior to the roll-up of the franchisees. As of November 5, 2007, Mr. Welstad owed the Company $290,000. On November 14, 2007, the Company and Mr. Welstad agreed to offset the balance due Alligator for van lease costs and services through December 28, 2007 against the balance owed by Viken to the Company. Under this arrangement, the payable and receivable net to zero.
     Additional related party transactions from prior years are disclosed in our annual report filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 10-KSB for the year in question.
     Our audit committee will review and report to our board of directors on any related party transaction. From time to time, the independent members of our board of directors also may form an ad hoc committee to consider transactions and agreements in which a director or executive officer of our company has a material interest. In considering related party transactions, the members of our audit committee are guided by their fiduciary duties to our shareholders. Our audit committee does not have any written or oral policies or procedures regarding the review, approval and ratification of transactions with related parties.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
     None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any other entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee. None of the current members of our compensation committee, nor any of their family members, has ever been one of our employees.
Promoters and Certain Control Persons
     We did not have any promoters at any time during the past five fiscal years.

Page 36


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
     The following tables set forth information regarding (a) the ownership of any non-management person known to us to own more than five percent of any class of our voting Shares, and (b) the number and percentage of our Shares of Common Stock held by each director, each of the named executive officers and directors and officers as a group. Percentages of ownership have been calculated based upon 35,665,053 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding as of January 14, 2007.
Security Ownership of Non-Management Owners
     The Company has three non-management shareholders that own 5% or more of the total outstanding shares of Common Stock.
                 
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner   Common Stock   Percent of Class
Myron Thompson (1)
P.O. Box 969
Minot, ND 58702
    3,811,631       10.69 %
Kevin Semerad (1)
8528 Carriage Hill Circle
Savage, MN 55378
    3,588,961       10.06 %
John R. Coghlan (2)
1307 N. King James Lane
Liberty Lake, WA 99019
    2,036,168       5.71 %
 
(1)   Mr. Thompson and Mr. Semerad share beneficial ownership of 3,477,626 shares through common ownership of the entities that legally own the referenced shares. Mr. Semerad is a Regional Vice President with the company.
 
(2)   Mr. Coghlan’s ownership includes shares beneficially owned through the Coghlan Family Corporation and Coghlan LLC.
Security Ownership of Management
                                 
                    Total    
    Individual   Shared   Beneficial   Percent of
Name of Beneficial Owner   Ownership   Ownership   Ownership   Class
Tom Gilbert (3, 4)
    601,879             601,879       1.69 %
Brad E. Herr (5)
    240,000             240,000       0.67 %
Ronald L. Junck (3)
    419,054       2,553,311       2,972,365       8.33 %
Glenn Welstad (3)
    5,523,453       4,316,646       9,840,099       27.59 %
Todd Welstad (3)
    19,864       343,522       363,386       1.02 %
All Officers and Directors as a Group
    6,804,250       7,213,479       14,017,729       39.30 %
 
(3)   The individuals listed acquired a portion or all of their shares at the time of the acquisitions of assets from the franchisees in May and June, 2006. The number of shares indicated includes shares held in the names of the legal entities whose assets were acquired. The shares are considered beneficially owned by the individual if he has the power to vote and the power to sell the shares owned by the LLC. Shares owned by an LLC in which multiple officers or directors held an interest and over which such officers or directors had shared voting and investment power over the shares are deemed beneficially owned by each such officer or director and have been counted more than once for purposes of this Table. Such shares are reflected in the Shared Ownership column.

Page 37


Table of Contents

(4)   Mr. Gilbert’s shares include shares owned by Thomas E. and Bonita L. Gilbert. Trustees of the Thomas E. Gilbert Revocable Trust Dated 6-29-1999.
 
(5)   Mr. Herr’s ownership includes shares beneficially owned through his IRA account.
Equity Compensation Plans
     The Company has no equity compensation plans and has awarded no equity compensation to executive officers or directors as of January 14, 2006. Management intends to adopt an equity compensation plan in 2008.
SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
     This prospectus relates to the offering and sale, from time to time, of up to 16,609,688 shares of our common stock held by the shareholders named in the table below. This amount includes common shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by the selling shareholders. The selling shareholders may exercise their warrants at any time after May 30, 2008 for investors that purchased on November 30, 2007 (6,031,943 Warrants) and at any time after June 27, 2008 for investors that purchased on December 27, 2007 (280,860 warrants) in their sole discretion subject to certain limitations.
     Set forth below is information, to the extent known to us, setting forth the name of each selling shareholder and the amount and percentage of common stock owned by each (including shares that can be acquired on the exercise of outstanding warrants) prior to the offering, the shares to be sold in the offering, and the amount and percentage of common stock to be owned by each (including shares that can be acquired on the exercise of outstanding warrants) after the offering assuming all shares registered herein are sold.
     Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 promulgated by the SEC, and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Except as indicated in the footnotes to the table, we believe, based on information by each selling shareholder, that each selling shareholder possesses sole voting and investment power with respect to all of the shares of common stock owned by that selling shareholder. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a shareholder and the percentage ownership of that shareholder, shares of common stock subject to options or warrants held by that shareholder that are currently exercisable or are exercisable within 60 days after the date of the table are deemed outstanding. Those shares, however, are not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person or group.
     The selling shareholders may sell all or some of the shares of common stock they are offering, and may sell shares of our common stock otherwise than pursuant to this prospectus. The table below assumes that each selling shareholder exercises all of its warrants and sells all of the shares issued upon exercise thereof, and that each selling shareholder sells all of the shares offered by it in offerings pursuant to this prospectus, and does not acquire any additional shares. We are unable to determine the exact number of shares that will actually be sold or when or if these sales will occur. See “Plan of Distribution.”

Page 38


Table of Contents

                                                 
                                            Ownership  
    BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP     Percentage     Number     After  
Shareholder   Shares     Warrants     Total     of Total (1)     Offered     Offering  
Andrew Garret, Inc., Attention Guy G. Clemente, Managing Director
    17,404       68,373       85,777       0.20 %     85,777        
BCWOD, JV
    75,000       37,500       112,500       0.27 %     112,500        
Edwin Bertolas Revocable Living Trust
    100,000       50,000       150,000       0.36 %     150,000        
Thomas Berton
    25,000       12,500       37,500       0.09 %     37,500        
Bleu Ridge Consultants, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan and Trust
    25,000       12,500       37,500       0.09 %     37,500        
Susan A. Brasel
    10,000       5,000       15,000       0.04 %     15,000        
Charitable Remainder Trust of Tmothy J. Brasel
    30,000       15,000       45,000       0.11 %     45,000        
John Thomas Bridge and Opportunity Fund LP
    250,000       125,000       375,000       0.89 %     375,000        
Sam Buck
    200,000       100,000       300,000       0.71 %     300,000        
Chestnut Ridge Partners, LP
    400,000       200,000       600,000       1.43 %     600,000        
Richard Duane Clarkson
    100,000       50,000       150,000       0.36 %     150,000        
Lesa Ann Clarkson
    50,000       25,000       75,000       0.18 %     75,000        
Richard L. Clarkson, TTEE
    100,000       50,000       150,000       0.36 %     150,000        
David Clarkson
    40,000       20,000       60,000       0.14 %     60,000        
Lucille S. Ball IRRVOC TR Dated 9/10/1991, Richard L. Clarkson, TTEE
    200,000       100,000       300,000       0.71 %     300,000        
John Coghlan
    100,000       50,000       150,000       0.36 %     150,000        
Anthony DaCosta
    41,169       91,160       132,329       0.32 %     132,329        
Glen S. Davis
    30,000       15,000       45,000       0.11 %     45,000        
Anthony Di Benedetto
    50,000       25,000       75,000       0.18 %     75,000        
Anthony DiGiandomenico
    511,169       446,160       957,329       2.28 %     957,329        
Jane DiGiandomenico
    50,000       25,000       75,000       0.18 %     75,000        
Paul Dragul
    25,000       12,500       37,500       0.09 %     37,500        
Warren Feldman
    50,000       25,000       75,000       0.18 %     75,000        
Firebird Global Master Fund, Ltd., c/o Trident Company (Cayman) Limited
    1,500,000       750,000       2,250,000       5.36 %     2,250,000        
Genesis Financial, Inc.
    100,000       50,000       150,000       0.36 %     150,000        
Sanford D. Greenberg
    25,000       12,500       37,500       0.09 %     37,500        
Aaron A. Gruenfeld
    100,000       50,000       150,000       0.36 %     150,000        
Heller Capital
    750,000       375,000       1,125,000       2.68 %     1,125,000        
Iroquois Master Fund Ltd.
    100,000       50,000       150,000       0.36 %     150,000        
Raymond Kim
    25,152       12,837       37,989       0.09 %     37,989        
David Kincheloe
    30,000       15,000       45,000       0.11 %     45,000        
John G. Korman
    50,000       25,000       75,000       0.18 %     75,000        
Scott L. Landt
    5,000       2,500       7,500       0.02 %     7,500        
London Family Trust
    300,000       150,000       450,000       1.07 %     450,000        
David Carl Lustig, III
    50,000       25,000       75,000       0.18 %     75,000        
Chris Marlett
    10,884       24,100       34,984       0.08 %     34,984        
Raymond Marlett
    30,000       15,000       45,000       0.11 %     45,000        
MDB Capital Group, LLC, Attention Anthony DiGiandomenico
    913,107       1,164,738       2,077,845       4.95 %     2,077,845        
RBC Dain Raucher CUST FBO Jonathan Meyers
    100,000       50,000       150,000       0.36 %     150,000        
Christine A. Mittman
    50,000       25,000       75,000       0.18 %     75,000        
Henri Nurminen
    8,000       4,000       12,000       0.03 %     12,000        
Michael Palin and Dean Palin, JTWROS
    100,000       50,000       150,000       0.36 %     150,000        
J. J. Peirce
    10,000       5,000       15,000       0.04 %     15,000        
Pleiads Investment Partners — R, LP, c/o Potomac Capital Management
    456,628       228,314       684,942       1.63 %     684,942        
Potomac Capital International Ltd., c/o Potomac Capital Management
    418,590       209,295       627,885       1.50 %     627,885        
Potomac Capital Partners LP, c/o Potomac Capital Management
    624,782       312,391       937,173       2.23 %     937,173        
Angela A. Rouse
    30,000       15,000       45,000       0.11 %     45,000        
Sachs Investing Company
    130,000       65,000       195,000       0.46 %     195,000        
Philip S. Sassower 1996 Charitable Remainder Annuity Trust
    100,000       50,000       150,000       0.36 %     150,000        
John Schneller
    0       116,435       116,435       0.28 %     116,435        
Sonoran Pacific Resources, LLP
    1,200,000       600,000       1,800,000       4.29 %     1,800,000        
James P. Tierney
    100,000       50,000       150,000       0.36 %     150,000        
M. Stephen Walker
    500,000       250,000       750,000       1.79 %     750,000        
 
                                   
Totals
    10,296,885       6,312,803       16,609,688       39.58 %     16,609,688          
 
                                   

Page 39


Table of Contents

 
(1)   The “Total” and “Percentage of Total” columns include shares issuable on exercise of the Warrants. For purposes of this Table, all warrants are deemed exercised.
 
(2)   The “Ownership After Offering” column assumes that all selling shareholders sell 100% of their ownership in this offering.
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
     The selling shareholders may, from time to time, sell any or all of their shares of common stock on any stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the shares are traded or in private transactions. These sales may be at fixed or negotiated prices. The selling shareholders may use any one or more of the following methods when selling shares:
  ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;
 
  block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;
 
  purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account;
 
  an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;
 
  privately negotiated transactions;
 
  short sales;
 
  broker-dealers may agree with the selling shareholders to sell a specified number of such shares at a stipulated price per share;
 
  a combination of any such methods of sale; and
 
  any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.
     The selling shareholders may also sell shares under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, if available, rather than under this prospectus.
     Broker-dealers engaged by the selling shareholders may arrange for other brokers-dealers to participate in sales. Broker-dealers may receive commissions or discounts from the selling shareholders (or, if any broker-dealer acts as agent for the purchaser of shares, from the purchaser) in amounts to be negotiated. The selling shareholders do not expect these commissions and discounts to exceed what is customary in the types of transactions involved. Any profits on the resale of shares of common stock by a broker-dealer acting as principal might be deemed to be underwriting discounts or commissions under the Securities Act. Discounts, concessions, commissions and similar selling expenses, if any, attributable to the sale of shares will be borne by a selling shareholder. The selling shareholders may agree to indemnify any agent, dealer or broker-dealer that participates in transactions involving sales of the shares if liabilities are imposed on that person under the Securities Act.
     The selling shareholders may from time to time pledge or grant a security interest in some or all of the shares of common stock owned by them and, if they default in the performance of their secured obligations, the pledgees or secured parties may offer and sell the shares of common stock from time to time under this prospectus after we have filed a supplement to this prospectus under Rule 424(b)(3) or other applicable provision of the Securities Act of 1933 supplementing or amending the list of selling shareholders to include the pledgee, transferee or other successors in interest as selling shareholders under this prospectus.
     The selling shareholders also may transfer the shares of common stock in other circumstances, in which case the transferees, pledgees or other successors in interest will be the selling beneficial owners for purposes of this

Page 40


Table of Contents

prospectus and may sell the shares of common stock from time to time under this prospectus after we have filed a supplement to this prospectus under Rule 424(b)(3) or other applicable provision of the Securities Act of 1933 supplementing or amending the list of selling shareholders to include the pledgee, transferee or other successors in interest as selling shareholders under this prospectus.
     The selling shareholders and any broker-dealers or agents that are involved in selling the shares of common stock may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act in connection with such sales. In such event, any commissions received by such broker-dealers or agents and any profit on the resale of the shares of common stock purchased by them may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts under the Securities Act.
     We are required to pay all fees and expenses incident to the registration of the shares of common stock. We have agreed to indemnify the selling shareholders against certain losses, claims, damages and liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
     The selling shareholders have advised us that they have not entered into any agreements, understandings or arrangements with any underwriters or broker-dealers regarding the sale of their shares of common stock, nor is there an underwriter or coordinating broker acting in connection with a proposed sale of shares of common stock by any selling shareholder. If we are notified by any selling shareholder that any material arrangement has been entered into with a broker-dealer for the sale of shares of common stock, if required, we will file a supplement to this prospectus. If the selling shareholders use this prospectus for any sale of the shares of common stock, they will be subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.
     The anti-manipulation rules of Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 may apply to sales of our common stock and activities of the selling shareholders
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
Common Stock
     We are presently authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of $0.001 per share. The holders of our common stock are entitled to equal dividends and distributions, per share, with respect to the common stock when, as and if declared by our board of directors from funds legally available therefor. No holder of any shares of our common stock has a preemptive right to acquire additional shares issued by our company, or securities convertible into, or evidencing any rights or options to purchase any shares. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, and after payment of creditors and preferred shareholders, if any, the assets will be divided pro-rata on a share-for-share basis among the holders of the shares of common stock. All shares of common stock now outstanding are fully paid, validly issued and non-assessable. Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote with respect to the election of any director or any other matter upon which shareholders are required or permitted to vote. Holders of our common stock do not have cumulative voting rights, so that the holders of more than 50% of the combined shares voting for the election of directors may elect all of the directors, if they choose to do so and, in that event, the holders of the remaining shares will not be able to elect any members to our board of directors.
Preferred Stock
     We are presently authorized to issue 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which 40,000 shares are designated Series A Preferred Stock. No shares of our preferred stock are issued or outstanding.
     Under our Articles of Incorporation, as amended, our board of directors has the power, without further action by the holders of common stock, to designate the relative rights and preferences of the preferred stock, and issue the preferred stock in one or more series as designated by our board of directors. The designation of rights and preferences could include preferences as to liquidation, redemption and conversion rights, voting rights, dividends or other preferences, any of which may be dilutive of the interest of the holders of shares of our common stock or the preferred stock of any other series. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying or preventing a

Page 41


Table of Contents

change in control without further shareholder action and may adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of the holders of shares of our common stock. In certain circumstances, the issuance of preferred stock could depress the market price of shares of our common stock. Our board of directors effects a designation of each series of preferred stock by filing with the Washington Secretary of State articles of amendment to our articles of incorporation defining the rights and preferences of each such series. Documents so filed are matters of public record and may be examined in accordance with procedures of the Washington Secretary of State, or copies thereof may be obtained from us.
Series A Preferred Stock
     We are presently authorized to issue 40,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share. No shares of Series A Preferred Stock are issued or outstanding. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time, into shares of our common stock at a conversion ratio of 20 shares of common stock for each share of Series A Preferred Stock for the first 12 months following the purchase date. Thereafter, the conversion ratio will be reduced by 3.0% per year. Shares of our Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to one vote per share and, in matters requiring class voting, shall vote together as a class. The Series A Preferred Stock ranks senior to shares of our common stock with respect to any amounts payable upon our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up. This liquidation preference will entitle the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock to receive the price paid for the stock and all accrued, but unpaid dividends on such shares. The Series A Preferred Stock rank junior to all debt of our company. The conversion price of the Series A Preferred Stock will be adjusted for any subsequent issuances of our common stock at a per-share issue price below $5.00 for the first year after purchase. Thereafter, the conversion ratio of the Series A Preferred Stock will be adjusted for subsequent issuances of our common stock at a per-share issue price below an amount equal to $5.00 plus a 3.0% increase each year. The anti-dilution protection will not apply to securities issued (i) as a dividend or distribution on shares of our Series A Preferred Stock, (ii) to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, our Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to an arrangement or plan approved by our Board of Directors, (iii) upon the exercise of options or the conversion or exchange of our convertible securities, (iv) to banks, equipment lessors, or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, pursuant to debt financing, equipment leasing, or real property leasing transactions approved by our Board of Directors, (v) pursuant to a sale by our Company of shares of our common stock in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act with the public offering price being not less than $12,000,000 in the aggregate, or (vi) pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights granted to underwriters in connection with a public offering referenced in (v). No adjustment to the conversion ratio of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be made if we receive written notice from the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock waiving such adjustment right. We may redeem the Series A Preferred Stock at any time at the price paid per share plus accrued but unpaid dividends thereon. Upon our call for redemption, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock has 30 days to elect to convert such shares into shares of our common stock. From and after the date of issuance, shares of our Series A Preferred Stock shall accrue a cumulative dividend of $5.00 per share per annum, subject to adjustment in the event stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, or other similar recapitalization transactions. Cumulative dividends on all outstanding shares of our Series A Preferred Stock will accrue at a rate of $5.00 per share per annum (subject to adjustments in the event of stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, or other similar recapitalization transactions). However, we are under no obligation to pay such dividends. We cannot declare, set aside, or pay any dividends on any of our shares unless the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock receive a dividend per share equal to all accrued but unpaid dividends on each share of Series A Preferred Stock and all other dividend amounts required under our Articles of Incorporation. The Series A Preferred Stock have no registration rights.
Warrants and Options
     The only outstanding warrants and/or options to purchase shares of our capital stock are as follows:
    Warrants to purchase up to 6,031,943 shares of our common stock, exercisable at $1.25 per share (subject to certain adjustments), with a five year term expiring on November 30, 2012. This warrant includes a full ratchet anti-dilution provision. See “Adjustments and Other Terms in the Warrants” below.

Page 42


Table of Contents

    Warrants to purchase up to 280,860 shares of our common stock, exercisable at $1.25 per share (subject to certain adjustments), with a five year term expiring on December 27, 2012. This warrant includes a full ratchet anti-dilution provision. See “Adjustments and Other Terms in the Warrants” below.
 
    Warrant to purchase up to 200,000 shares of our common stock, exercisable at $3.00 per share (subject to adjustment to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, combinations or exchanges of shares, or other capital changes), with a two year term expiring on March 31, 2009. This warrant includes a full ratchet anti-dilution provision for issuances of our securities at a per share issue price below $3.00.
 
    Warrant to purchase up to 250,000 shares of our common stock, exercisable at $1.50 per share, with a five year term expiring on August 14, 2012. This warrant includes certain adjustments and other specific terms. See “Adjustments and other Terms in the Warrants” below.
Adjustments and Other Terms in the Warrants
     With respect to all of the five year Warrants listed above, if certain changes occur to our capitalization, such as a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, consolidation, or combination or reclassification of our common stock, then the number of shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants will be adjusted appropriately.
     With respect to the five year Warrants listed above that have an exercise price of $1.25, in the event that our Company merges, consolidates, or sells substantially all of its assets (a “Fundamental Transaction”), the holder of each Warrant shall have the right to receive, in lieu of the shares issuable upon exercise of their Warrants, stock, securities, or assets as would have been issuable or payable with respect to or in exchange for a number of shares equal to the number of shares immediately exercisable before such transaction took place. We cannot effect any Fundamental Transaction unless the third party delivers to the holders of the Warrants a document verifying its obligation to deliver to the holders of the Warrants the stock, securities, or assets as discussed above. Further, if we declare or make any dividend or other distribution of our assets to holders of our common stock, then the exercise price of the Warrants shall be reduced according to certain calculations set forth in the Warrants.
     With respect to the five year warrant listed above that has an exercise price of $1.50, in the event that our Company effectuates a Fundamental Transaction, the holder of the Warrant shall have the right to receive, shares issuable upon exercise of their Warrant, the right to receive (i) a proportionate number of shares of common stock of the successor company, or (ii) cash equal to the value of the Warrant if the sale is an all cash sale.
Dividends
     We have never declared or paid dividends on any of our shares of capital stock. We intend to retain earnings, if any, to support the development of our business and therefore do not anticipate paying cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Payment of future dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition and results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, business prospects, and other factors that the Board of Directors considers relevant.
Transfer Agent
     The transfer agent for our common stock is Columbia Stock Transfer Company, 601 E. Seltice Way, Suite 202, Post Falls, ID, 83854. Their telephone number is 208.664.3544.
LEGAL MATTERS
     Certain legal matters with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Rogers & Hool LLP.

Page 43


Table of Contents

EXPERTS
     The financial statements as of December 29, 2006 and December 31, 2005 and for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2006, December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004 included in this prospectus have been audited by DeCoria, Maichel and Teague, P.S., independent auditors, as stated in its report appearing in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and have been so included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon its authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
     We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, in accordance therewith, file reports and other information with the SEC. Our reports and other information filed pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such material can also be obtained from the Public Reference Room of the SEC at J100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains a Web site that contains reports and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the SEC’s Web site is http://www.sec.gov .
     We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the common stock offered hereby. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC, this prospectus, which is part of the registration statement, omits certain information, exhibits, schedules and undertakings set forth in the registration statement. Copies of the registration statement and the exhibits are on file with the SEC and may be obtained from the SEC’s Web site or upon payment of the fee prescribed by the SEC, or may be examined, without charge, at the offices of the SEC set forth above. For further information, reference is made to the registration statement and its exhibits.

Page 44


Table of Contents

Command Center, Inc.
Index to Financial Statements
         
    F-2  
    F -3  
    F -4  
    F -5  
    F-6 through F-14  
 
       
    F-15  
    F-16  
    F-17  
    F -18  
    F-19  
    F-20  
    F-21 through F-38
 
       
    F-39  
    F-40  
    F-41  
    F -42  
    F -43  
    F- 44  
    F-45 through F-53

F-1


Table of Contents

COMMAND CENTER, INC.
Unaudited Interim Financial Statements
September 28, 2007 and September 29, 2006

F-2


Table of Contents

Command Center, Inc.
Balance Sheet (Unaudited)
         
    September 28, 2007  
Assets
       
CURRENT ASSETS:
       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 251,095  
Accounts receivable — trade, net of allowance for bad debts of $430,000
    10,706,633  
Prepaid expenses, deposits, and other
    1,472,123  
Prepaid workers’ compensation insurance
    1,320,890  
Workers’ compensation risk pool deposits — current
    1,064,000  
 
     
Total current assets
    14,814,741  
 
     
 
       
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET
    3,348,636  
 
     
 
       
OTHER ASSETS:
       
Workers’ compensation risk pool deposits — non-current
    3,581,000  
Goodwill
    32,481,129  
Amortizable intangibles — net
    740,345  
Other assets
    42,155  
 
     
Total other assets
    36,844,629  
 
     
 
  $ 55,008,006  
 
     
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
       
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
       
Accounts payable
    1,615,078  
Checks issued and outstanding
    1,160,444  
Accrued payroll, benefits and taxes
    3,052,465  
Line of credit facility
    6,718,579  
Notes payable
    2,664,219  
Workers’ compensation insurance and reserves payable
    2,016,710  
Workers’ compensation claims liability — current
    1,064,000  
 
     
Total current liabilities
    18,291,495  
 
     
 
       
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
       
Notes payable net of current portion
    96,791  
Finance obligation
    1,125,000  
Workers’ compensation claims liability — non-current
    1,286,000  
 
     
Total long term liabilities
    2,507,791  
 
     
Total liabilities
    20,799,286  
 
     
 
       
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
       
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
       
Preferred stock — 5,000,000 shares, $0.001 par value, authorized; no shares issued and outstanding
       
Common stock — 100,000,000 shares, $0.001 par value, authorized 24,736,465 shares issued and outstanding
    24,735  
Additional paid-in capital
    40,342,130  
Accumulated deficit
    (6,158,145 )
 
     
Total stockholders’ equity
    34,208,720  
 
     
 
  $ 55,008,006  
 
     
See accompanying notes to unaudited financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents

Command Center, Inc.
Statements of Operations (Unaudited)
                                 
    Thirteen Weeks Ended     Thirty-nine Weeks Ended  
    September 28, 2007     September 29, 2006     September 28, 2007     September 29, 2006  
REVENUE:
                               
Staffing services revenue
  $ 26,242,962     $ 27,747,156     $ 74,158,370     $ 45,431,317  
Franchise fee revenues
                      535,745  
Other income
    136,832       15,667       262,684       30,343  
 
                       
Total revenue
    26,379,794       27,762,823       74,421,054       45,997,405  
 
                               
COST OF STAFFING SERVICES
    18,473,276       19,624,124       53,661,722       32,719,116  
 
                       
 
                               
GROSS PROFIT
    7,906,518       8,138,699       20,759,332       13,278,289  
 
                               
OPERATING EXPENSES:
                               
Compensation and related expenses
    3,887,965       3,348,914       13,102,565       7,143,361  
Selling and marketing expenses
    42,184       219,247       428,890       447,843  
Professional expenses
    383,756       143,998       1,324,841       563,520  
Depreciation and amortization
    214,600       111,848       622,009       215,880  
Rents
    638,242       547,335       1,868,944       1,032,674  
Travel and transportation
    480,361       98,398       1,886,071       348,796  
Utilities and communications
    305,569       194,900       909,690       353,950  
Insurance
    178,377       198,472       571,212       293,651  
Bank fees
    159,106       93,142       528,120       124,504  
Other expenses
    636,319       2,209,973       2,364,125       3,341,848  
 
                       
 
    6,926,479       7,166,227       23,606,467       13,866,027  
 
                       
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS
    980,039       972,472       (2,847,135 )     (587,738 )
 
                               
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
                               
Interest expense
    (535,697 )     (286,526 )     (1,108,957 )     (365,994 )
Interest and dividend income
          9,098             44,430  
 
                       
Total other income/(expense)
    (535,697 )     (277,428 )     (1,108,957 )     (321,564 )
 
                       
 
                               
NET INCOME (LOSS)
  $ 444,342     $ 695,044     $ (3,956,092 )   $ (909,302 )
 
                       
 
                               
INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE — BASIC
  $ 0.02     $ 0.03     $ (0.16 )   $ (0.05 )
 
                       
 
                               
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING
    24,612,054       23,048,555       24,019,256       16,541,304  
 
                       
See accompanying notes to unaudited financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

Command Center, Inc.
Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)
                 
    Thirty-nine Weeks Ended  
Increase (Decrease) in Cash   September 28, 2007     September 29, 2006  
 
               
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
               
Net loss
  $ (3,956,092 )   $ (909,302 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used by operating activities:
               
Depreciation and amortization
    622,009       275,883  
Allowance for bad debts
    39,137        
Stock issued for interest and compensation
    180,640       90,000  
Amortization of note payable discount
    153,500        
Changes in assets and liabilities
               
Accounts receivable — trade, net
    (1,417,622 )     (4,472,497 )
Due from affiliates
          123,418  
Prepaid expenses
    (1,290,247 )     (1,553,880 )
Workers’ compensation risk pool deposits
    (2,592,290 )     (2,305,000 )
Accounts payable
    417,159       1,126,974  
Amounts due to affiliates
    (782,184 )     55,564  
Accrued expenses
    1,494,601       1,216,410  
Workers’ compensation insurance and risk pool deposits payable
    1,207,045       2,024,167  
Workers’ compensation claims liability
    927,291       822,709  
 
           
Total adjustments
    (1,040,961 )     (2,596,252 )
 
           
Net cash used by operating activities
    (4,997,053 )     (3,505,554 )
 
           
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
               
Purchases of property and equipment
    (439,294 )     (820,204 )
Purchase of Anytime Labor
    (247,500 )      
Collections on note receivable
    118,384       131,586  
Proceeds from sale of investments
          404,000  
 
           
Net cash provided by (used by) investing activities
    (568,410 )     (284,618 )
 
           
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
               
Net advances on line of credit facility
    993,433       1,195,684  
Change in checks issued and outstanding
    311,048       495,729  
Advances payable
          673,915  
Sale of common stock
    730,000       585,000  
Sale of preferred stock
          470,000  
Proceeds received from notes payable
    2,111,210        
Proceeds received from issue of warrants in connection with notes payable
    380,000        
Payment made for note payable financing fee
    (100,000 )      
 
           
Net cash provided by financing activities
    4,425,691       3,420,328  
 
           
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH
    (1,139,772 )     (369,844 )
CASH, BEGINNING OF PERIOD
    1,390,867       369,844  
 
           
CASH, END OF PERIOD
  $ 251,095     $  
 
           
 
               
NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
               
Common stock issued on conversion of preferred stock
  $     $ 470,000  
 
           
Common stock issued on conversion of amounts due affiliates
  $ 578,147     $  
 
           
Common stock issued for acquisition of:
               
Accounts receivable, net
  $     $ 6,477,104  
Property, plant and equipment
          603,184  
Prepaid expenses
    390,860        
Financing liability assumed
          (4,767,262 )
Amounts due to affiliates
            (529,516 )
Payables assumed in acquisitons
          (105,101 )
Goodwill and intangible assets
          30,565,248  
Assets acquired in Anytime Labor purcahse
    912,000        
 
           
Total
  $ 1,302,860     $ 32,243,657  
 
           
Debt assumed in Anytime Labor purchase
  $ 252,500     $  
 
           
See accompanying notes to unaudited financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents

NOTE 1 — BASIS OF PRESENTATION:
The accompanying unaudited financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and reflect all normal recurring adjustments which, in the opinion of Management of the Company, are necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the periods presented. The results of operations for such periods are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full fiscal year or any future period. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ significantly from these estimates.
The accompanying unaudited financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements of the Company as of and for the 52 weeks ended December 29, 2006, and the notes thereto contained in this Prospectus. Certain items previously reported in specific financial statement captions have been reclassified to conform to the 2007 presentation.
NOTE 2 — RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS:
On January 1, 2007, we adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Tax Positions (“FIN48”). FIN48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns. FIN48 also provides guidance on de-recognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, and accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions.
In the course of our assessment, we determined that we were subject to examination of our income tax filings in the United States and various state jurisdictions for the 2003 — 2006 tax years. Within each of these jurisdictions we examined our material tax positions to determine whether we believed they would be sustained under the more-likely-than-not guidance provided by FIN48. If interest and penalties were to be assessed, we would charge interest to interest expense, and penalties to other operating expense.
As a result of our assessment, we have concluded that the adoption of FIN48 had no significant impact on the Company’s results of operations or balance sheet for the thirty-nine weeks ended September 28, 2007, and required no adjustment to opening balance sheet accounts as of December 30, 2006.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” (“SFAS 157”), which will become effective in our 2008 financial statements. SFAS 157 establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure about fair value measurements, but does not require any new fair value measurements. We have not yet determined the effect that adoption of SFAS 157 may have on our results of operations or financial position.

F-6


Table of Contents

The FASB issued Statement No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115,” in the first quarter 2007. The statement allows entities to value financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The statement provides guidance over the election of the fair value option, including the timing of the election and specific items eligible for the fair value accounting. Changes in fair values would be recorded in earnings. The statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is evaluating the impact the adoption of this statement will have, if any, on its financial statements.
NOTE 3 — EARNINGS PER SHARE:
Basic earnings (loss) per share (“EPS”) is computed as net income divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur from common shares issuable through stock options, warrants, and other convertible securities. At September 28, 2007, the Company had 450,000 warrants outstanding in two blocks. One block of warrants entitles the holder to purchase 200,000 shares of common stock at $3.00 per share expiring on April 1, 2009. The second block of warrants entitles the holder to purchase 250,000 shares of common stock at $1.50 per share, expiring on August 14, 2012. In addition, the Company issued a convertible note in the amount of $500,000 to our investment banker in a bridge funding transaction on August 14, 2007. The note is convertible into the securities offered in the next equity funding undertaken by the Company. The type of securities and the number of shares that may be issuable pursuant to the conversion feature cannot be determined at this time. Diluted EPS is not presented for the thirteen and thirty-nine week periods ended September 28, 2007. The dilutive effect of the warrants is not material.
NOTE 4 — BUSINESS COMBINATIONS:
On January 1, 2007, we agreed to acquire certain assets and liabilities of Anytime Labor, Inc. for $247,500 in cash and 200,000 shares of our common stock having an estimated value of $4.56 per share. The acquired assets represent three temporary staffing stores. Two of the acquired stores are in Oregon and one is in Washington. We closed the transaction on February 19, 2007. From January 1, 2007 through the closing date of the transaction, we operated the stores under the Command Center name pursuant to the acquisition agreement, and operations from these stores are reflected in our financial statements for the thirteen and thirty-nine week periods ended September 28, 2007.
The following represents management’s estimate of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisitions.
         
Cash consideration
  $ 247,500  
Liabilities assumed
    252,500  
Common stock
    912,000  
 
     
Total consideration
  $ 1,412,000  
 
     
 
Accounts receivable
  $ 0  
Furniture and fixtures and equipment
    25,000  
Intangible assets (customer relationships)
    125,000  
Goodwill (estimated)
    1,262,000  
 
     
Total assets acquired
  $ 1,412,000  
 
     

F-7


Table of Contents

Prior to closing the acquisitions, Glenn Welstad, our CEO, loaned Anytime Labor $252,500 to allow Anytime Labor to payoff an existing contractual obligation. Upon completion of the acquisitions, the Company assumed the obligation due Mr. Welstad. This amount was repaid to Mr. Welstad in the second quarter.
The Company also assumed certain obligations on existing operating leases and other contractual rights in conjunction with the purchase. Management has estimated that the fair value of these obligations and the contractual rights is immaterial and has not assigned any separately identifiable value to these items. Management has estimated the fair value of Anytime Labor’s customer list and recorded it as an intangible asset that will be amortized over a three year period. Goodwill has been recorded based on the excess of the consideration paid over the net identifiable assets and liabilities acquired.
The acquisitions were undertaken as an ongoing part of our growth strategy.
NOTE 5 — RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
The Company has had the following transactions with related parties:
New store surcharge fee. As part of the acquisition of the franchise operations of Command Staffing and Harborview in November 2005, the Company assumed the obligation of Command Staffing to pay Glenn Welstad, our CEO and Chairman, $5,000 for each new temporary staffing store opened by the Company. Amounts owed to Mr. Welstad pursuant to the new store surcharge agreement were paid in 50,000 shares of common stock in the thirteen weeks ended September 28, 2007. In order to minimize the cash flow impact of the new store surcharge agreement, any amounts due for future store openings will be paid in stock at the rate of 2,200 shares per store at the time the new stores are opened. This obligation will end at the earlier of December 31, 2001 of the opening of 250 new stores.
Mr. Welstad also owns Alligator LLC (Alligator), an automobile leasing company. Alligator provides approximately 20 vans and van drivers to the Company for use in transporting temoporary workers to job sites at various locations within our sphere of operations. The Company provides fuel for the vehicles and pays Alligator a lease payment for use of the vans plus reimbursement for the cost of the drivers. As of September 28, 2007, the Company owed Alligator $159,755 under this arrangement.
The Company has also advanced funds to Viken Management, a company controlled by Mr. Welstad, to pay obligations of Viken that were incurred prior to the roll-up of the franchisee operations. As of September 28, 2007, Mr. Welstad owed the Company $229,000. With the agreement of Mr. Welstad, this receivable balance will be offset against the balance due Alligator in the fourth quarter. Any balance remaining after the offset will be repaid or subject to additional offsets prior to year end.

F-8


Table of Contents

NOTE 6 — LINE OF CREDIT FACILITY:
On May 12, 2006, we entered into an agreement with our principal lender for a financing arrangement collateralized by eligible accounts receivable. Eligible accounts receivable are generally defined to include accounts that are not more than sixty days past due. The loan agreement includes limitations on customer concentrations, accounts receivable with affiliated parties, accounts receivable from governmental agencies in excess of 5% of the Company’s accounts receivable balance, and when a customer’s aggregate past due account exceeds 50% of that customer’s aggregate balance due. The lender will advance 85% of the invoiced amount for eligible receivables. The credit facility includes a 1% facility fee payable annually, and a $1,500 monthly administrative fee. The financing bears interest at the greater of the prime rate plus two and one half percent (prime +2.5%) or 6.25% per annum. Our line of credit interest rate at September 28, 2007 was 10.75%. The loan agreement further provides that interest is due at the applicable rate on the greater of the outstanding balance or $5,000,000. The credit facility expires on April 7, 2009. In December 2006, the Company negotiated an increase in the maximum credit facility to $9,950,000. The loan agreement includes certain financial covenants including a requirement that we maintain a working capital ratio of 1:1, that we maintain positive cash flow, that we maintain a tangible net worth of $3,500,000, and that we achieve operating results within a range of projected EBITDA. At September 28, 2007, we were not in compliance with these loan covenants. Our lender has waived compliance with the covenants as of September 28, 2007. The balance due our lender at September 28, 2007 was $6,718,579.
NOTE 7 — NOTES PAYABLE TO AFFILIATES:
During the thirteen weeks ended September 28, 2007, the Company settled certain notes payable to affiliates for stock. These conversions are described below:
         
Glenn Welstad (1)
  $ 360,654  
Dwight Enget (2)
    94,091  
Tom Gilbert (2)
    60,306  
Tom Hancock (2)
    27,659  
Ronald L. Junck (2)
    2,714  
Todd Welstad (2)
    814  
Dave Wallace (3)
    31,909  
 
     
 
  $ 578,147  
 
     
 
(1)   Mr. Welstad is our CEO and a director. The amount due Mr. Welstad includes balances owing for new store surcharge fees, accrued salary owed from 2006, other assumed liabilities in connection with equipment purchases and other expenses related to our acquisition of temporary staffing stores, the Anytime Labor acquisitions, and additional advances for working capital.
 
(2)   Mr. Enget, Mr. Gilbert, Mr. Hancock, Mr. Junck, and Mr. Todd Welstad are directors and officers of the Company. The amounts due consist of liabilities incurred in connection with the purchase of temporary staffing stores owned or controlled by them in 2006.

F-9


Table of Contents

(3)   Mr. Wallace is a former franchisee and is currently employed as a manager with our company.
The notes were converted into common stock at a conversion price of $1.50 per share. An aggregate of 385,431 shares of common stock were issued in the note conversions.
NOTE 8 — NOTES PAYABLE
In the thirty-nine months ended September 28, 2007, we borrowed $2,000,000 on a short-term note payable to an unrelated third party for supplemental working capital. We also borrowed $500,000 from our investment banker on a short-term bridge loan to be repaid or converted upon completion of an equity funding.
The $2,000,000 loan funds were received in April and were used for working capital. The Note was originally due on July 1, 2007 but has been extended through November 30, 2007. The Note includes interest payable at 18% per annum through the original due date and 24% per annum from July 1, 2007 until paid in full. The note holder was also granted warrants to purchase up to 200,000 shares of common stock at $3.00 per share at any time before April 1, 2009. The warrants include a provision for adjustment of the warrant exercise price in the event of stock splits, dividends, combinations or exchanges or other changes in capital structure. The warrants also include a provision to adjust the exercise price if the Company sells other shares of common stock for less than $3.00 per share. Interest on this note is accrued monthly.
In the Company’s estimation, approximately $167,000 of the $2,000,000 note related to the value of the warrants, resulting in a note discount of $167,000. In accordance with EITF 00-27, the note discount is being amortized to interest expense over the life of the Note. In the thirteen weeks ended September 28, 2007, $125,250 of the note discount was amortized to interest expense. The balance of the note discount will be amortized to expense in the thirteen weeks ended December 28, 2007.
On August 14, 2007, the company also received $500,000 on a short-term Promissory Note from our investment banker. The Note does not bear interest during the term and matures on the earlier of the next equity funding or February 14, 2008. After maturity, the Note bears interest at the rate of 12% per annum until paid. The Note is convertible into securities at the time of the next equity funding undertaken by the Company. Terms of conversion will be the same as the terms of the next equity funding, and are not yet defined. We also granted our investment banker warrants to purchase up to 250,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.50 per share. The warrants are exercisable immediately and expire on August 14, 2012 (five years after issuance).
In the Company’s estimation, approximately $213,000 of the $500,000 note related to the value of the warrants, resulting in a note discount of $213,000. In accordance with APB 14, the note discount is being amortized to interest expense over the life of the Note. In the thirteen weeks ended September 28, 2007, $53,250 of the note discount was amortized to interest expense. In the event the note is converted into common stock, the remaining balance of the note discount at

F-10


Table of Contents

the time of conversion will immediately be recognized as interest expense. Upon conversion, the conversion feature of the note will also be separately valued and may result in additional interest expense at the date of conversion. The amount of additional interest expense will depend on the terms of the next equity funding and the amount of additional interest cannot be determined as of September 28, 2007.
The Company is pursuing an equity funding with the assistance of our investment banker. We expect to utilize a portion of the funds from an equity funding, if successful, to repay the balances due on these notes if not converted into securities in conjunction with the equity funding.
NOTE 9 — WORKERS’ COMPENSATION INSURANCE AND RESERVES:
We provide our temporary and permanent workers with workers’ compensation insurance. Currently, we maintain a large deductible workers’ compensation insurance policy through American International Group, Inc. (“AIG”). The policy covers the premium year from May 13, 2007 through May 12, 2008. While we have primary responsibility for all claims, our insurance coverage provides reimbursement for covered losses and expenses in excess of our deductible. For workers’ compensation claims arising in self-insured states, our workers’ compensation policy covers any claim in excess of the $250,000 deductible on a “per occurrence” basis. This results in our being substantially self-insured.
We obtained our current policy in May 2007 and since the policy inception, we have made payments into a risk pool fund to cover claims within our self-insured layer. Our payments into the fund for the premium year will total $3,920,000 based on estimates of expected losses calculated at inception of the policy. If our payments into the fund exceed our actual losses over the life of the claims, we may receive a refund of the excess risk pool payments. Correspondingly, if our workers’ compensation reserve risk pool deposits are less than the expected losses for any given policy period, we may be obligated to contribute additional funds to the risk pool fund. Our maximum exposure under the policy is capped at the greater of $7,500,000 or 10.1% of payroll expenses incurred during the premium year.
The workers’ compensation risk pool deposits totaled $4,645,000 as of September 28, 2007, and were classified as current and non current assets based upon management’s estimate of when the related claims liabilities will be paid. The deposits have not been discounted to present value in the accompanying financial statements.
We have discounted the expected liability for future losses to present value using a discount rate of 4.5%, which approximates the risk free rate on US Treasury instruments. Our expected future liabilities will be evaluated on a quarterly basis and adjustments to these calculations will be made as warranted.
Expected losses will extend over the life of longest lived claim which may be outstanding for many years. As a new temporary staffing company, we have limited experience with which to estimate the average length of time during which claims will be open. As a result, our current actuarial analysis is based largely on industry averages which may not be applicable to our

F-11


Table of Contents

business. If our average claims period is longer than industry average, our actual claims losses could exceed our current estimates. Conversely, if our average claims period is shorter than industry average, our actual claims could be less than current reserves.
For workers’ compensation claims originating in Washington and North Dakota (our “monopolistic jurisdictions”) we pay workers’ compensation insurance premiums and obtain full coverage under government administered programs. We are not the primary obligor on claims in these jurisdictions. Accordingly, our financial statements do not reflect liability for workers’ compensation claims in these jurisdictions.
Workers’ compensation expense is recorded as a component of our cost of services and consists of the following components: self-insurance reserves net of the discount, insurance premiums, and premiums paid in monopolistic jurisdictions. Workers’ compensation expense for our temporary workers totaled $4,071,003 in the thirty-nine weeks ended September 28, 2007. Prior to April 1, 2006, the Company operated as a franchisor of temporary staffing businesses and workers’ compensation costs were not a materially significant component of operating costs.
NOTE 10 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:
Finance obligation. Our finance obligation consists of debt owed to a related party upon the purchase of the Company’s headquarters. The terms of the agreement call for lease payments of $10,000 per month commencing on January 1, 2006 for a period of three years. The Company has the option anytime after January 1, 2008 to purchase the building for $1,125,000 or continue to make payments of $10,000 per month for another two years under the same terms. The Company accounts for the lease payments as interest expense. The building is being depreciated over 30 years.
New store surcharge. The Company has an obligation to pay Glenn Welstad, our CEO, 2200 shares of common stock for each new store opened. This obligation lasts until the earlier to occur of 250 new stores or December 31, 2011.
Contingent payroll and other tax liabilities. In May and June 2006, we acquired operating assets for a number of temporary staffing stores. The entities that owned and operated these stores received stock in consideration of the transaction. As operating businesses prior to our acquisition, each entity incurred obligations for payroll withholding taxes, workers’ compensation insurance fund taxes, and other liabilities. We structured the acquisition as an asset purchase and agreed to assume only the liability for each entity’s accounts receivable financing line of credit. We also obtained representations that liabilities for payroll taxes and other liabilities not assumed by the Company would be paid by the entities.
Since the acquisitions, it has come to our attention that certain tax obligations incurred on operations prior to our acquisitions have not been paid. The entities that sold us the assets (the “selling entities”) are primarily liable for these obligations. The owners of the entities may also be liable. In most cases, the entities were owned or controlled by Glenn Welstad, our CEO.

F-12


Table of Contents

Based on the information currently available, we estimate that the total state payroll and other tax liabilities owed by the selling entities is between $300,000 and $500,000 and that total payroll taxes due to the Internal Revenue Service is between $900,000 and $1,500,000. Our outside legal counsel has advised us that the potential for successor liability on the IRS claims is remote.
We have not accrued any amounts for these contingent payroll and other tax liabilities at September 28, 2007. We have obtained indemnification agreements from the selling entities and their principal members for any liabilities or claims we incur as a result of these predecessor tax liabilities. We have also secured the indemnification agreement with pledges of our common stock legally or beneficially owned by the selling entities or their members. We believe the selling entities and their principals have adequate resources to meet these obligations and have indicated through their actions to date that they fully intend to pay the amounts due.
We understand that the responsible parties have entered into payment agreements on the substantial majority of the tax obligations and expect to resolve these debts in full within the next twelve months. To the best of our knowledge, no new payroll tax obligations of acquired entities have been raised since December 29, 2006.
Operating leases. The Company leases store facilities, vehicles and equipment. Most of our store leases have terms that extend over three to five years. Some of the leases have cancellation provisions that allow us to cancel on ninety day notice, and some of the leases have been in existence long enough that the term has expired and we are currently occupying the premises on month-to-month tenancies. Lease obligations for the next five years as of June 29, 2006 are:
         
Remainder of 2007
  $ 328,000  
2008
    1,166,000  
2009
    918,000  
2010
    543,000  
2011
    155,000  
Litigation. On December 31, 2005, ProTrades Connection, Inc. filed a lawsuit against Command Staffing, LLC and seven individuals in the Superior Court for the State of California, Santa Clara County. The individual defendants are employees of Command Center, Inc. and were formerly employed by ProTrades. In the lawsuit, the plaintiff alleges that the individual defendants breached written covenants against the solicitation of ProTrades employees. Subsequently, the plaintiff has amended the Complaint to bring in as defendants other entities, including Command Center, Inc. and other individuals. In September 2007, following briefing and argument of our motion for summary judgment, the Judge granted our motion and dismissed all claims of ProTrades. ProTrades has now appealed the granting of our motion and the appeal is pending.
Command Center and the remaining defendants intend to continue their vigorous defense of this case. The Company has not established a contingent loss reserve as the outcome of the litigation is uncertain at this point in time.
Payroll Tax Penalties and Interest. As of September 28, 2007, the Company was delinquent in the payment of various payroll tax obligations totaling approximately $850,000. We have communicated with each of the various taxing authorities and now have deferred payment

F-13


Table of Contents

arrangements in place on substantially all of the delinquent balances. Accrued taxes recorded on the balance sheet as of September 28, 2007 adequately reflect the delinquencies and the known penalties and interest. We anticipate that additional penalties and interest may be incurred in connection with these delinquencies, but do not expect the amounts to be significant. If substantial additional penalties and interest are assessed, the company’s financial condition could be adversely affected.
NOTE 11 — STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
In the thirty-nine week period ended on September 28, 2007, the Company issued an aggregate of 1,244,603 shares of Common Stock. The shares of Common Stock were issued for asset acquisitions, payment of consulting fees, as severance pay to terminated employees, for new investment in private placements of 10,000 and 466,666 shares, and for conversion of notes payable to affiliates.
    10,000 shares were sold in the first quarter at $3.00 per share.
 
    466,666 were sold in the second quarter at $1.50 per share.
 
    200,000 shares were issued as partial consideration for the acquisition of temporary staffing store assets from Anytime Labor, Inc. Management estimated the value of the shares issued in the Anytime Labor asset acquisition at $4.56 per share as provided in the acquisition agreement (See Note 4).
 
    We issued 98,951 shares of common stock for prepaid sales force training services. Management estimated the value of these shares at $3.96 per share in accordance with the consulting services agreement.
 
    We issued 66,000 shares to terminated employees as severance pay. Management estimated the value of the severance pay shares on the dates of issuance and recorded an aggregate of $130,640 as compensation expense in the period.
 
    We issued 17,555 shares as payment of interest relating to the lease agreement on our Post Falls corporate headquarters building. (See Notes 5 and 10).
 
    We issued 385,431 shares on conversion of $578,147 of notes payable to affiliates. (See Note 7).

F-14


Table of Contents

COMMAND CENTER, INC.
Financial Statements and
Report of Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm
December 29, 2006 and December 31, 2005

F-15


Table of Contents

DM-T LOGO
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Command Center, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Command Center, Inc. (“the Company”) as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Command Center, Inc. as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements the Company has restated its 2005 financial statements.
-S- DECORIA, MAICHEL & TEAGUE P.S.
March 20, 2007
Spokane, Washington

F-16


Table of Contents

COMMAND CENTER, INC.
Balance Sheets
                 
            As Restated  
    December 29,     December 31,  
    2006     2005  
Assets
               
CURRENT ASSETS:
               
Cash
  $ 1,390,867     $ 369,844  
Accounts receivable trade, net of allowance for bad debts of $390,863 and $37,000 at December 29, 2006 and December 31, 2005
    9,328,148       356,367  
Amounts due from affiliates
          676,101  
Note receivable — current
    65,609       191,847  
Prepaid expenses and deposits
    1,111,906       47,214  
Current portion of workers’ compensation risk pool deposits
    579,413        
Investment in securities
          404,000  
 
           
Total current assets
    12,475,943       2,045,373  
 
           
 
               
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT — NET
    3,390,696       1,589,253  
 
           
 
               
OTHER ASSETS:
               
Note receivable — non-current
    69,930       91,660  
Workers’ compensation risk pool deposits
    1,473,297        
Goodwill
    31,219,129       1,543,572  
Intangible assets — net
    731,000        
 
           
Total other assets
    33,493,356       1,635,232  
 
           
TOTAL ASSETS
  $ 49,359,995     $ 5,269,858  
 
           
 
               
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
               
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
               
Accounts payable trade
    797,606       135,676  
Checks issued and outstanding
    849,396          
Line of credit facility
    5,725,146        
Advances payable
    300,000        
Amounts due to affiliates
    1,276,053       456,525  
Accrued wages and benefits
    1,557,864        
Other current liabilities
    400,313        
Current portion of note payable
    8,445        
Workers’ compensation insurance and risk pool deposits payable
    809,665        
Current portion of workers’ compensation claims liability
    579,413        
 
           
Total current liabilities
    12,303,901       592,201  
 
           
 
               
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
               
Note payable, less current portion
    94,632        
Workers’ compensation claims liability, less current portion
    843,296        
Finance obligation
    1,125,000       1,125,000  
 
           
Total long-term liabilities
    2,062,928       1,125,000  
 
           
 
               
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
               
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
               
Preferred stock - 5,000,000 shares, $0.001 par value, authorized; none issued
           
Common stock - 100,000,000 shares, $0.001 par value, authorized; 23,491,862 and 10,066,013 issued and outstanding, respectively
    23,492       10,066  
Additional paid-in capital
    37,171,727       3,325,496  
Retained earnings (deficit)
    (2,202,053 )     217,095  
 
           
Total stockholders’ equity
    34,993,166       3,552,657  
 
           
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
  $ 49,359,995     $ 5,269,858  
 
           
See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-17


Table of Contents

COMMAND CENTER, INC.
Statements of Operations
                 
            As Restated  
    52 Weeks Ended     Year Ended  
    December 29,     December 31,  
    2006     2005  
REVENUE:
               
Revenue from services
  $ 70,622,505     $  
Franchise revenues
    535,745       1,749,381  
Other income
    113,376       440,878  
 
           
 
    71,271,626       2,190,259  
 
           
COST OF SERVICES:
               
Temporary worker costs
    46,994,265        
Workers’ compensation costs
    3,773,246        
Other direct costs of services
    287,327        
 
    51,054,838        
 
           
GROSS PROFIT
    20,216,788       2,190,259  
 
           
 
               
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
               
Personnel costs
    12,580,971       415,787  
Selling and marketing expenses
    1,260,426       37,588  
Transportation and travel
    1,064,174       85,549  
Office expenses
    1,398,727       331,647  
Legal, professional and consulting
    902,315       493,946  
Depreciation and amortization
    336,516       58,104  
Rents and leases
    1,468,039       28,380  
Other expenses
    3,009,146       382,279  
 
           
 
    22,020,314       1,833,280  
 
           
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS
    (1,803,526 )     356,979  
 
           
 
               
Interest expense
    (703,513 )     (2,221 )
Interest and other
    87,891        
 
           
Interest and other income (expense), net
    (615,622 )     (2,221 )
 
           
 
               
NET INCOME (LOSS)
  $ (2,419,148 )   $ 354,758  
 
           
BASIC AND DILUTED INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE
  $ (0.13 )   $ 0.04  
 
           
BASIC AND DILUTED WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING
    18,247,364       9,563,835  
 
           
See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-18


Table of Contents

COMMAND CENTER, INC. (Formerly Command Staffing LLC)
Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
                                                         
                                    Additional     Retained        
    Preferred Stock     Common Stock     Paid-in     Earnings        
    Shares     Par Value     Shares     Par Value     Capital     (Deficit)     Total  
BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 2004
        $       5,852,333     $ 5,852     $ 397,689     $ (137,663 )   $ 265,878  
Forward stock split
                2,809,120       2,809       (2,809 )            
Stock issued for purchase of Harborview
                1,404,560       1,405       1,403,155             1,404,560  
Recapitalization with Temporary Financial Services, Inc.
                            1,527,461             1,527,461  
Net income for the year
                                  354,758       354,758  
 
                                         
BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 2005, as restated
                10,066,013       10,066       3,325,496       217,095       3,552,657  
Common stock issued for purchase of temporary staffing stores
                12,897,463       12,897       32,230,760             32,243,657  
Preferred stock issued for cash
    4,700       5                   469,995             470,000  
Common stock issued on conversion of preferred stock
    (4,700 )     (5 )     156,667       157       (152 )            
Common stock issued for rent
                29,718       30       119,970             120,000  
Common stock issued for cash
                342,001       342       1,025,658             1,026,000  
Let loss for the year
                                  (2,419,148 )     (2,419,148 )
 
                                         
BALANCES DECEMBER 29, 2006
        $       23,491,862     $ 23,492     $ 37,171,727     $ (2,202,053 )   $ 34,993,166  
 
                                         
See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-19


Table of Contents

COMMAND CENTER, INC.
Statements of Cash Flows
                 
            As Restated  
    52 Weeks Ended     Year Ended  
    December 29,     December 31,  
    2006     2005  
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
               
Net income (loss)
  $ (2,419,148 )   $ 354,758  
 
           
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided (used) by operating activities:
               
Depreciation and amortization
    336,516       53,917  
Allowance for bad debts
    353,863       27,000  
Amortization of note receivable discount
    11,136       4,187  
Common Stock issued for interest on finance obligation
    120,000        
Change in:
               
Accounts receivable trade
    (2,765,256 )     (279,683 )
Amounts due from affiliates
    676,101       438,605  
Prepaid expenses and deposits
    (1,064,692 )     1,680  
Workers’ compensation risk pool deposits
    (2,052,710 )      
Accounts payable trade
    661,930       (169,530 )
Amounts due to affiliates
    290,012       105,000  
Accrued wages, benefits and other
    1,958,177        
Workers’ compensation insurance and risk pool deposits payable
    809,665        
Workers’ compensation claims liability
    1,422,709        
 
           
Total adjustments
    757,451       181,176  
 
           
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
    (1,661,697 )     535,934  
 
           
 
               
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
               
Purchases of property and equipment
    (1,465,775 )     (609,869 )
Cash received in acquisitions
          335,009  
Collections on note receivable
    136,832       200,835  
Sale of investments
    404,000        
 
           
Net cash used by investing activities
    (924,943 )     (74,025 )
 
           
 
               
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
               
Checks issued and outstanding
    849,396        
Advances on line of credit facility
    964,291        
Advances payable
    300,000        
Principal payments on note payable
    (2,024 )     (133,333 )
Sales of preferred stock
    470,000        
Sales of common stock
    1,026,000        
 
           
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
    3,607,663       (133,333 )
 
           
 
               
NET INCREASE IN CASH
    1,021,023       328,576  
CASH, BEGINNING OF YEAR
    369,844       41,268  
 
           
CASH, END OF YEAR
  $ 1,390,867     $ 369,844  
 
           
See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-20


Table of Contents

NOTE 1 — BASIS OF PRESENTATION :
In 2005 we changed our business from that of a financing company to a franchisor of temporary staffing businesses. In the second quarter of 2006, we changed our business from franchisor of temporary staffing businesses to operator of temporary staffing businesses. Accordingly, information presented for the year ended December 31, 2005 is not relevant to our current business activities.
Restatements
The Company’s financial statements have been restated from those previously reported. The Restatement corrects an error in the Company’s presentation of the recapitalization transaction that took place November 9, 2005, and a real estate financing transaction.
Recapitalization transaction
For the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company presented comparative income statement information for 2005 and 2004 reflecting operations of the predecessor company, Temporary Financial Services, Inc. (“TFS”) through November 8, 2005, and the operations of TFS combined with the operations of the acquired companies, Command Staffing LLC (“Command Staffing”) and Harborview Software, Inc. (“Harborview”) from November 9, 2005 through December 31, 2005. November 9, 2005 was the date on which the acquisitions of Command Staffing and Harborview were closed.
Upon management’s review of the accounting guidance and consultation with other experts they determined that Command Staffing was the accounting acquirer in the transaction. As a result, the 2005 statements of Command Center Inc. have been restated to include the purchase of the 50% interest in Harborview not owned by Glenn Welstad, (the Company’s CEO and a director) and the operations and cash flows of TFS for the period beginning November 9, 2005 (the acquisition date) and ending December 31, 2005.
Real estate financing transaction
In November 2005, the Company purchased a building for $1,125,000 in Post Falls, Idaho to serve as its corporate headquarters. In December 2005, the Company entered into transaction in which it sold the building to John Coghlan, a director and major shareholder for $1,125,000 and leased the property back for a period of three years with an option to renew for an additional two year term. The transaction was originally accounted for as a lease. Upon further review of the applicable accounting guidance related to the sale, management concluded that the transaction should have been properly accounted for as a financing transaction because of the Company’s option to purchase the building back from Mr. Coghlan. Accordingly, the Company has restated its 2005 financial statements to reflect the building and a corresponding finance obligation. The restatement has no affect on net income as previously reported.

F-21


Table of Contents

The following is the summary of the effects of the above corrections:
                         
    As        
    Originally   As    
    Filed   Restated   Change
Financial position
                       
Total assets
  $ 2,601,286     $ 5,269,858     $ 2,668,572  
     
Finance obligation
  $     $ 1,125,000     $ 1,125,000  
     
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 2,009,085     $ 3,552,657     $ 1,543,572  
     
 
                       
Results of operations
                       
Revenue
  $ 372,211     $ 2,190,259     $ 1,818,048  
Operating and interest expenses
  $ 572,333     $ 1,835,501     $ 1,263,168  
     
Net income (loss)
  $ (200,122 )   $ 354,758     $ 554,880  
     
Basic and diluted income (loss) per share
  $ (0.05 )   $ 0.04     $ 0.09  
     
NOTE 2 — ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Organization. Command Center, Inc. (referred to as “the Company”, “CCNI”, “us” or “we”) is a Washington corporation organized in 2000. We reorganized the company in 2005 and 2006 and now provide temporary employees for manual labor, light industrial, and skilled trades applications. Our customers are primarily small to mid-sized businesses in the construction, transportation, warehousing, landscaping, light manufacturing, retail, wholesale, and facilities industries. We have approximately 77 stores located in 22 states and the District of Columbia. None of our customers currently make up a significant portion of our revenue by geographic region or as a whole.
Use of estimates. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Fiscal year end. The financial statements for the period ended December 29, 2006 are presented on a 52/53-week fiscal year end basis, with the last day of the year ending on the last Friday of each calendar year. In fiscal years consisting of 53 weeks, the final quarter will consist of 14 weeks. In fiscal years with 52 weeks, all quarters will consist of thirteen weeks. 2006 was a 52

F-22


Table of Contents

week year ending on December 29, 2006. We adopted the change to a 52/53 week year in April of 2006 when we converted our business model to a temporary staffing store operator from that of a franchisor. We reported financial results in 2005 on the calendar year ending December 31, 2005.
Reclassifications. Certain amounts in the financial statements for 2005 have been reclassified to conform to the 2006 presentation. These reclassifications have no effect on net income, total assets or stockholders’ equity as previously reported.
Revenue recognition. In 2006 we generated revenues primarily from providing temporary staffing services. Revenue from services is recognized at the time the service is performed and is net of adjustments related to store credits. Revenues in 2005 were generated primarily from franchise fees received from temporary staffing store franchisees. We acquired the franchisees in the second quarter of 2006 and are no longer generating revenues from franchise fees.
At December 31, 2005, the Company had no obligations to franchisees that would represent significant commitments or contingencies outstanding under our franchise agreements.
Cost of Services. Cost of services includes the wages of temporary employees, related payroll taxes and workers’ compensation expenses.
Cash. Cash consists of demand deposits, including interest-bearing accounts with original maturities of three months or less, held in banking institutions. At December 29, 2006, approximately $766,000 was held in one bank and $220,000 in another bank. These amounts exceed the depositor protections afforded by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount. We regularly review our accounts receivable for collectibility. The allowance for doubtful accounts is determined based on historical write-off experience and current economic data and represents our best estimate of the amount of probable losses on our accounts receivable. The allowance for doubtful accounts is reviewed quarterly. We typically refer overdue balances to a collection agency at ninety days and the collection agent pursues collection for another thirty days. Most balances over 120 days past due are written off when it is probable the receivable will not be collected.
Property and equipment. The Company capitalizes equipment purchases in excess of $1,500 and depreciates the capitalized costs over the useful lives of the equipment, usually 3 to 5 years. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations. Betterments of a major nature are capitalized. When assets are sold or retired, cost and accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the balance sheet and gain or loss is reflected in operations. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the non-cancelable lease term or their useful lives.
Capitalized software development costs. We expense costs incurred in the preliminary project stage of developing or acquiring internal use software. Once the preliminary assessment is complete management authorizes the project. When it is probable that: the project will be completed; will result in new software or added functionality of existing software; and the

F-23


Table of Contents

software will be used for the function intended, we capitalize the software development costs. For the 52 weeks ended December 29, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2005, capitalized software costs, net of accumulated amortization, were $536,770 and $288,000 respectively. The capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the software which ranges from three to seven years.
Workers’ compensation reserves. In accordance with the terms of our workers’ compensation liability insurance policy, we maintain reserves for workers’ compensation claims to cover the cost of claims up to the amount of our deductible. We use actuarial estimates of the future costs of the claims and related expenses discounted by a present value interest rate to determine the amount of the reserve. We evaluate the reserve regularly throughout the year and make adjustments as needed. If the actual cost of the claims incurred and related expenses exceed the amounts estimated, additional reserves may be required.
Goodwill and other intangible assets . Goodwill relates to the acquisition of a temporary staffing software company in 2005 and 67 temporary staffing stores in 2006. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” at least annually as of the end of each fiscal year, goodwill is tested for impairment by applying a fair value based test. In assessing the value of goodwill, assets and liabilities are assigned to the reporting units and a discounted cash flow analysis is used to determine fair value. At December 29, 2006, we had not recorded any impairment losses related to goodwill. Intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives which are estimated to be 69 months. We expect to recognize amortization expense on our intangible assets of $160,000 per year for the next four years and $81,000 during year five.
Fair value of financial instruments. The Company carries financial instruments on the balance sheet at the fair value of the instruments as of the balance sheet date. At the end of each period, management assesses the fair value of each instrument and adjusts the carrying value to reflect their assessment. At December 29, 2006 and December 31, 2005 the carrying values of accounts receivable and accounts payable approximated their fair values. The carrying values of investments and notes receivable at December 29, 2006 and December 31, 2005 also approximated their fair values based on the nature and terms of those instruments. The carrying values of our financing obligation, line of credit facility and amount due to affiliates, at December 29, 2006 and December 31, 2005 also approximated fair value based on their terms of settlement as compared to the market value of similar instruments.
Investments . Investments are not a significant part of our business in 2006. Prior to November 2005, real estate contracts receivable were purchased and held for interest rate yield. At December 31, 2005, our investments were held for sale with the sales proceeds intended to finance our temporary labor business. The fair value of investments approximated their face value at December 31, 2005.
Income tax. Deferred taxes are provided, when material, using the liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the

F-24


Table of Contents

differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. There were no material temporary differences for the periods presented. Deferred tax assets, subject to a valuation allowance, are recognized for future benefits of net operating losses being carried forward. As required under SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, expected future tax consequences are measured based on provisions of tax law as currently enacted; the effects of future changes in tax laws are not anticipated. Future tax law changes, such as a change in a corporate tax rate, could have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations. When warranted, we record a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets to offset future tax benefits that may not be realized. In determining whether a valuation allowance is appropriate, we consider whether it is more likely than not that all or some portion of our deferred tax assets will not be realized, based in part on management’s judgments regarding future events. Based on our analysis, we have determined that a valuation allowance is appropriate for net operating losses incurred in the year ended December 29, 2006.
Earnings per share. The Company accounts for its income (loss) per common share according to Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 128, “Earnings Per Share” (“SFAS 128”). Under the provisions of SFAS 128, primary and fully diluted earnings per share are replaced with basic and diluted earnings per share. Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income or loss available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, and does not include the impact of any potentially dilutive common stock equivalents. The Company had no common stock equivalents during the 52 weeks ended December 29, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2005. Accordingly, no difference between basic and diluted earnings per share is reported at December 29, 2006 and December 31, 2005.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements. In February 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments, and Amendment of FASB No. 133 and 140” (SFAS 155), which establishes the accounting for certain derivatives embedded in other instruments. It simplifies accounting for certain hybrid financial instruments by permitting fair value remeasurement for any hybrid instrument that contains an embedded derivative, that otherwise would require bifurcation under SFAS No. 133, as well as eliminating a restriction on the passive derivative instruments that a qualifying special-purpose entity (“SPE”) may hold under SFAS No. 140. This statement allows a public entity to irrevocably elect to initially, and subsequently, measure a hybrid instrument that would be required to be separated into a host contract and derivative in its entirety at fair value (with changes in fair value recognized in earnings) so long as that instrument is not designated as a hedging instrument pursuant to the statement. SFAS No.140 previously prohibited a qualifying special-purpose beneficial interest, other than another derivative financial instrument. The statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006, with early adoption permitted as of the beginning of an entity’s fiscal year. Management believes the adoption of this statement will have no immediate impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.
In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB interpretation No. 48 (FIN 48), “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109.” Fin 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a company’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement

F-25


Table of Contents

recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. FIN 48 is effective beginning in fiscal 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting FIN 48.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (SFAS 157). SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair-value measurements required under other accounting pronouncements, but does not change existing guidance as to whether or not an instrument is carried at fair value. SFAS 157 is effective for the Company’s fiscal year 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting SFAS 157.
NOTE 3 — BUSINESS COMBINATIONS:
During 2006, we acquired the assets and/or rights to operate 67 temporary staffing stores formerly operated by franchisees of the company. An aggregate of 12,897,463 shares were issued in the acquisitions. We estimated the value of each share of stock issued in the acquisitions at $2.50 per share, resulting in a purchase price of $32,243,657, including $29,675,557 of goodwill, none of which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.
The following represents management’s estimate of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisitions.
         
Accounts receivable
  $ 7,233,185  
Reserve for uncollectible accounts
    (672,797 )
Building
    149,000  
Leasehold improvements
    147,644  
Furniture and fixtures
    230,870  
Computer equipment
    75,670  
Intangible assets (customer relationships)
    800,000  
Goodwill
    29,675,557  
 
     
Total assets acquired
    37,639,129  
 
       
Accounts receivable loans payable
    (4,760,855 )
Mortgage payable
    (105,101 )
Amounts payable to affiliates
    (529,516 )
 
     
Total liabilities
    (5,395,472 )
 
     
Total purchase price
  $ 32,243,657  
 
     
The acquisitions were undertaken as a key element in converting our business model from a franchisor of temporary staffing stores to an operator of temporary staffing stores.
The following is an unaudited summary, prepared on a pro forma basis, combines the results of operations of the Company with those of the acquired businesses for the 52 weeks ended December 29, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2005, as if the acquisitions took place on January 1, 2005. The pro forma results of operations include the impact of certain adjustments,

F-26


Table of Contents

including elimination of inter company balances for franchise fees. Loss per share is derived using pro forma weighted average shares calculated as if the shares issued in the acquisition were issued and outstanding as of January 1, 2005.
                 
    2006     2005  
 
               
Gross revenues
  $ 97,351,310     $ 83,667,069  
 
           
Net loss
  $ (4,015,664 )   $ (2,669,593 )
 
               
Net loss per share-basic
  $ (0.17 )   $ (0.12 )
 
           
Net loss per share-diluted
  $ (0.17 )   $ (0.12 )
 
           
On November 9, 2005 and in connection with the recapitalization transaction described in Note 1, the Company purchased the remaining 50% of Harborview from Ronald L. Junck, a director for 1,404,560 shares of the Company’s unregistered common stock. The shares were valued at $1.00 per share or $1,404,560 based on management’s estimate of the fair value of the shares at the time of the transaction. The estimated fair value of the assets and liabilities purchased are as follows:
         
Accounts receivable, net
  $ 47,529  
Property and equipment, net
    6,771  
Software and development costs, net
    147,400  
Goodwill
    1,543,572  
 
     
Total assets acquired
    1,745,272  
 
       
Accounts payable
    (69,447 )
Accrued expenses
    (67,647 )
Related party notes payable
    (203,620 )
 
     
Total liabilities
    (340,714 )
 
     
Total purchase price
  $ 1,404,560  
 
     
Assuming the Harborview had been acquired as of the beginning of the period and included in the statements of operations, unaudited pro forma revenues, net income (loss) and net income (loss) per share would have been as follows:
                 
    2005     2004  
 
               
Gross revenues
  $ 2,298,268     $ 1,174,865  
 
           
Net income (loss)
  $ 147,500     $ (123,425 )
 
           
 
               
Net income (loss) per share-basic
  $ 0.02     $ (0.02 )
 
           
Net income per share-diluted
  $ 0.02          
 
             

F-27


Table of Contents

NOTE 4 — RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
In addition to the related party transactions described in Notes 5, 10, and 13, the Company has had the following transactions with related parties:
Finance Lease Transactions. During 2005, we purchased a building in Post Falls, Idaho to serve as the corporate headquarters for the Company. The purchase price of the building was $1,125,000 and the amount was paid in $525,000 of the Company’s funds plus $600,000 advanced from John Coghlan, a director and major shareholder. Subsequently, the Company’s Board of Directors received an offer from Mr. Coghlan to purchase the building from us subject to a finance lease arrangement described in Note 15. The Board accepted Mr. Coghlan’s offer and sold the building to him at the original purchase price and immediately leased the building back on terms that the Board considered to be in the Company’s best interests. In connection with the sale to Mr. Coghlan, the $600,000 advance was extinguished and at December 31, 2005, the Company had recognized a receivable from Mr. Coghlan of $523,849 relating to his purchase. The receivable was paid in full in February of 2006.
New store surcharge fee. As part of the acquisition of the franchise operations of Command Staffing and Harborview, the Company assumed the obligation of Command Staffing to pay Glenn Welstad, our CEO and Chairman, $5,000 for each new temporary staffing store opened by the Company. As of December 29, 2006 and December 31, 2005, the Company had accrued $175,000 and $105,000, respectively, payable to Mr. Welstad in new store surcharge fees. In connection with the acquisitions of the franchisee store operations in 2006, and to consolidate balances owing from and to various individuals and entities, the accrued new store surcharge fee of $175,000 was converted to a note payable to Mr. Welstad as of the end of the year. The note payable is described in Note 10.
In future periods, the obligation to pay the new store surcharge fee will accrue each time a new store is opened. This obligation terminates at the earlier of the date Mr. Welstad has received $1,700,000 (340 new stores), or December 31, 2010. If we open fewer than 340 stores by December 31, 2010, Mr. Welstad’s payments under this arrangement will be limited to the amounts actually paid or accrued to that date.
NOTE 5 —AMOUNTS DUE FROM AFFILIATES:
Accounts receivable-trade. Included in the Company’s trade accounts receivable at December 29, 2006 and December 31, 2005 is $3,081 and $356,367, respectively, due from affiliates for franchise fees owed prior to our reorganization as a provider of temporary staffing store services. These amounts are due from temporary staffing businesses that are owned or controlled by the Company’s officers, directors, controlling shareholders, or their affiliates. In the year ended December 31, 2005, substantially all of the company’s franchise revenues were derived from franchisees affiliated with the company through common control.
Accounts receivable-affiliates. At December 31, 2005, we were owed $676,101 by affiliates. This amount included $523,849 due from John Coghlan for the balance due on the sale of the

F-28


Table of Contents

building pursuant to the real estate finance transaction (see Note 15) and $152,252 due from Viken Management (“Viken”) a company owned by Glenn Welstad, for advances made to Viken during the year. During 2006, the balances due from Viken were combined with amounts we owed to Glenn Welstad for his cash advances and other operating expenses paid on behalf of the Company (See Note 10).
Note receivable. At December 29, 2006, we were owed $65,609 on a non-interest bearing note receivable due in connection with litigation settled by Command Staffing in July of 2005. The note calls for payments due from the gross sales of temporary labor centers owned by former franchisees that were controlled by affiliates. In accordance with the requirements of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 21, the Company discounted the note receivable by an effective interest rate of 9%, and recognized the discount as a deduction from face value of the note. The Company is amortizing the discount ratably over the life of the note in its interest income. At December 29, 2006, the face amount of the note was $74,439 and an unamortized discount of $8,830 was recognized as a direct deduction from face value. During the year ended December 29, 2006, the Company recognized $11,136 of amortization of the discount in interest income. At December 29, 2005, the face amount of the note was $303,493 and an unamortized discount of $4,187 was recognized as a direct deduction from face value. We expect this note receivable to be paid in full in 2007 and the entire remaining balance has been classified as current.
Net purchase receivable — non-current. At December 29, 2006, various individuals owed us an aggregate of $69,930 for amounts relating to the acquisitions of various temporary staffing stores in 2006. Included in the net purchase receivables are notes from Myron Thompson ($38,083) and Kevin Semerad ($11,584). Myron Thompson owns in excess of 10% of our Common Stock and Kevin Semerad is a Director of the company. The net purchase receivable amount did not bear repayment terms and was classified as non-current at December 29, 2006.
NOTE 6 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
The following table sets forth the book value of the assets and accumulated depreciation and amortization at December 29, 2006 and December 31, 2005:
                 
    2006     2005  
 
               
Buildings and improvements
  $ 1,274,000     $ 1,125,000  
Leasehold improvements
    750,364        
Furniture & fixtures
    261,461       271,106  
Computer hardware and licensed software
    864,327        
Accumulated depreciation
    (296,226 )     (94,583 )
 
           
 
    2,853,926       1,301,523  
 
               
Software development costs
    714,913       400,000  
Accumulated amortization
    (178,143 )     (112,000 )
 
           
 
    536,770       288,000  
 
           
Total property and equipment, net
  $ 3,390,696     $ 1,589,253  
 
           

F-29


Table of Contents

During the 52 weeks ended December 29, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company recognized $267,516 and $58,104, respectively, of depreciation and amortization expense on its property and equipment.
NOTE 7 — INTANGIBLE ASSETS:
The following table presents the Company’s purchased intangible assets other than goodwill, which are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets:
         
    2006  
 
       
Customer relationships
  $ 800,000  
Less accumulated amortization
    (69,000 )
 
     
Total amortizable intangible assets, net
  $ 731,000  
 
     
We obtained our amortizable intangible assets as a result of the acquisition of operating assets and/or intangibles for 67 temporary staffing stores from various franchisees and store operators in the second quarter of 2006. We evaluated the acquisitions in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141. After considering all relevant factors, we concluded that the only amortizable intangible asset acquired was the customer relationships of the entities whose assets were purchased. Trademarks and trade names were not significant to the acquisitions since either we already owned this class of intangibles and our franchisees were using the rights under license, or we did not intend to carry forward the acquired businesses identity.
NOTE 8 —LINE OF CREDIT FACILITY:
On May 12, 2006, we entered into an agreement with our principal lender for a financing arrangement collateralized by eligible accounts receivable. Eligible accounts receivable are generally defined to include accounts that are not more than sixty days past due. The loan agreement includes limitations on customer concentrations, accounts receivable with affiliated parties, accounts receivable from governmental agencies in excess of 5% of the Company’s accounts receivable balance, and when a customer’s aggregate past due account exceed 50% of that customer’s aggregate balance due. The lender will advance 85% of the invoiced amount for eligible receivables. The credit facility includes a 1% facility fee payable annually, and a $1,500 monthly administrative fee. The financing bears interest at the greater of the prime rate plus two and one half percent (prime +2.5%) or 6.25% per annum. Prime is defined by the Wall Street Journal, Money Rates Section, and the rate is adjusted to the rate applicable on the last day of each month which was 8.25% at December 29, 2006. Our line of credit interest rate at December 29, 2006 was 10.75%. The loan agreement further provides that interest is due at the applicable rate on the greater of the outstanding balance or $5,000,000. The credit facility expires on April 7, 2008. In December, 2006, the Company negotiated an increase in the maximum credit facility to $9,950,000. The loan agreement include certain financial covenants including a requirement that we maintain a working capital ratio of 1:1, that we maintain positive cash flow, that we maintain a tangible net worth of $2,000,000 through March 31, 2007 and $3,500,000 thereafter, and that we maintain a rolling average of 75% of projected EBITDA. At December

F-30


Table of Contents

29, 2006, we were not in compliance with the cash flow and tangible net worth covenants. Our lender waived compliance at year end and the loan was in good standing at December 29, 2006. The balance due our lender at December 29, 2006 was $5,725,146.
NOTE 9 — ADVANCES DUE:
As of December 29, 2006, CCI had advances due unrelated parties of $300,000. The advances are non-interest bearing, un-collateralized and expected to be paid within the current period. During, 2006 the Company used the funds received from advances to finance its operating activities.
NOTE 10 — AMOUNTS DUE TO AFFILIATES:
As of December 29, 2006, amounts due to affiliates and related parties are as follows:
         
Glenn Welstad (1)
  $ 719,407  
Tom Gilbert (2)
    90,306  
Dwight Enget (3)
    114,091  
Ronald L. Junck (3)
    2,714  
Other affiliated former owners of temporary staffing stores (5)
    349,535  
 
     
 
  $ 1,276,053  
 
     
 
(1)   Mr. Welstad is our CEO and a director, the amount due him includes: $175,000 in new store surcharge fees (See Note 4), $70,000 of which was recognized in 2006; $90,000 of accrued salary due during 2006, $351,525 of prior year’s amounts due, and $102,882 of other assumed liabilities in connection with equipment purchases and other expenses related to our acquisition of temporary staffing stores.
 
(2)   Mr. Gilbert is a director and an officer, the amount due him consists of liabilities incurred in connection with the purchase of temporary staffing stores owned or controlled by Mr. Gilbert in 2006.
 
(3)   Mr. Enget is a director and an officer, the amount due him consists of liabilities incurred in connection with the purchase of temporary staffing stores owned or controlled by Mr. Enget in 2006.
 
(4)   Mr. Junck is a director and the Company’s chief counsel, the amount due him consists of liabilities incurred in connection with the purchase of temporary staffing stores owned or controlled by Mr. Junck in 2006.
 
(5)   These beneficial owners include the members of the various LLC’s or the shareholders of the incorporated entities. Many are current employees of the Company and are not officers or directors, with the exception of the persons named in this paragraph. Amounts due consist of liabilities incurred in connection with the purchase of temporary staffing stores.

F-31


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2005, we owed Glenn Welstad or entities controlled by him $351,525 for equipment purchases and other expenses incurred on behalf of the company at the time we acquired Command Staffing and Harborview Software and for payroll management services provided to acquired entities prior to acquisition that were assumed by the Company. We also owed Mr. Welstad $105,000 for new store surcharge fees payable in accordance with our acquisition agreement (See Note 4).
During the first quarter of 2007, the outstanding amounts due to affiliates were converted to notes payable. The notes are due on or before June 30, 2008, bear interest at 5%, and are the unsecured general obligations of the company. The notes payable are subordinate to our line of credit facility.
NOTE 11 — WORKERS’ COMPENSATION INSURANCE AND RESERVES:
We provide our temporary and permanent workers with workers’ compensation insurance. Currently, we maintain a large deductible workers’ compensation insurance policy through American International Group, Inc. (“AIG”). The policy covers the premium year from May 12, 2006 through May 11, 2007. While we have primary responsibility for all claims, our insurance coverage provides reimbursement for covered losses and expenses in excess of our deductible. For workers’ compensation claims arising in self-insured states, our workers’ compensation policy covers any claim in excess of the $250,000 deductible on a “per occurrence” basis. This results in our being substantially self-insured.
We obtained our current policy in May, 2006 and since the policy inception, we have made payments into a risk pool fund to cover claims within our self-insured layer. Our payments into the fund for the premium year will total $2,400,000 based on estimates of expected losses calculated at inception of the policy. If our payments exceed our actual losses over the life of the claims, we may receive a refund of the excess risk pool payments. The workers’ compensation risk pool deposits totaled $2,052,710 as of December 29, 2006 and were classified as current and non current assets based upon management’s estimate of the timing of the related claims liability. The deposits have not been discounted to present value in the accompanying financial statements.
We have discounted the expected liability for future losses to present value using a discount rate of 4.5%, which approximates the risk free rate on US Treasury instruments. Our expected future liabilities will be evaluated on a quarterly basis and adjustments to these calculations will be made as warranted.
On the basis of these expected losses, our workers’ compensation reserve payments are considered adequate at December 29, 2006. If our loss experience increases during the remainder of the policy period which runs through May 11, 2007, the expected losses could exceed the reserves, in which case, we would be obligated to contribute additional funds to the risk pool fund. As indicated, our maximum exposure under the policy is capped at the greater of $5,750,000 or 10.6% of payroll expenses incurred during the premium year.

F-32


Table of Contents

We record our workers’ compensation contributions, net of expenses and payments actually made on claims incurred as “Workers’ compensation risk pool deposits.” We also record “Workers’ compensation claims liability” for expected losses on claims arising during the current period. The claims liability is classified as current and non-current in our financial statements. Expected losses will extend over the life of longest lived claim which may be outstanding for many years. As a new temporary staffing company, we have limited experience with which to estimate the average length of time during which claims will be open. As a result, our current actuarial analysis is based largely on industry averages which may not be applicable to our business. If our average claims period is longer than industry average, our actual claims losses could exceed our current estimates. Conversely, if our average claims period is shorter than industry average, our actual claims could be less than current reserves. For workers’ compensation claims originating in Washington and North Dakota (our “monopolistic jurisdictions”) we pay workers’ compensation insurance premiums and obtain full coverage under government administered programs. We are not the primary obligor on claims in these jurisdictions. Accordingly, our financial statements do not reflect liability for workers’ compensation claims in these jurisdictions.
Workers’ compensation expense is recorded as a component of our cost of services and consists of the following components: self-insurance reserves net of the discount, insurance premiums, and premiums paid in monopolistic jurisdictions. Workers’ compensation expense totaled $3,773,246 in 2006. Prior to 2006, the Company operated as a franchisor of temporary staffing businesses and workers’ compensation costs were not a materially significant component of operating costs.
NOTE 12 — NOTE PAYABLE:
Long-term debt consists of a note payable assumed in connection with the purchase of a temporary staffing store. The note is payable in monthly installments of $1,200 that include interest at 6%. The note is collateralized by a temporary staffing store building.
As of December 29, 2006, the note payable outstanding will mature as follows:
         
2007
  $ 8,445  
2008
    8,966  
2009
    9,519  
2010
    10,106  
2011
    10,729  
Thereafter
    55,312  
 
     
 
  $ 103,077  
 
     
NOTE 13 — STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
Acquisition and recapitalization. On November 9, 2005, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement and acquired the operations of Command Staffing, LLC (“Command Staffing”) and Harborview Software, Inc. (“Harborview”) for 6,554,613 shares of common stock (See Note 1). The transaction was accounted for as a recapitalization of Command Staffing,

F-33


Table of Contents

TFS, and 50% of Harborview, and as a purchase of the remaining 50% of Harborview. The financial statements report 5,150,053 shares of common stock issued in connection with the recapitalization of Command Staffing and 50% of Harborview as though the transaction had occurred at the beginning of 2006. The issue of 1,404,560 shares of common stock in connection with the purchase of the remaining 50% of Harborview is reported at the date of purchase (November 9, 2005). At December 31, 2005, the Company had 10,066,013 shares issued and outstanding.
Sales of Series A preferred stock. On March 30, 2006, the Company commenced a private placement of up to 40,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at an offering price of $100 per share, or an aggregate offering price of up to $4,000,000. The Company sold 4,700 shares in the offering, raising an aggregate of $470,000. During 2006 preferred stock was converted into 156,667 shares of the Company’s restricted common stock. The conversion took place in connection with a private offering of common stock at $3.00 per share.
Sales of Common Stock. On July 5, 2006, the Company commenced a private offering of 2,000,000 shares of common stock at $3.00 per share. In addition to the common shares issued in exchange of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Company has issued 195,001 shares of common stock in the private placement for an aggregate amount of $585,000.
In October 2006, the Company sold 157,000 additional shares of common stock in the offering dated July 5, 2006, for an aggregate of $471,000. The offering was terminated on October 31, 2006.
Five for one forward stock split. At December 31, 2004, TFS had 702,280 shares issued and outstanding. On August 9, 2005, TFS distributed 2,809,120 shares of common stock in a stock dividend pursuant to a five for one forward split. The forward split increased the number of shares outstanding on August 9, 2005 to 3,511,400.
NOTE 14 — INCOME TAX:
Results of operations include the results of Command Staffing, LLC for the period from January 1, 2005 to November 9, 2005, and the results of Command Staffing, TFS and Harborview for the period from November 10 through December 31, 2005 (See Note 1). As a limited liability company (“LLC”), net income and net loss pass directly though to the LLC members with no impact to the Company’s financial statements. The acquisitions that occurred on November 9, 2005 had the effect of changing the tax status of the company from an LLC to a C Corporation. Any deferred tax asset or liability, including any income tax provision or benefit that would inure subsequent to the Command Staffing acquisitions of Harborview and TFS on November 9, 2005, would be immaterial at December 31, 2005.
For the 52 weeks ended December 29, 2006, we operated as a C corporation. During the year, we incurred a tax basis net operating loss of approximately $1,900,000. Temporary differences between book losses and tax net operating losses amounting to approximately $500,000 result from accruals for workers’ compensation expense, compensated absences and bad debts. Permanent differences for tax basis non-deductible meals and entertainment expenses amount to

F-34


Table of Contents

approximately $20,000. Taking into account these temporary and permanent differences, our net operating loss carry forward is expected to generate a deferred tax asset of $940,000. Management estimates that our combined federal and state tax rates will be 40%. At December 29, 2006, we have fully offset the deferred tax asset by a valuation allowance because of uncertainties concerning our ability to generate sufficient taxable income in future periods to realize the tax benefit. For the year ended December 29, 2006, the income tax benefit differed from the $940,000 expected amount due to the impact of recognizing the 100% deferred tax asset valuation allowance.
NOTE 15 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:
Finance obligation. Our finance obligation consists of debt owed to a related party upon the purchase of the Company’s headquarters (See Note 1). The terms of the agreement call for lease payments of $10,000 monthly commencing on January 1, 2006 for a period of three years. The Company has the option anytime after January 1, 2008 to purchase the building for $1,125,000 or continue to make payments of $10,000 for another 2 years under the same terms. The Company accounts for the lease payments as interest expense.
Contingent payroll and other tax liabilities. In May and June, 2006, we acquired operating assets for a number of temporary staffing stores. The entities that owned and operated these stores received stock in consideration of the transaction. As operating businesses prior to our acquisition, each entity incurred obligations for payroll withholding taxes, workers’ compensation insurance fund taxes, and other liabilities. We structured the acquisition as an asset purchase and agreed to assume only the liability for each entity’s accounts receivable financing line of credit. We also obtained representations that liabilities for payroll taxes and other liabilities not assumed by the Company would be paid by the entities.
Since the acquisitions, it has come to our attention that certain tax obligations incurred on operations prior to our acquisitions have not been paid. We have also received notice from the State of Washington that it may consider the Company as a successor and liable for payment of tax obligations incurred prior to our acquisitions. The entities that sold us the assets (the“selling entities”) are primarily liable for these obligations. The owners of the entities may also be liable. In most cases, the entities were owned or controlled by Glenn Welstad, our CEO.
We are currently working with the responsible parties to assure that the selling entities pay the amounts due in a timely manner. Should the selling entities or the owners of those entities fail to pay the taxes due, it is possible that the Company will be required to pay the taxes and pursue an action for reimbursement from the selling entities and/or their owners. As of December 29, 2006, we owed the entities responsible for these taxes $1,020,687 in settlement of the acquisitions and in repayment of various advances made by Mr. Welstad to the Company. At year end, we owed Mr. Welstad $719,533 out of the total due. Mr. Welstad also advanced an additional $750,000 in the first quarter of 2007. Payment of these obligations will be applied to settlement of the payroll and other taxes of the selling entities.
Based on the information currently available, we estimate that the total state payroll and other tax liabilities owed by the selling entities to be between $900,000 and $1,000,000. We believe that

F-35


Table of Contents

the amounts due to the entities and Mr. Welstad will be adequate to satisfy any claims made by state authorities against the Company for these tax balances.
We also understand that amounts are owed by the selling entities to the Internal Revenue Service for payroll taxes relating to periods prior to our acquisitions. From currently available information obtained from the IRS and the responsible entities, we estimate the IRS Liabilities at between $1,500,000 and $2,000,000. We consulted with our attorney to estimate the probability that the Company will be considered a successor to the selling entities and thereby liable on these potential claims. Our counsel has advised us that the potential for successor liability on the IRS claims is remote.
We have not accrued any amounts for these contingent payroll and other tax liabilities at December 29, 2006, because we believe the payables to affiliates balance is adequate to offset any obligations we might otherwise incur as a result of these contingencies. If our estimate of our potential liability for these contingencies is incorrect, and/or we are held responsible for additional taxes, our financial condition may be adversely affected.
We understand that the responsible parties are in active communication with the state and federal agencies and are pursuing near term plans to determine the correct amount of payroll and other taxes due and to pay the amounts so determined.
Operating leases. In addition to the building in Post Falls, Idaho, the Company also leases store facilities, vehicles and equipment. Most of our store leases have terms that extend over three to five years. Some of the leases have cancellation provisions that allow us to cancel on ninety day notice, and some of the leases have been in existence long enough that the term has expired and we are currently occupying the premises on month-to-month tenancies. During the 52 weeks ended December 29, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company recognized $1,468,039 and $28,380, respectively, of rent and lease expense in the Statements of Operations.
Where we have early cancellation rights or the lease is a month-to-month tenancy, the lease obligations are not included in our disclosure of future minimum lease obligations set out below.
The following schedule reflects the combined future minimum payments under outstanding leases as of December 29, 2006.
         
2007
  $ 1,898,314  
2008
    1,616,789  
2009
    1,052,410  
2010
    577,442  
2011
    232,385  
Litigation. On December 31, 2005 ProTrades Connection, Inc. filed a lawsuit against Command Staffing, LLC and seven individuals in the Superior Court for the State of California, Santa Clara County. The individual defendants are employees of Command Center, Inc and were formerly employed by ProTrades. In the lawsuit, the plaintiff alleges that the individual defendants breached written covenants against the solicitation of ProTrades employees. Subsequently, the plaintiff has amended the Complaint to bring in as defendants other entities, including Command Center, Inc. and other individuals.

F-36


Table of Contents

Command Center and the remaining defendants intend to continue their vigorous defense of this case. The Company has not established a contingent loss reserve as the outcome of the litigation is uncertain at this point in time.
NOTE 16 — SEGMENT REPORTING:
During the 52 weeks ended December 29, 2006, the Company operated a franchise business and also acquired and operated a number of temporary staffing stores. Financial information on each segment is summarized below. On June 30, 2006, the Company completed acquisition of the remaining franchised temporary staffing stores and is no longer operating as a franchisor. The Company expects that new stores will be operated as company owned, although the Company will continue to evaluate qualified franchisees on a case by case basis as opportunities are presented.
                         
    Franchise     Temporary Staffing        
    Business     Store Operations     Combined  
Revenue
  $ 535,745     $ 70,735,881     $ 71,271,626  
Cost of sales
          51,054,838       51,054,838  
 
                 
Gross profit
    535,745       19,681,043       20,216,788  
 
Operating expenses
    205,032       21,598,766       21,803,798  
Depreciation and amortization
          336,516       336,516  
 
                 
Income (loss) from operations
    330,713       (2,254,239 )     (1,923,526 )
Other income
          (495,622 )     (495,622 )
 
                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 330,713     $ (2,749,861 )   $ (2,419,148 )
 
                 
 
                       
Identifiable assets
                       
Current assets
        $ 11,896,530     $ 11,896,530  
Property and equipment, net
          2,265,696       2,265,696  
Workers’ compensation risk pool deposits
          2,052,710       2,052,710  
Goodwill
          31,219,129       31,219,129  
Amortizable intangibles, net
          731,000       731,000  
Net assets of $32,243,657 were added during the 52 weeks ended December 29, 2006 in connection with the acquisition of temporary staffing stores. Substantially all capital expenditures in 2006 related to the Temporary Staffing Store Operations segment.
In 2005, our operations almost exclusively consisted of franchise business operations.

F-37


Table of Contents

NOTE 17 — SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
                 
    2006     2005  
Cash paid during the year for:
               
Interest
  $ 583,513     $ 3,650  
 
           
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
               
Stock issued in connection with recapitalization
  $     $ 1,527,461  
 
           
Related party advance extinguished in sale of real property
  $     $ (600,000 )
 
           
Related party advance used to acquire real property
  $     $ 600,000  
 
           
Related party receivable in sale of real property
  $     $ 525,000  
 
           
Common stock issued on conversion of preferred stock
  $ 470,000     $  
 
           
 
               
Common stock issued for acquisitions of:
               
Accounts receivable, net
  $ 6,560,388     $ 41,529  
Property, plant and equipment
    603,184       154,171  
Financial liabilities assumed
    (4,760,855 )     (137,094 )
Note payable assumed
    (105,101 )     (203,620 )
Amounts payable to affiliates
    (529,516 )      
Goodwill and intangible assets
    30,475,557       1,543,572  
 
           
Total
  $ 32,243,657     $ 1,404,558  
 
           

F-38


Table of Contents

COMMAND CENTER, INC.
Financial Statements and
Report of Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm
December 31, 2005 and 2004

F-39


Table of Contents

(DM-T LOGO)
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Command Center, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Command Center, Inc. (“the Company”) as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Command Center, Inc. as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements the Company has restated its 2005 and 2004 financial statements.
(DECORIA, MAICHEL & TEAGUE P.S.)
February 23, 2006, except for the restatement described in Note 1 to the financial statements, to which the date is December 29, 2006.
Spokane, Washington

F-40


Table of Contents

COMMAND CENTER, INC. (Formerly Command Staffing LLC)
Balance Sheets
                 
    As restated  
    December 31,  
    2005     2004  
Assets
               
CURRENT ASSETS:
               
Cash
  $ 369,844     $ 41,268  
Accounts receivable trade, net of allowance for bad debts of $37,000 at December 31, 2005
    356,367       8,625  
Accounts receivable — affiliates
    676,101       65,857  
Note receivable — current
    191,847        
Prepaid expenses
    47,214       1,500  
Investment in securities
    404,000        
 
           
Total current assets
    2,045,373       117,250  
 
           
 
               
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT — NET
    1,589,253       129,147  
 
           
 
               
OTHER ASSETS:
               
Note receivable — non-current
    91,660       99,000  
Franchise options
          31,045  
Goodwill
    1,543,572        
 
           
 
               
 
  $ 5,269,858     $ 376,442  
 
           
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
               
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
               
Accounts payable — trade
    135,676       110,564  
Accounts payable — affiliates
    351,525        
Accrued new store surcharge fees — affiliate
    105,000        
 
           
Total current liabilities
    592,201       110,564  
 
           
 
               
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
               
Finance obligation
    1,125,000        
 
           
Total long-term liabilities
    1,125,000        
 
           
 
               
COMMITMENTS (see Note 11)
               
 
               
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
               
Preferred stock — 5,000,000 shares, $0.001 par value, authorized; none issued
           
Common stock — 100,000,000 shares, $0.001 par value, authorized; 10,066,013 and 5,852,333 (pro forma) issued and outstanding, respectively
    10,066       5,852  
Additional paid-in capital
    3,325,496       397,689  
Retained earnings
    217,095       (137,663 )
 
           
Total stockholders’ equity
    3,552,657       265,878  
 
           
 
  $ 5,269,858     $ 376,442  
 
           
See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-41


Table of Contents

COMMAND CENTER, INC. (Formerly Command Staffing LLC)

Statements of Operations
                 
    As restated  
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2005     2004  
REVENUE:
               
 
               
Initial franchises and license fees
    27,928       66,819  
Franchise option fees
          (31,040 )
Interest and investment income
    28,491        
Royalty income — affiliates
    1,721,453       921,223  
Other income
    412,387       90,033  
 
           
 
    2,190,259       1,047,035  
 
           
OPERATING EXPENSES:
               
Compensation and related taxes
    415,787       301,908  
Subcontract fees
    3       160,416  
Postage
    4,883        
Travel and entertainment
    85,548       36,905  
Rent and office expense
    159,831       94,653  
Capital Temp Fund fees
    13,750       78,943  
Business development
    37,588       83,227  
Software support and communications expenses
    195,313       118,131  
Telephone and internet charges
    83,762       72,321  
Legal, professional and consulting
    493,946       117,308  
Interest expense
    2,221       6,201  
Depreciation and amortization
    58,104       24,110  
Other expense
    284,765       90,575  
 
           
 
    1,835,501       1,184,698  
 
           
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS
    354,758       (137,663 )
 
               
INCOME TAX PROVISION
           
 
           
 
               
NET INCOME (LOSS)
  $ 354,758     $ (137,663 )
 
           
BASIC AND DILUTED INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE
  $ 0.04     $ (0.01 )
 
           
BASIC AND DILUTED WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMONS SHARES OUTSTANDING
    9,563,835       9,363,733  
 
           
See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-42


Table of Contents

COMMAND CENTER, INC. (Formerly Command Staffing LLC)

Statements of Stockholders’ Equity, restated
                                                 
                            Additional              
    Members’     Common Stock     Paid-in     Retained Earnings        
    Equity     Shares     Par Value     Capital     (Deficit)     Total  
 
                                               
BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 2003
  $ 124,541           $     $     $     $ 124,541  
 
                                               
Contributions
    279,000                                       279,000  
 
                                               
Net loss for the year
                                    (137,663 )     (137,663 )
 
                                               
Effect of recapitalization (pro forma)
    (403,541 )     5,852,333       5,852       397,689               0  
 
                                     
 
                                               
BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 2004
          5,852,333       5,852       397,689       (137,663 )     265,878  
 
                                               
Forward stock split
            2,809,120       2,809       (2,809 )            
 
                                               
Stock issued for purchase of Harborview
            1,404,560       1,405       1,403,155               1,404,560  
 
                                               
Recapitalization with Temporary Financial Services, Inc.
                            1,527,461               1,527,461  
 
                                             
 
                                               
Net income for the year
                              354,758       354,758  
 
                                   
 
                                               
BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 2005
  $       10,066,013     $ 10,066     $ 3,325,496     $ 217,095     $ 3,552,657  
 
                                   
See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-43


Table of Contents

COMMAND CENTER, INC. (Formerly Commnand Staffing LLC)

Statements of Cash Flows
                 
    As restated  
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2005     2004  
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
               
Net income (loss)
  $ 354,758     $ (137,663 )
 
           
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
Depreciation and amortization
    53,917       24,110  
Allowance for bad debts
    27,000          
Amortization of note receivable discount
    4,187          
Change in:
               
Accounts receivable
    (279,683 )     (2,044 )
Accounts receivable — affiliates
    438,605       115,433  
Other assets
    47,394       31,040  
Prepaid expenses and deposits
    (45,714 )     26,278  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
    (169,530 )     83,727  
Other current liabilities
            (11,771 )
Accrued new store surcharge fees — affilates
    105,000          
 
           
Total adjustments
    181,176       266,773  
 
           
Net cash provided by operating activities
    535,934       129,110  
 
           
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
               
Cash used to acquire property and equipment
    (609,869 )     (86,064 )
Advances to affiliates
            (99,000 )
Cash received in aquistions
    335,009          
Collections on note receivable
    200,835          
 
           
Net cash used by investing activities
    (74,025 )     (185,064 )
 
           
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
               
Principal payments on note payable
    (133,333 )     (196,190 )
Shareholder/Member advance
            279,000  
 
           
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
    (133,333 )     82,810  
 
           
 
               
NET INCREASE IN CASH
    328,576       26,856  
CASH, BEGINNING OF YEAR
    41,268       14,412  
 
           
CASH, END OF YEAR
  $ 369,844     $ 41,268  
 
           
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOWS INFORMATION:
               
Cash payments of interest
  $ 3,650          
 
             
Noncash investing and financing activities:
               
Stock issued in connection with recapitalization
  $ 1,527,461          
 
             
Stock issued in connection with Harborview purchase
  $ 1,404,560          
 
             
Related party advance extinguished in sale of real property
  $ (600,000 )        
 
             
Related party advance used to aquire real property
  $ 600,000          
 
             
Related party receivable in sale of real property
  $ 525,000          
 
             
See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-44


Table of Contents

NOTE 1 — RESTATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
The Company’s financial statements have been restated from those previously reported. The Restatement corrects errors in the Company’s presentation of the recapitalization transaction that took place November 9, 2005, and a real estate financing transaction.
Recapitalization transaction
For the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company presented comparative income statement information for 2005 and 2004 reflecting operations of the predecessor company, Temporary Financial Services, Inc. (“TFS”) through November 8, 2005, and the operations of TFS combined with the operations of the acquired companies, Command Staffing LLC (“Command Staffing”) and Harborview Software, Inc. (“Harborview”) from November 9, 2005 through December 31, 2005. November 9, 2005 was the date on which the acquisitions of Command Staffing and Harborview were closed.
Upon management’s review of the accounting guidance and consultation with other experts they determined that Command Staffing was the accounting acquirer in the transaction. As a result, the comparative financial statements for 2004 have been restated to present the financial statements of Command Staffing. The restated financial statements also give pro forma effect the the issuance of 5,150,053 shares of TFS common stock issued to the members of Command Staffing and to Glenn Welstad (for his 50% interest in Harborview) as if the recapitalization was effected at the beginning of 2004.
The related 2005 statements of Command Center Inc. have been restated to include the purchase of the 50% interest in Harborview not owned by Glenn Welstad, (the Company’s CEO and a director) and the operations and cash flows of TFS for the period beginning November 9, 2005 (the acquisition date) and ending December 31, 2005.
Real estate financing transaction
In November 2005, the Company purchased a building for $1,125,000 in Post Falls, Idaho to serve as its corporate headquarters. In December 2005, the Company entered into transaction in which it sold the building to John Coghlan, a director and major shareholder for $1,125,000 and leased the property back for a period of three years with an option to renew for an additional two year term. The transaction was originally accounted for as a lease. Upon further review of the applicable accounting guidance related to the sale, management concluded that the transaction should have been properly accounted for as a financing transaction because of the Company’s option to purchase the building back from Mr. Coghlan. Accordingly, the Company has restated its 2005 financial statements to reflect the building and a corresponding finance obligation. The restatement has no affect on net income as previously reported.

F-45


Table of Contents

NOTE 1 — RESTATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Continued:
The following is the summary of the effects of the above corrections:
                         
    As        
    Originally   As    
    Filed   Restated   Change
2005
                       
Financial position
                       
Total assets
  $ 2,601,286     $ 5,269,858     $ 2,668,572  
     
Finance obligation
  $     $ 1,125,000     $ 1,125,000  
     
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 2,009,085     $ 3,552,657     $ 1,543,572  
     
 
                       
Results of operations
                       
Revenue
  $ 372,211     $ 2,190,259     $ 1,818,048  
Operating expenses
  $ 572,333     $ 1,835,501     $ 1,263,168  
     
Net income (loss)
  $ (200,122 )   $ 354,758     $ 554,880  
     
Basic and diluted income (loss) per share
  $ (0.05 )   $ 0.04     $ 0.09  
     
Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
    4,445,208       9,563,835          
                         
    As        
    Originally   As    
    Filed   Restated   Change
2004
                       
Financial position
                       
 
                       
Total assets
  $ 1,653,276     $ 376,442     $ (1,276,834 )
     
Total liabilities
        $ 110,564     $ 110,564  
     
 
                       
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 1,653,276     $ 265,878     $ (1,387,398 )
     
Results of operations
                       
Revenue including gain on sale of securities
  $ 415,085     $ 1,047,035       631,950  
Operating expenses
    291,218       1,184,698       893,480  
     
Net income (loss)
  $ 123,867     $ (137,663 )   $ (261,530 )
     
Basic and diluted income (loss) per share
  $ 0.04     $ (0.01 )   $ (0.05 )
     
Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
    3,515,715       9,363,733          
     

F-46


Table of Contents

NOTE 2 — ACQUISITION OF HARBORVIEW:
On November 9, 2005 and in connection with the recapitalization transaction described in Note 1, the Company purchased the remaining 50% of Harborview from Ron Junck, a director for 1,404,560 shares of the Company’s unregistered common stock. The shares were valued at $1.00 per share or $1,404,560 based on management’s estimate of the fair value of the shares at the time of the transaction. The assets and liabilities purchased are as follows:
         
Accounts receivable, net
  $ 47,529  
Property and equipment, net
    6,771  
Software development costs, net
    147,400  
 
     
Goodwill
    1,543,572  
 
     
Total assets
  $ 1,745,272  
 
     
 
       
Accounts payable
  $ (69,447 )
Accrued expenses
    (67,647 )
Related Party Notes payable
    (203,620 )
 
     
Total liabilities
  $ (340,714 )
 
     
Total purchase price
  $ 1,404,560  
 
     
Assuming that Harborview had been acquired as of the beginning of the period and included in the consolidated statements of operations, unaudited pro forma consolidated revenues, net income (loss) and net income (loss) per share would have been as follows:
                 
For years ended December 31,   2005     2004  
 
               
Gross revenues
  $ 2,298,268     $ 1,174,865  
 
           
Net income (loss)
  $ 147,500     $ (123,425 )
 
           
 
               
Net income (loss) per share-basic
  $ 0.02     $ (0.02 )
 
           
Net income per share-diluted
  $ 0.02          
 
             
NOTE 3 — ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:
Use of estimates. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-47


Table of Contents

Goodwill . Goodwill relates to the acquisition of Harborview. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” at least annually as of December 31, 2005, goodwill is tested for impairment by applying a fair value based test. In assessing the value of goodwill, assets and liabilities are assigned to the reporting units and a discounted cash flow analysis is used to determine fair value.
Note Receivable. At December 31, 2005, the Company had a non-interest bearing note receivable due in connection with litigation settled by Command Staffing in July of 2005. The note calls for payments due from the gross sales of temporary labor centers owned by former franchisees. In accordance with the requirements of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 21, the Company discounted the note receivable by an effective interest rate of 9%, and recognized the discount as a deduction from face value of the note. The Company is amortizing the discount ratably over the life of the note in its interest income. At December 31, 2005, the face amount of the note was $303,493 and an unamortized discount of $19,966 was recognized as a direct deduction from face value. During the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company recognized $4,187 of amortization of the discount in interest income.
Cash. Cash consists of demand deposits, including interest-bearing accounts with maturities of three months or less, held in banking institutions. Approximately $300,000 was held in a single bank at December 31, 2005, an amount which exceeds the depositor protections afforded by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
Property and equipment. The Company capitalizes equipment purchases in excess of $2,500 and depreciates the capitalized costs over the useful lives of the equipment, usually 3 to 5 years. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations. Betterments of a major nature are capitalized. When assets are sold or retired, cost and accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the balance sheet and gain or loss is reflected in operations.
Software development costs. Software development costs are accounted for in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 86 “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to Be Sold, Leased or Otherwise Marketed” (“SFAS 86”). Costs of producing software are capitalized and amortized by the straight-line method over the estimated useful life (seven years) of the developed software.
Fair value of financial instruments. The Company carries financial instruments on the balance sheet at the fair value of the instruments as of the balance sheet date. At the end of each period, management assesses the fair value of each instrument and adjusts the carrying value to reflect their assessment. At December 31, 2005 and 2004 the carrying values of accounts receivable and accounts payable approximated their fair values. The carrying values of investments and notes receivable at December 31, 2005 and 2004 also approximated their fair values based on the nature and terms of those instruments.

F-48


Table of Contents

Reclassifications. — Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2004 financial statements in order to conform to the 2005 presentation. These reclassifications have no effect on net income, total assets or stockholders’ equity as previously reported.
Revenue recognition. — In 2005 and 2004, the Company generated its revenues primarily from franchise royalty fees.
The Company recognizes franchise royalty income on the accrual basis as it becomes payable in accordance with the franchise agreements. The royalties are calculated as a percentage of gross sales of the franchisee’s weekly operations. The percentage ranges from 1% to 2% based upon the individual franchisee’s gross profit and the terms of the franchise agreement.
At December 31, 2005, the Company had no obligations to franchisees that would represent significant commitments or contingencies outstanding under the franchise agreement.
Investments . Prior to November 2005, real estate contracts receivable were purchased and held for interest rate yield. The Company reported income on real estate contracts receivable in accordance with the revenue recognition policy stated above. During 2005, the Company acquired investment securities available-for-sale from a related party and recorded the investment at fair value. At December 31, 2005, the fair value of investments approximated the face value of the instruments.
Allowance for doubtful accounts. — The Company has established an allowance for doubtful accounts to estimate the collectability of franchise revenues. Management believes the amount is sufficient to cover expected uncollectible accounts receivable. Management reviews the balance in the allowance for doubtful accounts at the end of each period and increases or decreases the amount of the allowance based on payment history, accounts receivable aging, and other relevant factors.
Income tax. — Deferred taxes are provided, when material, by the liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. There were no material temporary differences for the periods presented. Deferred tax assets, subject to a valuation allowance, are recognized for future benefits of net operating losses being carried forward.
Earnings per share. — The Company accounts for its income (loss) per common share according to Statement of Financial Standard No. 128, “Earnings Per Share” (“SFAS 128”). Under the provisions of SFAS 128, primary and fully diluted earnings per share are replaced with basic and diluted earnings per share. Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income or loss available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, and does not include the impact of any potentially dilutive common stock equivalents. The Company had no common stock equivalents during the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, and only basic earnings per share are presented. For the year ended December 31, 2004, earnings per share was calculated as if the forward stock split, which was

F-49


Table of Contents

distributed in August, 2005, and the recapitalization of Command Staffing with TFS and Harborview (See Note 1), had occurred on January 1, 2004.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements. — On December 16, 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123(R)”) which is a revision of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS 123”). Statement 123(R) supersedes Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”), and amends Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 95, “Statement of Cash Flows” (“SFAS 95”). Generally, the approach in Statement 123(R) is similar to the approach described in Statement 123. Statement 123(R) requires that all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values. Pro forma disclosure is no longer an option. Statement 123(R) is effective for small business issuers at the beginning of the first interim or annual period beginning after December 15, 2005.
In June 2005, the FASB issued Statement of Accounting Standard No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections” (“SFAS 154”). SFAS 154 replaces APB No. 20 and Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 3 “Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements,” and applies to all voluntary changes in accounting principle, and changes in the requirements for accounting for and reporting of a change in accounting principle. APB 20 previously required that most voluntary changes in accounting principle be recognized by including in net income in the period of change a cumulative effect of changing to the new accounting principle, whereas SFAS 154 requires retrospective application to prior periods’ financial statements of a voluntary change in accounting principle, unless it is impracticable. SFAS 154 enhances the consistency of financial information between periods. SFAS 154 will be effective beginning with the Company’s first quarter of 2006. Management does not expect that SFAS 154 will have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.
NOTE 4 — RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
In addition to the related party transactions described in notes 3, 5, 6, 8, and 10 the Company has had the following transactions with related parties:
Finance Lease Transactions. During 2005, the Company purchased a building in Post Falls, Idaho to serve as the corporate headquarters for CCNI. The purchase price of the building was $1,125,000 and the amount was paid in $525,000 of the Company’s funds plus $600,000 advanced from John Coghlan, a director and major shareholder. Subsequently, the Company’s Board of Directors received an offer from Mr. Coghlan to purchase the building from the Company subject to a finance lease arrangement described in Note 10. The Board accepted Mr. Coghlan’s offer and sold the building to him at the original purchase price and immediately leased the building back on terms that the Board considered to be in the Company’s best interests. In connection with the sale to Mr. Coghlan, the $600,000 advance was extinguished and at December 31, 2005, the Company had recognized a receivable from Mr. Coghlan of $523,849 relating to his purchase. The receivable was paid in full in February, 2006.

F-50


Table of Contents

New store surcharge fee. As part of the acquisition of the franchise operations of Command Staffing and Harborview, the Board agreed to pay Glenn Welstad, the new CEO and Chairman, $5,000 per each additional temporary staffing store opened on behalf of the Company. As of December 31, 2005, the Company had accrued $105,000 payable to Mr. Welstad in new store surcharge fees. The Company is obligated to pay these funds to Mr. Welstad in 2006. The amounts are classified as “Accrued new store surcharge fees — affiliate.” The obligation to pay the new store surcharge fee accrues at the time each new store is opened and will terminate at the earlier of the date Mr. Welstad has received $1,700,000 (340 new stores), or December 31, 2010. If fewer than 340 stores are opened by the Company (including its predecessor) by December 31, 2010, Mr. Welstad’s payments under this arrangement will be limited to the amounts paid or accrued to that date.
NOTE 5 —AMOUNTS DUE FROM AFFILIATES:
Accounts receivable-trade. Included in the Company’s trade accounts receivable at December 31, 2005 is $356,367 due from affiliates. These amounts are due from temporary staffing businesses that are owned or controlled by the Company’s officers, directors, controlling shareholders, or their affiliates. The amounts relate to franchise royalties and other franchise service revenues due to Command Staffing and Harborview.
Accounts receivable-affiliates. The Company was also owed $152,252 by Viken Management (“Viken”), an entity controlled by Glenn Welstad for advances to Viken to meet working capital requirements. The Company was also owed $523,849 by John Coghlan for the balance due on the sale of the building pursuant to the real estate finance transaction. See note 10. During 2005, the Company earned $264,637 in franchise royalty income from affiliates.
NOTE 6 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
The following table sets forth the book value of the assets and accumulated depreciation and amortization at December 31, 2005 and 2004:
                 
    2005     2004  
 
               
Furniture & fixtures
  $ 19,591     $ 3,000  
Property and equipment
    1,376,515       152,356  
Accumulated depreciation
    (94,853 )     (31,210 )
 
           
Furniture, fixtures & equipment, net
    1,301,253       129,147  
 
           
 
               
Software development costs
    400,000        
Accumulated amortization
    (112,000 )      
 
             
Software development costs, net
    288,000        
 
           
Total property and equipment, net
  $ 1,589,253     $ 129,147  
 
           
During the year ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company recognized $58,104 and $24,110, respectively, of depreciation and amortization expense on its furniture, fixtures, equipment, and software development costs

F-51


Table of Contents

NOTE 7 — AMOUNTS DUE TO AFFILIATES:
At December 31, 2005 accounts payable to affiliates amounted to $351,525. Included in trade accounts payable at December 31, 2004, was $59,898 due to affiliates. Accounts payable to affiliates was primarily composed of prior periods’ payroll services, and other items purchased or provided to Command Staffing and Harborview by entities owned or controlled by Glenn Welstad, the Company’s president and chairman. In addition, the Company owed Glenn Welstad $105,000 in accrued new store surcharge fees.
NOTE 8 — CAPITAL STOCK:
Five for one forward stock split. At December 31, 2004, TFS had 702,280 shares issued and outstanding. On August 9, 2005, TFS distributed 2,809,120 shares of common stock in a stock dividend pursuant to a five for one forward split. The forward split increased the number of shares outstanding on August 9, 2005 to 3,511,400.
Acquisition and recapitalization. On November 9, 2005, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement and acquired the operations of Command Staffing LLC (“Command Staffing”) and Harborview Software, Inc. (“Harborview”) for 6,554,613 shares of common stock (see Note 1). The Company determined that the accounting acquirer for this transaction was Command Staffing. Glenn Welstad, managing member and controlling shareholder of Command Staffing was deemed to have acquired 50% of Harborview in the transaction. The transaction was accounted for as a recapitalization of Command Staffing, TFS, and 50% of Harborview, and as a purchase of the remaining 50% of Harborview not owned by Mr. Welstad. At December 31, 2005, the Company has 10,066,013 shares issued and outstanding.
NOTE 9 — INCOME TAX:
Results of operations include the results of Command Staffing for the year ended December 31, 2004 and for the period from January 1, 2005 to November 9, 2006 (See Note 1), and the results of Command Staffing, TFS and Harborview for the period from November 10 through December 31, 2005. As a limited liability company (“LLC”), net income and net loss pass directly though to the LLC members with no impact to the Company’s financial statements. The acquistions that occurred on November 9, 2005 had the effect of changing the tax status of the company from LLC to C Corporation. Any deferred tax asset or liability, including any income tax provision or benefit that would inure subsequent to the Command Staffing acquisitions of Harborview and TFS on November 9, 2005, would be immaterial at December 31, 2005.
NOTE 10 — FINANCE OBLIGATION:
Finance obligation consists of debt owed to a related party upon the purchase of the Company’s headquarters (See Note 1). The terms of the agreement call for lease payments of $10,000 monthly commencing on January 1, 2006 for a period of three years. The Company has the option anytime after January 1, 2008 to purchase the building for $1,125,000 or continue to

F-52


Table of Contents

make payments of $10,000 for another 2 years under the same terms. The Company accounts for the lease payments as interest expense.
NOTE 11 —OPERATING LEASE OBLIGATIONS:
The Company is also obligated for the remaining seven month term of a lease on office space in Scottsdale, Arizona at a monthly lease cost of $6,209. This lease expires on July 31, 2006 and will not be renewed. The Scottsdale property served as the offices of Command Staffing LLC and Harborview Software, Inc. prior to the recapitalization involving acquisition of Command Staffing and Harborview by the Company.
At December 31, 2005, the future minimum payments under the operating lease were $43,463 for 2006.
NOTE 12 — BUSINESS CONCENTRATION:
In the year ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, substantially all of the Company’s royalty income was earned from affiliates. Royalty income consists of franchise fees and software license and support fees derived from temporary staffing stores owned by the Company’s franchisees. The franchisees are owned in whole or in part by various officers and directors of the Company. As a result, the Company’s business is concentrated among a small number of affiliated parties and is subject to business concentration risks.
NOTE 13 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:
Pursuant to the acquisition agreement described in Note 1, the Company has also agreed, subject to continuing due diligence and other conditions, to acquire the operations of up to seventy two franchisees. The acquisition agreement provides that the Company will issue up to 13,198,152 shares of common stock in the acquisitions. The franchisees are undergoing audits and the Company is completing its due diligence review of the individual store operations, and currently expects the store acquisitions to close early in the second quarter of 2006. Many of the franchisee operations are owned by related parties. The Company retains the right to decide not to complete the acquisition of stores that do not pass the due diligence review, and no assurances can be given that the temporary staffing stores will be acquired.

F-53


TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
Item 16. Exhibits.
Item 17. Undertakings.
SIGNATURES
EXHIBIT INDEX
EX-4.5
EX-10.7
EX-10.8
EX-10.9
EX-10.10
EX-10.11
EX-10.12
EX-10.13
EX-10.14
EX-10.15
EX-10.16
EX-10.17
EX-23.1


Table of Contents

PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
     The following table sets forth estimated expenses we expect to incur in connection with the sale of the shares being registered. All such expenses are estimated except for the SEC and FINRA registration fees.
         
SEC registration fee
  $ 832  
Printing expenses
  $ 15,000  
Fees and expenses of counsel for the Company
  $ 125,000  
Fees and expenses of accountants for Company
  $ 10,000  
Blue Sky fees and expenses
  $ 5,000  
Miscellaneous
  $ 5,000  
*Total
  $ 160,832  
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
     The Washington Business Corporation Act provides that a company may indemnify its directors and officers as to certain liabilities. Our Articles of Incorporation (as amended) and Bylaws authorize our company to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law. The effect of such provisions is to indemnify the directors and officers of our company against all costs, expenses and liabilities incurred by them in connection with any action, suit or proceeding in which they are involved by reason of their affiliation with our company, to the fullest extent permitted by law.
     Our Bylaws require us to indemnify each of our directors and officers so long as such director acted in good faith and, generally, believed that an action was in the best interests of our company. Our directors and officers, however, are not entitled to such indemnification (i) if such director or officer is adjudged liable to our company, or (ii) if such director or officer is adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received by such officer or director.
     We maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy to insure our directors and officers against liability for actions or omissions occurring in their capacity as a director or officer, subject to certain exclusions and limitations.
     Insofar as limitation of, or indemnification for, liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such limitation or indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and therefore, is unenforceable.
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
     The following sets forth all securities sold by Command Center, Inc. within the past three years which were not registered under the Securities Act. No underwriters were used in any such transactions. All sales of securities described below were made in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act (and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder) for transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. None of the transactions was effected using any form of general advertising or general solicitation as such terms are used in Regulation D under the Securities Act. The recipients of securities in each such transaction represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the restricted securities issued in such transactions.

 


Table of Contents

PIPE Transaction
     On November 30, 2007, we entered into and closed upon a Securities Purchase and Registration Rights Agreement (the “First Purchase Agreement”) with the accredited investors named therein (the “Accredited Investors”) and referred to as the selling shareholders in the Registration Statement. On December 27, 2007, we entered into and closed upon a Securities Purchase and Registration Rights Agreement (the “Second Purchase Agreement”) with the accredited investors named therein (the “Accredited Investors”) upon terms and conditions substantially identical to those of the First Purchase Agreement. Under these two Purchase Agreements, we sold to the Accredited Investors 10,296,885 units (the “Units”), each Unit consisting of one share of our common stock (the “Common Stock”) and a warrant to purchase a 0.50 share of Common Stock (the “Warrants”), for an aggregate of 10,296,885 shares of Common Stock and Warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 5,148,443 additional shares of Common Stock. The Units were sold for a price of $1.00 per Unit, for an aggregate purchase price of $10,296,885 (the “Offering”), which includes all fees payable to MDB Capital Group, LLC (the “Placement Agent”). The Warrants issued by the Company as part of the Units entitle the Accredited Investors to purchase additional shares of common stock (the “Warrant Shares”) at an exercise price of $1.25 per share on or before November 30, 2012 or December 27, 2012, respectively.
     As a part of the Offering, the Placement Agent, converted a $500,000 note issued by the Company in connection with an August 2007 bridge loan from the Placement Agent, into Units at a conversion price of $1.00 per Unit. The Placement Agent also accepted $593,885 of the $611,289 cash portion of its placement agent fee in the form of Units at a price of $1.00 per Unit. These amounts are included in the $10,296,885 aggregate purchase price. Separate Common Stock Purchase Warrants to purchase up to an additional 1,026,000 and 21,925 shares of Common Stock at $1.25 per share were issued to the Placement Agent and its assigns as additional placement agent compensation on November 30, 2007 and December 27, 2007, respectively.
August 14, 2007 Bridge Loan from Placement Agent
     On August 14, 2007, the Company received $500,000 pursuant to a short-term Promissory Note (the “Note”) from MDB Capital Group, LLC (the “Placement Agent”). On November 30, 2007, the Note was cancelled and converted into Units in connection with and according to the same terms and conditions of the Offering as discussed above. In connection with the Note, the Company also granted the Placement Agent a warrant to purchase up to 250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $1.50 per share. The warrant is exercisable immediately and expires on August 14, 2012 (five years after issuance).
March 30, 2007 Warrant
     On March 30, 2007 in connection with a loan from Sonoran Pacific Resources, LLP (“Sonoran”), we issued a Warrant to Sonoran to purchase up to 200,000 shares of our common stock, exercisable at $3.00 per share (subject to adjustment to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, combinations or exchanges of shares, or other capital changes), with a two year term expiring on March 31, 2009. This warrant includes a full ratchet anti-dilution provision for issuances of our securities at a per share issue price below $3.00. The loan to Sonoran was repaid in cash and Units in connection with the First Purchase Agreement discussed above. The Units issued to Sonoran as repayment of such debt were valued at $1,200,000 or 1,200,000 Units, and are reflected in the total Units issued under the Offering.
July 27, 2007 Employee Stock Issuances
     On July 27, 2007, the Company settled certain notes payable to affiliates for stock. These notes were converted into common stock at a conversion price of $1.50 per share. An aggregate of 385,431 shares of common stock were issued in the note conversions, each pursuant to a Cancellation and Exchange Agreement.
These conversions are described below:
         
         
Employee   Number of Shares Issued   Debt Converted
Glenn Welstad
  240,436   $360,654
Dwight Enget
  62,728   94,091
Tom Gilbert
  40,205   60,306
Tom Hancock
  18,439   27,659
Ronald L. Junck
  1,810   2,714
Todd Welstad
  543   814
Dave Wallace
  21,270   31,909
Additional Stock Issuances to Glenn Welstad
      New store surcharge fee. As part of the acquisition of the franchise operations of Command Staffing and Harborview in November, 2005, the Company assumed the obligation of Command Staffing to pay Glenn Welstad, the Company’s CEO and Chairman, $5,000 for each new temporary staffing store opened by the Company. Amounts owed to Mr. Welstad pursuant to the new store surcharge agreement were paid by issuing 50,000 shares of common stock to Mr. Welstad over the thirteen weeks ended September 28, 2007. In order to fulfill all present and future obligations under this agreement, on November 14, 2007, the Company issued to Mr. Welstad 550,000 shares of common stock, representing the net present value (estimated to be $850,000) of the Company’s projected obligations under such agreement. With the issuance of these shares, the Company has no further obligations under the new store surcharge agreement.
2006 Series A Preferred Stock Offering and Conversion to Common Stock
     On March 30, 2006, we commenced a private placement of up to 40,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at an offering price of $100 per share, or an aggregate offering price of up to $4,000,000. During 2006, we sold 4,700 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at an offering price of $100 per share, for an aggregate offering price of $470,000. We further issued 11,254 shares of Series A Preferred Stock for forgiveness of certain debt to the Company. The Series A Preferred Stock was convertible into Common Stock at a conversion price of 33 and 1/3 shares of Common Stock per one share of Series A Preferred converted. All of the Series A Preferred Shares were converted into 156,666 shares of Common Stock.
2006 Common Stock Offerings
     We issued 29,718 shares of Common Stock to John Coghlan, then a director of the Company, in 2006 in lieu of a cash payment due to him from the Company for $120,000 in rent.
     By resolution dated July 5, 2006, the Board of Directors of the Company elected to terminate the private offering of Series A Preferred Stock. The Series A Preferred Stock offering was terminated due to market conditions which affected the marketability of the investment. To provide for ongoing funding needs, the Board also resolved to continue fundraising efforts through a private offering of up to 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock at an offering price of $3.00 per share. The conversion of Series A Preferred Stock discussed above was offered in connection with this Common Stock offering and the remaining 1,843,334 shares were offered for cash. We sold 342,002 shares of Common Stock in this private placement in 2006.
Stock Issuance Pursuant to Purchase Agreement
     On the November 9, 2005, the Company (previously Temporary Financial Services, Inc.) issued 6,554,613 shares of Common Stock to accredited investors for the acquisition of the assets of Command Staffing, LLC and Harborview Software, Inc., as described in the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of November 9, 2005 by and among Command Center, Inc. (formerly Temporary Financial Services, Inc.), Command Staffing LLC, Harborview Software, Inc., and the Operations Entities as defined therein (the “Asset Purchase Agreement”).
     The Phase II Closings under the Asset Purchase Agreement involved two stages and the acquisition of certain Operations Entities in exchange for the issuance of a total of 12,897,463 shares of our Common Stock to accredited investors on May 12, 2006 and June 30, 2006. Effective May 12, 2006, we initially closed on the acquisition of 31 Operations Entities (owning a total of 48 temporary staffing stores) in exchange for the issuance of 11,438,022 shares of our Common Stock. Eight of the Operations Entities located in the state of Minnesota received shares in the Command Transaction in exchange for cash in lieu of the transfer of substantially all of the assets of such Operations Entities. The Minnesota Operations Entities also agreed to transfer their respective franchise rights with our Company back to us, effectively terminating such rights and the directors and shareholders of the Minnesota Operations Entities agreed not to compete with our Company. The second stage of the Phase II Closing involved the acquisition of four additional Operations Entities (owning a total of nine temporary staffing stores) in exchange for the issuance of up to 1,459,441 shares of our Common Stock.
Item 16. Exhibits.
     
Exhibit No.   Description
 
   
3.1
  Articles of Incorporation (Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Form SB-2 filed on May 7, 2001, and incorporated herein by reference.)
 
   
3.2
  Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation (Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Form 8-K filed on November 16, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.)

 


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit No.   Description
 
   
3.3
  Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation (Previously filed as Exhibit 3.3 to Form 10-KSB filed on April 2, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.)
 
   
3.4
  Bylaws (Previously filed as Exhibit 3(b) to Form SB-2 filed on May 7, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference.)
 
   
3.5
  Amendment to Bylaws (Previously filed as Exhibit 3.2 to Form 8-K dated November 16, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.)
 
   
4.1
  Securities Purchase and Registration Rights Agreement dated November 30, 2007 by and among Command Center, Inc. and the Investors named therein. (Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed on December 5, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
4.1/A
  Exhibit A to Securities Purchase and Registration Rights Agreement dated November 30, 2007 and December 27, 2007 (combined) by and among Command Center, Inc. and the Investors named therein. Exhibit A reflects all investors that purchased in the Offering and the aggregate proceeds and Common Shares and Warrants issued (previously filed as Exhibit 4.1/A to Amendment No. 1 Form 8-K/A filed on January 14, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
4.3
  Form of Warrant (Previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Form 8-K filed on December 5, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.)
 
   
4.4
  Common Stock Purchase Warrant for 250,000 shares of common stock exercisable at $1.50 per share — (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to form 10-QSB filed in November 13, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
4.5
  Form of Common Stock Certificate — filed herewith
 
   
5.1*
  Opinion of Rogers & Hool, LLP — to be filed by amendment
 
   
10
  Material Contracts
 
   
10.1
  Acquisition Agreement: Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of November 9, 2005 by and among Command Center, Inc. (formerly Temporary Financial Services, Inc.), Command Staffing LLC, Harborview Software, Inc., and the Operations Entities as defined therein. (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on November 16, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.)
 
   
10.2
  Sale and Leaseback Agreement dated as of December 29, 2005 by and among Command Center, Inc. and John R. Coghlan. (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on January 4, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.)
 
   
10.3
  Employment Agreement with Glenn Welstad (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-KSB filed on April 2, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
10.4
  Employment Agreement with Tom Gilbert (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-KSB filed on April 2, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
10.5
  Employment Agreement with Todd Welstad (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-KSB filed on April 2, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
10.6
  Acquisition Agreement: Asset Purchase Agreement dated February 19, 2007 by and among Command Center, Inc. (formerly Temporary Financial Services, Inc.) and Anytime Labor, Inc. (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-QSB filed on May 14, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.)

 


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit No.   Description
 
   
10.7
  Loan and Security Agreement dated April 7, 2006 by and between Command Center, Inc. and Capital Tempfunds, a division of Capital Factors, LLC (“Capital”) — filed herewith
 
   
10.8
  First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated July 24, 2006 by and between Command Center, Inc. and Capital — filed herewith
 
   
10.9
  Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated August 22, 2006 by and between Command Center, Inc. and Capital — filed herewith
 
   
10.10
  Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated November 29, 2006 by and between Command Center, Inc. and Capital — filed herewith
 
   
10.11
  Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated April 2, 2007 by and between Command Center, Inc. and Capital — filed herewith
 
   
10.12
  Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated July 18, 2007 by and between Command Center, Inc. and Capital — filed herewith
 
   
10.13
  Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated November 13, 2007 by and between Command Center, Inc. and Capital — filed herewith
 
   
10.14
  Summary of Principal Terms Loan Transaction with Warrants by Command Center, Inc. in favor of Sonoran Pacific Resources, LLP dated March 30, 2007. — filed herewith
 
   
10.15
  Securities Purchase Agreement, dated August 14, 2007, by and between Command Center, Inc. and MDB Capital Group, LLC — filed herewith
 
   
10.16
  MDB Capital Group Engagement Letter, dated June 22, 2007, by and between Command Center, Inc. and MDB Capital Group, LLC — filed herewith
 
   
10.17
  Indemnification and Pledge Agreement dated November 30, 2007 between Glenn Welstad and Command Center, Inc. — filed herewith
 
   
10.18
  Unanimous Written Consent of the Board of Directors of Command Center, Inc. dated July 25, 2007 approving Cancellation and Exchange Agreement and Share Exchange Agreement to cancel New Store Surcharge Fee — filed herewith
 
   
23.1
  Consent of DeCoria, Maichel and Teague, P.S. — filed herewith
 
   
23.2*
  Consent of Rogers & Hool, LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1) — to be filed by amendment
 
   
24.1
  Power of Attorney — included on signature page
 
*   To be filed by amendment.
Item 17. Undertakings.
     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
     (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
          (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”);

 


Table of Contents

          (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or together, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of a prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement, and
          (iii) To include any additional material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
     (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
     (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered that remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
     (7) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
     (8) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
     (8) Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
     (6) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.
     In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-1 and authorized this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Post Falls, Idaho, on January 14, 2008.
         
  Command Center, Inc.
 
 
  By:    /s/  Glenn Welstad    
    Glenn Welstad, Chief Executive Officer    
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Glenn Welstad and Brad E. Herr his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments including post-effective amendments to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent or his/her substitutes, each acting alone, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
     In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement was signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates stated, and on January 14, 2008.
     
 
   
/s/  Glenn Welstad    Chief Executive Officer, Chairman and Director
Glenn Welstad
   
 
   
/s/  Brad E. Herr    Principal Financial Officer and Director
Brad E. Herr
   
 
   
/s/  Thomas Gilbert    Director
Thomas Gilbert
   
 
   
/s/  Todd Welstad    Director
Todd Welstad
   
 
   
/s/   Ralph E. Peterson   Director
Ralph E. Peterson
   

 


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
     
Exhibit No.   Description
 
   
3.1
  Articles of Incorporation (Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Form SB-2 filed on May 7, 2001, and incorporated herein by reference.)
 
   
3.2
  Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation (Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Form 8-K filed on November 16, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.)
 
   
3.3
  Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation (Previously filed as Exhibit 3.3 to Form 10-KSB filed on April 2, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.)
 
   
3.4
  Bylaws (Previously filed as Exhibit 3(b) to Form SB-2 filed on May 7, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference.)
 
   
3.5
  Amendment to Bylaws (Previously filed as Exhibit 3.2 to Form 8-K dated November 16, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.)
 
   
4.1
  Securities Purchase and Registration Rights Agreement dated November 30, 2007 by and among Command Center, Inc. and the Investors named therein. (Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed on December 5, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
4.1/A
  Exhibit A to Securities Purchase and Registration Rights Agreement dated November 30, 2007 and December 27, 2007 (combined) by and among Command Center, Inc. and the Investors named therein. Exhibit A reflects all investors that purchased in the Offering and the aggregate proceeds and Common Shares and Warrants issued (previously filed as Exhibit 4.1/A to Amendment No. 1 Form 8-K/A filed on January 14, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
4.3
  Form of Warrant (Previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Form 8-K filed on December 5, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.)
 
   
4.4
  Common Stock Purchase Warrant for 250,000 shares of common stock exercisable at $1.50 per share — (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to form 10-QSB filed in November 13, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
4.5
  Form of Common Stock Certificate — filed herewith
 
   
5.1*
  Opinion of Rogers & Hool, LLP — to be filed by amendment
 
   
10
  Material Contracts
 
   
10.1
  Acquisition Agreement: Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of November 9, 2005 by and among Command Center, Inc. (formerly Temporary Financial Services, Inc.), Command Staffing LLC, Harborview Software, Inc., and the Operations Entities as defined therein. (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on November 16, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.)
 
   
10.2
  Sale and Leaseback Agreement dated as of December 29, 2005 by and among Command Center, Inc. and John R. Coghlan. (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on January 4, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.)
 
   
10.3
  Employment Agreement with Glenn Welstad (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-KSB filed on April 2, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
10.4
  Employment Agreement with Tom Gilbert (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-KSB filed on April 2, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
10.5
  Employment Agreement with Todd Welstad (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-KSB filed on April 2, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
10.6
  Acquisition Agreement: Asset Purchase Agreement dated February 19, 2007 by and among Command Center, Inc. (formerly Temporary Financial Services, Inc.) and Anytime Labor, Inc. (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-QSB filed on May 14, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.)

 


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit No.   Description
 
   
10.7
  Loan and Security Agreement dated April 7, 2006 by and between Command Center, Inc. and Capital Tempfunds, a division of Capital Factors, LLC (“Capital”) — filed herewith
 
   
10.8
  First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated July 24, 2006 by and between Command Center, Inc. and Capital — filed herewith
 
   
10.9
  Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated August 22, 2006 by and between Command Center, Inc. and Capital — filed herewith
 
   
10.10
  Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated November 29, 2006 by and between Command Center, Inc. and Capital — filed herewith
 
   
10.11
  Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated April 2, 2007 by and between Command Center, Inc. and Capital — filed herewith
 
   
10.12
  Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated July 18, 2007 by and between Command Center, Inc. and Capital — filed herewith
 
   
10.13
  Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated November 13, 2007 by and between Command Center, Inc. and Capital — filed herewith
 
   
10.14
  Summary of Principal Terms Loan Transaction with Warrants by Command Center, Inc. in favor of Sonoran Pacific Resources, LLP dated March 30, 2007. — filed herewith
 
   
10.15
  Securities Purchase Agreement, dated August 14, 2007, by and between Command Center, Inc. and MDB Capital Group, LLC — filed herewith
 
   
10.16
  MDB Capital Group Engagement Letter, dated June 22, 2007, by and between Command Center, Inc. and MDB Capital Group, LLC — filed herewith
 
   
10.17
  Indemnification and Pledge Agreement dated November 30, 2007 between Glenn Welstad and Command Center, Inc. — filed herewith
 
   
10.18
  Unanimous Written Consent of the Board of Directors of Command Center, Inc. dated July 25, 2007 approving Cancellation and Exchange Agreement and Share Exchange Agreement to cancel New Store Surcharge Fee — filed herewith
 
   
23.1
  Consent of DeCoria, Maichel and Teague, P.S. — filed herewith
 
   
23.2*
  Consent of Rogers & Hool, LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1) — to be filed by amendment
 
   
24.1
  Power of Attorney — included on signature page
 
*   To be filed by amendment.

 

 

NUMBER   Common Shares
(___)   (                      )
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON
COMMAND CENTER, INC.
Authorized to issue 100,000,000 Common Stock — $0.001 Par Value Each
THIS CERTIFIES THAT (______________) is the registered owner of
(______________________) (_________) Shares of
Command Center, Inc.
transferable only on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof
in person or by Attorney upon surrender of this
Certificate properly endorsed.
In Witness Whereof, the said Corporation has caused this Certificate
to be signed by its duly authorized officers
and its Corporate Seal to be hereunto affixed.
as of the __ day of ___________ A.D. 20__
             
 
           
 
Secretary
     
 
President
   

 


 

these securities have not been registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission or the securities commission of any state in reliance upon an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, may not be offered or sold except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the securities act or pursuant to an available exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and in accordance with applicable state securities law as evidenced by a legal opinion of counsel to the transferor to such effect, the substance of which shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company.
For Value Received,                                                                hereby sell, assign, and transfer unto:
 
 
 
 
(___) shares of the                                                                                                                                                       Capital
Stock of                                                                                                                                                                                                      
standing in                                                        name on the books of said                                                            
                                                                                        
herewith, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint
 
Attorney, to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Company with full power of substitution in the premises.
Signed                                                                                                  Dated                                                     
In Presence of                                                                                                                                
NOTICE: The signature(s) to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate, in every particular, without alteration, or any change whatever, and must be guaranteed by a commercial bank, trust company, or member firm of the Boston, New York, or Midwest Stock Exchange.

 

 

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of the Acceptance Date (as defined in Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated into this Agreement by reference, paragraph 1) is entered into between CAPITAL TEMPFUNDS, a division of Capital Factors LLC with its principal place of business at 1700 Broadway, 19th Floor, New York, NY 10019, (hereinafter referred to as “Capital”), and Borrower (as defined in Exhibit B, paragraph 2). Borrower and Capital agree as follows:
PURPOSE OF AGREEMENT
     1. Borrower desires to obtain commercial financing from Capital. The purpose of this financing is not for household, family, and for personal use.
DEFINITIONS
     2. “ Accounts” means all accounts receivable due to Borrower, and other forms of obligations now or hereafter owing to Borrower, whether arising from the sale or lease of goods or the rendition of services by Borrower {including, without limitation, any obligation that might be characterized as an account, contract right, general Intangible or chattel paper under the Code), all of Borrower’s rights in, to and under all purchase orders now or hereafter received by Borrower for goods and services, all monies due or to become due to Borrower under all contracts for the sale or lease of goods or the rendition of services by Borrower (whether or not yet earned) (including, without limitation, the right to receive the proceeds of said purchase orders and contracts), and all collateral security and guarantees of any kind given by any obligor with respect to any of the foregoing,
     3. “ Acceptable Accounts ” means and includes those Accounts (i) which have been validly assigned to Capital, (ii) strictly comply with all of Borrower’s warranties and representations to Capital, (iii) contain payment terms of not greater than the Term Days (as defined on Exhibit B, paragraph 3) from invoice date, (iv) are not past due more than the number of Maximum Days (as defined on Exhibit B, paragraph 4), (v) are invoiced not later than ten (10) days from the date of service or delivery and (vi) are invoiced on not greater than a monthly cycle; provided , however , that Acceptable Accounts shall not include the following: (a) Accounts with respect to which the Customer has common officers, employees, directors or agents with Borrower, or is a subsidiary of, related to or affiliated with Borrower; (b) Accounts with respect to which services or goods are on guaranteed sale or other terms by reason of which the payment by the Customer may be conditional; (c) Accounts with respect to which the Customer is not a resident of the United States; (d) Accounts with respect to which the Customer is the United States or any department, agency or instrumentality of the United States; provided , however , that an Account shall not be deemed ineligible by reason of this clause if the aggregate amount of such Accounts does not exceed five percent (5%) of the total of Borrower’s Accounts, or in the event the aggregate amount of such Accounts does exceed five percent (5%) of the total of Borrower’s Accounts, that Borrower has completed all steps necessary, in the opinion of Capital, to comply with the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940 (31 U.S.C. Section 3727); (e) Accounts with respect to which the Customer is any state of the United States or any city, town, municipality, county or division thereof; provided , however , that an Account shall not be deemed ineligible by reason of this clause (e) if the aggregate amount of such Accounts does not exceed five percent (5%) of the total of Borrower’s Accounts outstanding; (f) Accounts not previously approved by Capital where the expected dollar value for such Customer is greater than ten (10%) percent of Borrower’s existing Accounts or the Maximum Concentration Amount (as defined on Exhibit B, paragraph 5), whichever is less; (g) those Accounts where Capital has notified Borrower that, in Capital’s sole discretion, which shall be exercised in a commercially reasonable manner, the Account or Customer is not acceptable to Capital; (h) all of the Accounts owed by on Customer where the Cross Aging Percentage (as defined on Exhibit B, paragraph 6) or more of all of the Accounts owed by that Customer are past due more than the Past Due Days (as defined on Exhibit B, paragraph 7) from the invoice date; (i) Accounts for which the services have not yet been rendered to the Customer or the goods sold have not yet been delivered to the Customer (commonly referred to as “pre-billed accounts”), (j) Accounts subject to a Customer Dispute, as defined below, and (k) Accounts, if any, specifically described on Exhibit B, paragraph 8).
     4. “ Agreement ” means this Loan and Security Agreement and all amendments end supplements thereto.
     5. “ Customer ” means Borrower’s customer or the account debtor,
     6. “ Customer Dispute ” means (i) a claim by any Customer against Borrower of any kind whatsoever, or (ii) financial inability of a Customer to pay its obligations as they become due, including, without limitation, a Customer who is subject to any insolvency, including without limitation, the appointment of a receiver or trustee, the filing by or against such Customer of a bankruptcy proceeding or the making of an assignment for the benefit of creditors or (iii) any mistaken, incorrect and/or erroneous Account submitted by Borrower to Capital.
          A “Customer Dispute” may arise from any kind of disagreement between Customer and Borrower whatsoever, whether such disagreement is valid or invalid, and may also arise at any time, both before and/or after the signing if this Agreement or the financing if the Account with Capital.
     7.  “Ineligible Account ’ means an Account that is not an Acceptable Account as defined in Section 3.
     8. The term “ warrant ” or “ warranty ” as used this Agreement means to guarantee, as a material element of this Agreement. Each separate warranty herein is also an independent condition to Capitals duties under this Agreement.
WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS BY BORROWER
     As an inducement for Capital to enter into this Agreement with full knowledge that the truth and accuracy of the warranties in this Agreement are being relied upon by Capital in entering into this Agreement and in making the loans described herein, Borrower warrants and/or covenants that:
     9. Borrower’s name as of the date hereof, as it appears in the official filing the state of its organization is as set forth In Exhibit B, paragraph 2. Borrower’s only state of organization or incorporation is in the Organizational State, as defined in Exhibit B, paragraph 9, Pursuant to the Borrower’s bylaws, only one officer is required to execute this Agreement, and the party signing this Agreement on behalf of the Borrower is an authorized officer.
     10. Borrower is duly organized and in good standing under the laws of its Organizational State, and is properly licensed and authorized to operate as a for profit business in all states in which such business is conducted.
     11. Borrower’s trade name(s) listed in Exhibit B, paragraph 10 are the only names under which the Borrower conducts business and all have been properly filed and published as required by applicable law.
     12. Borrower’s Federal Tax ID number is listed in Exhibit B, paragraph 11. Borrower’s Organizational Number is listed in Exhibit B, paragraph 12.
     13. Borrower is in compliance with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to its business. Furthermore, Borrower has in the past, is currently in compliance, and at all times will comply with any and all federal, state and local statutes, laws and regulations concerning the preservation of the environment and the use and disposal of hazardous and toxic materials and substances (collectively the “Environmental Laws”),
     14. Borrower’s business is solvent, the value of its assets exceed the value of its liabilities (excluding debt subordinated to Capital (“Subordinated Debt”) pursuant to a subordination agreement acceptable to Capital in its sole discretion (a “Subordination Agreement”)), and it is able to meet its obligations as they become due.
     15. Each Customer’s business is solvent to the best of Borrower’s information and knowledge.
     16. Borrower is, at the time of assignment of any Account to Capital, the lawful owner of and has good and undisputed title to the Accounts assigned to Capital, free end clear of any encumbrances of any kind whatsoever.
COMMAND CENTER, INC.
Loan and Security Agreement
March 2006
Page 1 of 15

 


 

     17. Each Account offered as collateral to Capital is an accurate and undisputed statement of indebtedness owing by a Customer to Borrower for a certain sum which is due and payable upon receipt or within such time as is agreed to, in writing, by Capital and Borrower, and is not subject to any defenses, setoffs or counterclaims of any kind whatsoever, and is not subject to any discounts, deductions, allowances or other contra items unless so indicated on the invoice and accepted by a duly authorized officer of Capital in writing, and is an accurate statement of a bona fide sale, delivery and acceptance of merchandise or prescribed goods, or performance of service by Borrower to a Customer.
     18. All financial records, statements, books or other documents shown or provided to Capital by Borrower at any time, either before or after the signing of this Agreement, are true and accurate.
     19. Borrower will not under any circumstances or in any manner whatsoever, Interfere with any of Capitals rights under this Agreement.
     20. For as long as any indebtedness whatsoever remains owing by Borrower to Capital, Borrower will not factor, assign, hypothecate, transfer pledge a security interest in, or sell Accounts. except for its assignment of Accounts to Capital. Furthermore, Borrower will not file any financing statement or amendment or termination statement with respect to any financing statement filed in favor of Capital, except with the prior written consent of Capital.
     21. Borrower has not transferred, pledged or granted a security interest in any of Borrower’s Accounts or other Collateral, as defined below, to any other party and Borrower will not transfer, pledge or grant a security interest to any other party in said Accounts or other Collateral for the term of this Agreement and for as long as Borrower is indebted to Capital hereunder, In addition. Borrower has, and will have throughout the term of this Agreement, good title to the Collateral.
     22. Borrower will not change or modify the terms of any Acceptable Account with any Customer unless Capital first consents in writing to such change after receiving prior written notice of such proposed change or modification from Borrower.
     23. Except for other security interests listed on Exhibit B, paragraph 13 as “Other Security Interests”, there are no existing liens, security interests or encumbrances on any of Borrower’s personal property, including, without limitation, the Collateral, and Borrower shall not consent to the placement of any lien, security interest or encumbrance upon any of Borrower’s personal property of any type and wherever located not otherwise pledged or assigned to Capital without Capital’s prior written consent, and Borrower shall provide written notice to Capital within five (5) days of Borrower obtaining any knowledge, from any source, of the filing, recording or perfection by any means, of any non-consensual lien, claim or encumbrance against the aforementioned property of Borrower.
     24. Borrower will maintain such insurance covering Borrower’s business and/or the property of the Borrower as required by Capital and as indicated under Other Insurance, as provided in Exhibit B, paragraph 14, and will maintain workers’ compensation insurance in accordance with applicable law and will name Capital as certificate holder on all such workers’ compensation policies.
     25. Borrower will notify Capital in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to any change in Borrower’s place(s) of business or change in location of any Collateral, or if Borrower has or intends to acquire or add any additional place(s) of business, or any change in Borrower’s chief executive office, the office or offices where Borrower’s books and records concerning Accounts are kept, or in the event Borrower intends to change its Organizational State.
     26. Borrower will notify Capital in writing at least thirty days prior to any change of Borrower’s name, identity, legal entity, corporate structure, use of additional trade name(s), and/or any proposed change in any of the officers, principals, partners, and/or owners of Borrower.
     27. Borrower will deliver to Capital within the Periodic Period, as defined in Exhibit B, paragraph 15, if applicable and within the Annual Period, as defined in Exhibit B, paragraph 16, a balance sheet together with related statements of income, retained earnings, and cash flow in form and substance acceptable to Capital as more fully described in Exhibit B, paragraph 17 under Financial Statements. Upon request by Capital, Borrower will also provide Capital with copies of all of its income and payroll tax returns, federal, state and local, upon filing with the appropriate authorities, Borrower Shall execute and deliver to Capital within five (5) days after the end of each month during the term of this Agreement, reflecting the status as of the end of each month, certified by any one of the officers of Borrower as being true and correct, (i) a current detailed aging, by total and by customer, of Borrower’s Accounts. (ii) a current detailed aging, by total and by vendor, of Borrower’s accounts payable and (iii) a Compliance Certificate in the form of Exhibit “C” from one of the officers of Borrower certifying that no Default currently exists under this Agreement, all of which shall be set forth in a form and shall contain such information as is acceptable to Capital.
     28. Borrower’s assignment of any Accounts to Capital pursuant to this Agreement will not at any time violate any federal, state and/or local law, rule or regulation, court or other governmental order or decree or terms of any contract relating to such Accounts.
     29. Borrower possesses all necessary trademarks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights and licenses to conduct its business as now operated, without any known conflict with any trademarks, trade names, copyrights, patents and license rights of any other person or entity.
FURTHER PROMISES
     30. SECURITY INTEREST/COLLATERAL: As a further inducement for Capital to enter into this Agreement, and as collateral for all obligations of Borrower to Capital, now existing and hereafter arising, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due (collectively the “Obligations”). Borrower grants, assigns, conveys and transfers to Capital, a security interest under the North Carolina Uniform Commercial Code (the “Code”), in the following described property (hereinafter collectively called “ Collateral ”); All presently existing or hereafter arising, now owned or hereafter acquired, including all additions, replacements, accessions, substitutions, increases, profits, income, distributions, and proceeds thereof, (i) Accounts, accounts receivable, contract rights, chattel paper (including electronic chattel paper), documents, instruments (including promissory notes), reserves, reserve accounts, commercial tort clams, rebates, refunds, and general intangibles (including tax refunds, payment intangibles, software, lists, trademarks, tradenames, tradestyles, tradedresses, licenses, licensing agreements, copyrights and patent rights) and all books and records relating to the Accounts and all proceeds of the foregoing property, including insurance proceeds, and any renewals, and extensions of the foregoing property and all proceeds thereof; (ii) all of Borrower’s rights to receive payments from any source and for any reason (whether characterized as accounts, accounts receivable, chattel paper, choses-in action, contract rights, general intangibles, instruments, securities, notes or otherwise) including, without limitation, Borrower’s right to receive payments for goods and other products sold or leased or for services rendered, whether or not earned by performance or recognized or billed by Borrower; (iii) all of Borrower’s contract rights including, without limitation, Borrower’s rights under distribution contract, franchise agreements, including, without limitation, those certain franchise agreements and loan facilitation agreements (collectively the “Franchise Agreement”) with those franchisees as set forth on Exhibit D attached hereto and made a part hereof (collectively the “Franchisees”), license agreements, sales contracts, unfilled customer orders, and lease agreements; (iv) all of Borrower’s cash, drafts, certificates of deposit and deposit accounts; (v) all Of Borrower’s assets, property and rights now or hereafter in the possession of Capital or its agents; (vi) all of Borrower’s supporting obligations, investment property and letter of credit rights, as defined in the Code; (vii) all inventory, wherever located, now owned or hereafter acquired, including without limitation, raw materials, work in process, finished goods, materials and supplies, computer software, programs, stored data, repossessions, deposits and credit balances relating thereto and all leasehold improvements, furniture, fixtures, machinery and equipment, and computer hardware along with all increases, substitutions, replacements, additions, accessions of Borrower relating thereto, wherever situated, now owned by Borrower or hereafter acquired; and (viii) such other assets of the same class or classes as the foregoing hereafter owned or acquired by Borrower, but excluding (ix) any items of personal property described in Exhibit B, paragraph 18 under Excluded Collateral. Borrower shall be liable for, and Capital may charge Borrower’s account with all reasonable Costs and Expenses as described in Exhibit B, paragraph 19 under Costs and Expenses.
     31. PERFECTION OF SECURITY INTEREST: Borrower shall execute and deliver to Capital, concurrent with Borrower’s execution of this Agreement, and at any time or times hereafter at the request of Capital, all financing statements, continuation financing statements, security agreements, assignments, endorsements, affidavits, reports, notices, schedules of accounts, letters of authority and all other documents that Capital may request, in form and substance satisfactory to Capital, to perfect or maintain perfection of Capital’s liens in the Collateral and in order to fully consummate or give effect to all of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement. Borrower does hereby authorize Capital to file financing statements, including, without limitation, original financing statements, amendments and continuation statements against the Borrower and authorizes Capital to file financing statements that describe the Collateral as all assets of (he Borrower, or words of similar effect.
COMMAND CENTER, INC.
Loan and Security Agreement
March 2006
Page 2 of 15

 


 

     If Borrower shall at any time acquire a commercial tort claim, as defined in the Code, Borrower shall Immediately notify Capital in a writing signed by Borrower of the brief details thereof and grant to Capital in such writing a security interest therein end in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance satisfactory to Capital. In the event that any Collateral, including proceeds, is evidenced by or consists of promissory notes, Borrower shall, immediately endorse and assign such promissory notes over to Capital and deliver actual physical possession of the promissory notes to Capital.
     Borrower will cooperate with Capital in obtaining control with respect to Collateral consisting of deposit accounts, investment property, letter of credit rights and electronic chattel paper.
     32. NOTIFICATION: Capital may at any time and at its sole discretion notify any Customer of Borrower or any third party payer to make payments directly to Capital. Capital may require Borrower to place any legend or other statement on invoices indicating the assignment of the invoice to Capital.
     33. ASSIGNMENT: Borrower shall from time to time present Accounts to Capital for approval and approved Accounts shall be identified by separate and subsequent written assignments on a form to be provided to Borrower by Capital known as “Schedule of Accounts”.
     34. ADVANCES: Capital may advance funds to Borrower in an amount up to the Advance Rate and the Maximum Credit Facility, both as defined in Exhibit B, paragraphs 20 and 21 respectively. Capital reserves the right to retain certain reserves against advances, including, without limitation, the Dilution Reserve, as defined in Exhibit B, paragraph 22. Borrower agrees to repay to Capital the amount of each such advance, with interest and fees as set forth below and on Exhibit A. As consideration for each such advance, Capital shall be paid in accordance with the rate schedule attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated into this Agreement by reference (the “Rate Schedule”). Borrower promises to repay each advance, and each such advance shall be due end payable, if not sooner paid by Borrower or through collection of the assigned Account, on or before the Maximum Days (the “Advance Period”). Unless otherwise extended, all advances and any unpaid interest and fees shall be paid by Borrower to Capital as aforesaid or, at Capital’s option, may be charged to Borrower’s Loan Account (as defined in Exhibit B, paragraph 23) or may be withheld and paid to Capital from any subsequent advance made to Borrower. In addition to the amounts set forth on the Rate Schedule, Capital may charge interest at the rate of eighteen percent (18%) per annum on any advances which remain unpaid after the occurrence of an event of Default and/or after judgment All interest shall be computed for the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a year consisting of 360 days. Borrower acknowledges that Capital accrues interest on all advances on a daily basis, however, such interest is due on a monthly basis, unless otherwise payable as provided hereunder. In the event that, at any time and for any reason, the amount of advances made pursuant to this Agreement exceed the Advance Rate and/or the Maximum Credit Facility (an “Over Advance”), then Borrower, upon Capital election and demand, shall immediately pay to Capital, in cash, the amount of such excess. In the event of the existence of an Over Advance, Borrower shall pay to Capital, at Capital’s discretion, an Over Advance Fee of .0493 % of the amount of the Over Advance for each day that the Over Advance is outstanding. Nothing provided herein shall constitute consent by Capital to such Over Advance.
     Borrower irrevocably waives the right to direct the application of any and all payments and collections at any time or times hereafter received by Capital from or on behalf of Borrower, and Borrower does hereby irrevocably agree that Capital shall have the continuing exclusive right to apply and reapply any and all such payments and collections received at any time or times hereafter by Capital or its agent against the Obligations, in such manner as Capital may deem advisable. The advances shall constitute one general Obligation of Borrower, and shall be secured by Capital’s lien upon all of the Collateral.
     IT IS THE INTENTION OF THE PARTIES HERETO NOT TO MAKE ANY AGREEMENT IN VIOLATION OF THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA OR THE UNITED STATES RELATING TO USURY. IN NO EVENT, THEREFORE, SHALL ANY INTEREST DUE HEREUNDER BE AT A RATE IN EXCESS OF THE HIGHEST LAWFUL RATE, i.e., IN NO EVENT SHALL CAPITAL CHARGE OR SHALL BORROWER BE REQUIRED TO PAY ANY INTEREST THAT, TOGETHER WITH ANY OTHER CHARGES HEREUNDER THAT MAY BE DEEMED TO BE IN THE NATURE OF INTEREST, HOWEVER COMPUTED, EXCEEDS THE MAXIMUM LAWFUL RATE OF INTEREST ALLOWABLE UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA AND/OR OF THE UNITED STATES. SHOULD ANY PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN BORROWER AND CAPITAL BE CONSTRUED TO REQUIRE THE PAYMENT OF INTEREST THAT EXCEEDS SUCH MAXIMUM LAWFUL RATE, ANY SUCH EXCESS SHALL BE AND IS EXPRESSLY HEREBY WAIVED BY CAPITAL. SHOULD ANY EXCESS INTEREST IN FACT BE PAID, SUCH EXCESS SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A PAYMENT OF THE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF OUTSTANDING INDEBTEDNESS OWING BY BORROWER TO CAPITAL AND SHALL BE APPLIED TO SUCH PRINCIPAL.
     In order to satisfy any of the Obligations, Borrower authorizes Capital, or its agents, affiliates, or depository bank(s) to initiate electronic debit or credit entries through the ACH system to or from any deposit account maintained by Borrower (“ACH Transfers”).
     35. REQUIRED FORMS: Along with the Schedule of Accounts, Borrower shall provide Capital with duplicate copies of all invoices, copies of the bills of lading, proofs of delivery, contracts or purchase orders, and/or purchase order numbers which correspond with such Accounts and invoices, and/or time tickets or other proofs of service as appropriate to the business of Borrower, together with all those items set forth on the “Funding Procedures Memo” delivered by Capital to the Borrower, as amended and/or updated from time to tine.
     36. NOTICE OF DISPUTE: Borrower will immediately notify Capital of any Customer Dispute and of any litigation or proceeding, pending or threatened, by or against Borrower.
     37. INELIGIBLE ACCOUNTS AND RIGHT OF OFFSET: Upon notice of any Customer Dispute or in the event that any Account becomes an ineligible Account, Capital may, in addition to any other remedies under this Agreement, declare the Account to be ineligible for funding hereunder and Borrower will immediately pay to Capital all amounts advanced to Borrower against such Account. Capital may, at its sole discretion, charge such amounts to the Loan Account or offset against any advances or remittances it would otherwise make to Borrower for any amounts owed to Capital hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such Accounts shall remain as Collateral for Capital as provided herein.
     38. CAPITAL STATEMENTS: From time to time, Capital shall provide Borrower with Borrower ledgers and other reports. Such reports shall be deemed final and conclusive between Borrower and Capital as to the contents of said reports except for any errors of which Borrower shall have notified Capital in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of receipt by Borrower of such reports and Capital, in its good faith and discretion determines that such exceptions are accurate and makes an appropriate adjustment.
     39. SOLE PROPERTY: Once Capital has accepted assignment of an Account, the right to payment from the Customer as to that Account is the sole property of Capital Any interference, including but not limited to Borrower failing to comply with Section 40 below or Borrower’s unauthorized receipt end retention of Collateral proceeds will constitute a Default hereunder and may result in, inter alia , termination of future advances to the Borrower.
     40. COLLECTIONS: Borrower will notify all of its Customers to forward all payments to the lock box address indicated in Exhibit B, paragraph 24 (the “Lock Box”). In the event that any payments from Customers come to Borrower’s possession Borrower will hold the same in trust and safekeeping, as the property of Capital, and immediately turn over to Capital, the identical check or other form of payment received by Borrower, properly endorsed, including electronic or wire transfers. Should Borrower come into possession of a check or other form of payment which constitutes payment of either Acceptable Accounts and/or Ineligible Accounts, Borrower shall immediately remit such payments) to Capital.
     Any wire transfer of funds, check, or other item of payment received by Capital shall be credited to Borrower when applied by Capital and will be applied to conditionally reduce Borrower’s Obligations, but shall not be considered a payment on account unless and until such check or other method or item of payment is honored when presented for payment. The receipt of any check or other or method item of payment by Capital shall be deemed to have been paid to Capital at the expiration of the Collection Day Period (as defined in Exhibit B, paragraph 25) after the date Capital actually receives possession of such check or other method or items of payment into the Wire Account referred to in Exhibit B, paragraph 26. Absent legal process to the contrary and provided that the outstanding indebtedness due Capital does not exceed the availability hereunder and so long as there is not a Default hereunder, then; (i) amounts collected and applied to Accounts in excess of outstanding obligations due Capital will be credited, without interest, to Borrower, end (ii) payment of Accounts not assigned to Capital or against Ineligible Accounts will be credited, without Interest, to Borrower.
     41. ACCESS TO BOOKS AND RECORDS, ACCOUNT AND FINANCIAL INFORMATION: Upon request, Borrower will furnish Capital with accounting records, financial information or other information pertaining to the operation of Borrower’s business and will allow Capital to review financial
COMMAND CENTER, INC.
Loan and Security Agreement
March 2006
Page 3 of 15

 


 

records kept by Borrower with respect to its business. The foregoing right of access shall include, without limitation, the right of Capital to conduct field examinations with access to Borrower’s business facilities and the right to contact Customers and/or any third party payors for any reason, including the confirmation of any or all invoices or statements. Borrower agrees to hold Capital harmless from and against any costs, claims, expenses or liabilities incurred by Capital arising out of or relating to any actions or omissions of Capital permitted by this Section 41 or taken or refrained from being taken in reliance on any information received from Borrower hereunder. Borrower shall promptly reimburse Capital for the expenses of each field examination as provided in Exhibit B, paragraph 27 under Field Examination Expenses.
     42. TAX COMPLIANCE: Borrower agrees to provide to Capital, as and when requested, evidence of timely payment of all Federal, State and/or local taxes due in connection with Borrower’s business enterprises whether related to this Agreement or not, including, payment of all employee withholding taxes.
     43. NOTICE OF LEVY: Borrower will promptly notify Capital of any attachment, tax assessment, tax lien or other legal process levied against Borrower or any of its assets or of any of Customers assets.
     44. NO PLEDGE: Borrower will not pledge the credit of Capital to any person or business for any purpose whatsoever.
     45. LICENSE AGREEMENTS: Borrower will keep each License Agreement, if any, in full force and effect for so long as Borrower has any inventory the manufacture, sale or distribution of which is in any manner governed by or subject to such License Agreement, and provide Capital, upon request, with copies of each such License Agreement and all amendments, extensions or modifications thereto. “License Agreement” as used herein shall mean any licenses held by the Borrower for the sale of products.
     46. BOOK ENTRY: Borrower will, immediately upon assignment of Accounts to Capital, make proper entries on its books and records disclosing the assignment of said Accounts to Capital.
     47. LEGAL FEES: If, at any time or times regardless of whether or not a Default then exists, Capital incurs legal expenses or any other costs or out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the legal expenses described herein, including, without limitation: (i) the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement or any amendment of or modification of this Agreement or any of the other loan documents in connection with this transaction (the “Loan Documents”); (ii) INTENTIONALLY OMITTED; (iii) any litigation, contest, dispute, suit, proceeding or action (whether instituted by Capital, Borrower or any other person) in any way relating to the Collateral, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or Borrower’s affairs, and including all actions in bankruptcy, appeal and probate; (iv) any attempt to enforce any rights of Capital against Borrower or any other person which may be obligated to Capital by virtue of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, including any account debtor, Customer or guarantor of Borrower’s obligations owing to Capital; (v) any consultations regarding this Agreement or any other Loan Documents or preparation therefore, or the financing extended hereunder or (vi) any attempt to inspect, verify, protect, preserve, perfect or continue the perfection of Capital’s liens upon, restore, collect, sell, liquidate or otherwise dispose of or realize upon the Collateral; then all such reasonable legal and accounting expenses and other reasonable costs and out-of-pocket expenses of Capital shall be charged to Borrower. Legal fees shall include all fees of Capital’s in house counsel. All such legal fees shall be based upon the usual and customary rates for services actually rendered and not upon any fixed percentage of the outstanding balance hereunder. All amounts chargeable to Borrower under this Section 47 shall be Obligations secured by all of the Collateral, shall be payable on demand to Capital, and shall bear interest from the date such demand is made until paid in full at the rate provided on Exhibit A. In addition, in the event Borrower is in Default under this Agreement, Borrower agrees to pay any and all additional costs incurred by Capital in connection with such Default, including, without limitation, the cost of additional field exams, additional legal fees, and the cost of providing notices of Default, sale, or assignment, etc.
     48. POWER OF ATTORNEY: Borrower irrevocably appoints Capital, or any person or entity designated by Capital, its special attorney in fact or agent, with power to:
     (a) strike out Borrower’s address on all Accounts mailed to Customers and put Capital’s address on all Accounts.
     (b) after the occurrence of a Default, receive, open and dispose of all mail addressed to Borrower, or to Borrower’s fictitious trade name and to notify the United States Postal Service to change the address of Borrower to an address designated by Capital.
     (c) endorse the name of Borrower or Borrower’s fictitious trade name on any checks or other evidences of payment that may come into the possession of Capital or pursuant to Default and on any other documents relating to any of the Accounts or to the Collateral.
     (d) in Borrower’s name, or otherwise, demand, sue for, collect, and give releases for any and all monies due or to become due on Accounts.
     (e) compromise, prosecute, or defend any action, claim or proceeding as to said Accounts, including making claims on any insurance policies.
     (f) deposit any checks or other remittances received on Accounts regardless of notations or conditions placed thereon by Customers or deductions reflected thereby and to change the amount of any such deduction to Borrower. However, in the event that a Customer who has asserted a claim with respect to any Account makes a partial payment of that Account, and such payment contains a statement to the effect that such partial payment constitutes full satisfaction of the amount owed, then, Borrower agrees upon Capital’s request to refund such partial payment to the Customer and reassign such Account to Capital.
     (g) place any legend or other statement on the Borrower’s invoices indicating the assignment of the invoice to Capital.
     (h) file Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, including, without limitation, original financing statements, amendments and continuations.
     (i) draw and endorse any checks or promissory notes on any bank in which Borrower may have an account and do any and all matters and things connected with Borrower’s accounts in the said bank(s) in which Borrower may have an account, which Borrower itself might or could do.
     (j) initiate ACH Transfer to or from any deposit account maintained by Borrower.
     (j) do any and all things necessary and proper to carry out the purpose intended by this Agreement.
The authority granted Capital hereunder shall remain in full force and effect until all assigned Accounts are paid in full and any Obligations are discharged in full in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
     49. INDEMNIFICATION: Borrower hereby indemnifies and holds Capital and its executive committees, parent, affiliates, depository banks, subsidiaries, agents, directors, officers, employees, agents, and their successors and assigns (collectively the “Indemnified Parties”) harmless against any damages or claims arising from Capital’s collecting or attempting to collect any Accounts (except as a result of Capital’s gross negligence or willful misconduct) and from any and all costs, claims, expenses, actions and liabilities, including fees of attorneys and other professionals and experts, costs of suit and interest, arising out of any failure by Borrower or Borrower’s documentation to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.
     Should any excise, sales, documentary stamp, intangible, service or other tax be imposed by state, federal or local authorities with respect to any of the transactions hereunder in such form that Capital is required to withhold, collect or pay such taxes, Borrower agrees to disclose such requirement to Capital and to indemnify the Indemnified Parties with respect to such payments, and Capital shall be entitled to charge and collect such payments from Borrower’s account. In addition, and if applicable, Borrower agrees that if the Department of Revenue of the State of Florida, at any time hereafter, including after the termination of this Agreement, takes the position that documentary stamp taxes or nonrecurring intangible taxes, or both, are applicable to this Agreement, or any renewals or extensions thereof, or Capital make such determination, Capital will pay all such taxes, and any interest and penalties or other liabilities in connection therewith. Capital expressly disclaims any obligation to Borrower with respect to state, local or Federal income taxation and the
COMMAND CENTER, INC.
Loan and Security Agreement
March 2006
Page 4 of 15

 


 

preparation of income tax reports or returns, except as agreed to between the parties herein. It agreed that Capital shall not in any way be considered a “responsible party” in connection with the payment of any taxes on behalf of Borrower.
     Borrower hereby indemnifies and holds Indemnified Parties harmless from any and all liability, claims and damages, including fees of attorneys (including in-house counsel for the Indemnified Parties) and other professionals and experts, costs of suit and interest which any of the Indemnified Parties may incur as a result of the failure of Borrower to pay any taxes due and payable to any taxing authority. Borrower does further agree to immediately notify Capital of any failure to pay federal, state or local taxes due in connection with any of its business enterprises. Borrower further agrees to provide to Capital true and accurate copies of any tax liens or warning notices received by Borrower in connection with its business enterprises whether related to this Agreement or not.
     Borrower hereby releases, discharges and holds harmless Indemnified Parties from all liabilities, actions, suits, causes of action, costs, expenses, fines, penalties, claims, judgments and demands whatsoever which the Borrower or any other person or entity had or may have now or in the future against one or more of them under or arising out of this Agreement between Borrower and Capital, or any acts or omissions in connection herewith (except as a result of Capital’s gross negligence or willful misconduct); provided, however, that nothing herein shall preclude the enforcement by Borrower and Capital of all rights and benefits conferred in this Agreement.
     Borrower does hereby warrant that there has been no mortgage or loan broker involved in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Agreement other than as set forth on Exhibit B, paragraph 28, whose fees will be paid by Borrower, and Borrower agrees to Indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties from any and all liability, claims and damages, including fees of attorneys (including in-house counsel for Capital) and other professionals and experts, costs of suit and interest which Capital may incur as a result of any claim of compensation payable to any mortgage or loan broker in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.
     Borrower hereby indemnifies and holds Indemnified Parties harmless from any and all liability, claims and damages, including fees of attorneys (including in-house counsel for Capital) and other professionals and experts, costs of suit and interest which Capital may incur as a result of the failure of Borrower to comply with the Environmental Laws.
     The indemnifications set forth herein shall survive the termination this Agreement.
     50. DEFAULTS: Any one or more of the following shall be a Default hereunder
     (a) Borrower shall fail to pay any indebtedness or perform any obligations to Capital (whether arising hereunder or otherwise) when due.
     (b) Borrower shall breach any term, provision, covenant, warranty or representation under this Agreement or under any other agreements or contracts, between Borrower and Capital or obligation of Borrower to Capital.
     (c) The appointment of any receiver or trustee of all or a substantial portion of the assets of Borrower.
     (d) Borrower shall become insolvent or unable to pay debts as they become due, shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or shall voluntarily file under any bankruptcy or similar law.
     (e) Any involuntary petition in bankruptcy shall be filed against Borrower.
     (f) Any levies of attachment, executions, tax assessments, tax liens, judgments or similar process shall be issued against the Collateral and shall not be released within ten days thereof.
     (g) Any financial statements, profit and loss statements, borrowing certificates or schedules, or other statements or representations of any kind furnished or made by Borrower to Capital prove false or incorrect, and the result of which might have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (h) Borrower shall terminate/cease assignments hereunder while Capital has unpaid Accounts outstanding.
     (i) The insecurity of Capital with respect to Borrower’s performance of this Agreement, material change in financial condition of Borrower or any guarantor of Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement or because of any other event, circumstance or condition reasonably believed by Capital to put into question the ability of Borrower to fulfill its obligations hereunder.
     (j) The public offering, after the date hereof, of the common stock of the Borrower, without the prior written approval of Capital.
     (k) Borrower shall fail to pay when due any federal, state or local taxes or fail to make any required tax withholding payment, or shall fail to maintain required workers’ compensation or other insurance coverage required by law or this Agreement.
     (l) The attempted revocation of any guaranty of the obligations of Borrower hereunder by any guarantor, the death of any such guarantor, or the non-compliance or Default under such guaranty.
     (m) The retention or attempted retention by Borrower of any payment, or partial payment, of any Account
     (n) If Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by the order of any court or any administrative or regulatory agency from conducting any material part of Borrower’s business; or
     (o) The loss, suspension or revocation of or failure to renew, any material license or permit now held or hereafter acquired by Borrower, which toss, suspension, revocation or failure to renew might have a Material Adverse Effect (which shall mean a material adverse effect upon the business, operations, properties, assets or condition, financial or otherwise, of Borrower on an individual basis or taken as a whole or the impairment of Borrower’s ability to perform in all material respects Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement or Capital ability to enforce or collect any obligations) and such loss, suspension, revocation or failure to renew continues for more than thirty (30) days after such occurrence, provided that such grace period shall not apply, and such event shall constitute an event of Default, if such event may not, in Capital’s reasonable determination, be cured by Borrower during such thirty (30) day grace period.
     (p) If Borrower makes a payment on any Subordinated Debt in violation of any Subordination Agreement in favor of Capital.
     (q) If Borrower is in default of the terms of any of its Franchise Agreements with Franchisees.
     (r) If any entity, which has common officers, directors and/or shareholders with the Borrower, is in default of any agreement with Capital.
     51. REMEDIES AFTER DEFAULT. In the event of any Default Capital may do any one or more of the following:
     (a) Declare any indebtedness including amounts advanced against outstanding Accounts immediately due and payable.
     (b) Notify any Customers to make payment of Accounts directly to Capital or its agent and take possession of Collateral and collect any Accounts without judicial process.
     (c) Require Borrower to assemble the Collateral and the records pertaining to Accounts and any other Collateral and make them available to Capital at a place designated by Capital.
     (d) Enter the premises of Borrower and take possession of the Collateral and of the records pertaining to the Accounts and any other Collateral.
COMMAND CENTER, INC.
Loan and Security Agreement
March 2006
Page 5 of 15

 


 

     (e) Grant extensions, compromise claims and settle Accounts for lees than face value, in its sole discretion. Any such settlement or compromise agreed and/or accepted by Capital does not relieve or constitute a waiver of Borrower’s liability and obligation for the repayment in full of advances by Capital with respect to such Accounts.
     (f) Use, in connection with any assembly or disposition of the Collateral, any trademark, trade name, trade style, copyright, patent right or technical process used or utilized by Borrower.
     (g) Exercise all rights of a secured party under the Code. In the event any notice is required, the parties agree that five (5) Business Days shall be a reasonable notice. “ Business Days ” as used in this Agreement shall mean a day on which Capital is open for business exclusive of weekends and legal holidays.
     (h) Hold Borrower liable for any deficiency.
     (i) Withhold further advances pursuant to paragraph 34 above for such period as the Default continues, without declaring immediately due or accelerating amounts previously advanced against outstanding Accounts or otherwise availing itself of other remedies available, during which period of withholding further advances fees shall continue to accrue on all monies previously advanced. Notwithstanding an election to withhold further advances as provided above, Capital may at any time avail itself of any or all of the other remedies listed above without further notice.
     (j) Setoff against all sums standing to Borrower’s credit on Capital’s books and all of Borrower’s property in Capital’s possession, or upon or in which Capital has a lien or security interest. In addition to and not in limitation of the above, with respect to any deposits or property of Borrower in Capital’s possession or control. Capital shall have the right to setoff all or any portion thereof.
     (k) Capital may settle or compromise any Customer Dispute in its sole discretion. Any such settlement or compromise agreed and/or accepted by Capital does not relieve or constitute a waiver of Borrower’s liability and obligation for the repayment in full of advances by Capital with respect to such Accounts.
     (l) Terminate this Agreement, which shall not terminate, extinguish, or remove any liens or security interests granted to Capital hereunder until Borrower shall have fully paid and discharged any and all obligations and indebtedness due Capital. From and after the effective date of termination, all amounts charged or chargeable to Borrower and all Borrower’s obligations and indebtedness due Capital shall become immediately due and payable without further notice or demand.
     52. TERM: This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect for the Term as defined in Exhibit B, paragraph 29 but shall be automatically renewed for consecutive one (1) year terms unless terminated by written notice of either party sixty (60) days prior to the end of the initial Term or any renewal Term, which termination shall be effective on the last day of the initial Term or any renewal Term. In the event of termination by Borrower of this Agreement or repayment in full of the Obligations prior to the expiration of the first year of the Term, Borrower shall pay to Capital, as an early termination fee, two percent (2%) of the Maximum Credit Facility (the “First Year Percentage Fee”) plus any unpaid Administration Fees through the end of the Terms plus and unpaid Facility Fees through the end of the Term. In the event of termination by Borrower of this Agreement or repayment in full of the Obligations after the first year of the Term and prior to the expiration of the second year of the Term, Borrower shall pay to Capital, as an early termination fee, one percent (1%) of the Maximum Credit Facility (the “Second Year Percentage Fee”) plus any unpaid Administration Fees through the end of the Terms plus and unpaid Facility Fees through the end of the Term.
     53. POST-TERMINATION: After termination Borrower shall continue to be liable to Capital for the full and prompt performance and payment of the full amount of all Obligations to Capital which for any reason remain, or otherwise are, then outstanding and unpaid, whether disputed or undisputed. Capital will continue to have a security interest in the Collateral of Borrower until any all Obligations are paid in full.
     54. BINDING ON FUTURE PARTIES: This Agreement inures to the benefit of and is binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the parties thereto.
     55. CUMULATIVE RIGHTS: All rights, remedies and powers granted to Capital in this Agreement, or in any note or other agreement given by Borrower to Capital, are cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently with such other rights as Capital may have. These rights may be exercised from time to time as to all or any part of the pledged Collateral as Capital in its discretion may determine.
     56. WRITTEN WAIVER: Capital may not waive its rights and remedies unless the waiver is in writing and signed by Capital. A waiver by Capital of a right or remedy under this Agreement on one occasion is not a waiver of the right or remedy on any subsequent occasion.
     57. CHOICE OF LAW: The validity of this Agreement, its construction, interpretation and enforcement, and the rights of the parties hereunder and concerning the Collateral, shall be determined under, governed by, and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina. The parties agree that all actions or proceedings arising in connection with this Agreement shall be tried and litigated in the state and federal courts located in the County of Mecklenburg, State of North Carolina, or at Capital’s option, in any court in which Capital shall initiate legal or equitable proceedings and which has subject matter jurisdiction over the matter in controversy. Borrower waives any right it may have to assert the doctrine of forum non -conveniens or to object to any such venue and hereby consents to any court ordered relief.
     58. INVALID PROVISIONS: If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared illegal or contrary to law, it is agreed that such provisions shall be disregarded and this Agreement shall continue in force as though such provision had not been incorporated herein.
     59. ENTIRE AGREEMENT: This instrument contains the entire Agreement between the parties relating to the matters set forth herein. Any addendum or modification hereto will be signed by both parties and attached hereto.
     60. EFFECTIVE: This Agreement becomes effective when it is accepted in the State of North Carolina and executed by an authorized officer of Capital.
     61. ASSIGNMENT BY CAPITAL: Capital may assign this Agreement to any party and such assignee shall be entitled to all rights and privileges hereunder. Borrower may not assign this Agreement.
     62. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL: In consideration of Capital entering into this Agreement and making advances to Borrower, Borrower hereby agrees that it will, within five (5) days of receipt, provide a copy of any letter of intent or commitment letter from any lender offering to Borrower a refinance of the Obligations. Capital shall have the right of first refusal to match the offer(s) of such other lender(s), and if Capital advises Borrower that it intends to meet the financial terms set forth in such offers, Borrower will be obligated to enter into an amendment to this Agreement extending the terms of this Agreement for at least the term proposed in such other offer(s), and amending the financial terms set forth in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower recognizes that this Agreement can only be terminated as provided herein.
     63. COMPLIANCE: Borrower agrees that if requested by Capital or Capital’s counsel, it will fully cooperate and execute and/or re-execute any document or documents due to clerical errors, scrivener’s errors or relating to additional matters due to receipt and review of miscellaneous required items post closing, using reasonable discretion of Capital and Capital’s Counsel, and hereby authorize Capital and Capital’s Counsel to date this Agreement and any Loan Documents, and to complete, on behalf of Borrower, any blanks in the Agreement and any Loan Documents.
     64. AUTHORIZED PARTIES: As an accommodation to Borrower, Capital may permit telephonic, electronic or other transmittal of instructions or requests for advances, authorizations, agreements, assignment sheets, assignment schedules, requests for advances or reports between Capital and Borrower, received from or sent by any one or more of the employees (including contract or leased employees), officers, directors, managers or consultants of the Borrower (collectively the “Authorized Signatories”). Unless Borrower specifically directs Capital in writing not to accept or act upon telephonic, telecopied, electronic or other communications from Borrower or to only accept instructions from certain specified employees or officers of Borrower, Capital shall have no liability to Borrower for any loss or damage suffered by Borrower as a result of Capital
COMMAND CENTER, INC.
Loan and Security Agreement
March 2006
Page 6 of 15

 


 

honoring of any requests, execution of any instructions, authorizations or agreements or reliance on any reports communicated to Capital and purporting to have been sent to Capital by Borrower and Capital shall have no duty to verify the origin of any such communication or the authority of the person sending it.
     Pursuant to the terms hereof, Borrower will deliver to Capital, from time to time, assignment schedules of Borrower’s Accounts on Capital form of Schedule of Assigned Accounts signed by one of the Authorized Signatories, all of which is subject to the procedures set forth herein and in the “Funding Procedures Memo” delivered by Capital to the Borrower as amended and/or updated from time to time (the “Procedures Manual). The Borrower specifically requests that Capital agree to accept any signature or facsimile signature on any Schedule of Assigned Accounts or any notice which Capital in its sole discretion believes to have been sent or forwarded to Capital by one of the Authorized Signatories. The Borrower hereby agrees to follow up any of said facsimile transmissions with the original of same no later than the next Business Day following any such facsimile transmission.
     In addition to the other indemnifications set forth herein, the Borrower hereby indemnifies and holds all Indemnified Parties harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, actions, lawsuits and other proceedings, judgments and awards, and from costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorney’s fees) arising directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, out of the negligence, willful misconduct, misuse or unlawful or unauthorized use of any facsimile message or, facsimile signature or signatures of any person or persons, including the Borrower or its partners, officers, directors, agents or employees, whether within or beyond the scope of such individual’s duties or authority thereunder. Further, the Borrower agrees to assume full responsibility for any and all advances and actions taken by Capital in reliance upon any facsimile transmission or, facsimile signature or signatures of any person or persons, including the Borrower or its partners, officers, directors, agents or employees, signing on behalf of the Borrower.
     Borrower agrees that Capital shall not be responsible for any communication or miscommunication by any Individual claiming to or which Capital in its discretion believes to have proper authority to give any facsimile transmission.
     65. TRANSMITTAL OF FUNDS. Borrower understands that Capital charges a Wire Fee (as defined in Exhibit B, paragraph 30) for incoming and outgoing wire transfer of funds and that there is no fee for ACH transfers. Capital may initiate a wire or ACH for the approved amount of a transfer no later than the second Business Day after receipt of all necessary documentation in connection with the assignment of Accounts and the advance. Borrower understands and agrees that Capital cannot control the time it will take for Borrower’s bank to credit an ACH transfer to Borrower’s account. Accordingly, Borrower instructs Capital to send all transfers to Borrower’s account based upon the instructions set forth in Exhibit B, paragraph 31.
     66. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. AS AN INDUCEMENT FOR CAPITAL TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND TO MAKE ANY LOANS OR ADVANCES TO BORROWER, BORROWER AND CAPITAL HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT THEY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND, OTHER DOCUMENTS OR TERMS AND CONDITIONS STIPULATED HEREIN OR EXECUTED IN CONNECTION THEREWITH.
     67. ARBITRATION. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall, at Capital’s discretion, be settled exclusively and finally by arbitration conducted in the City of Charlotte. North Carolina, under the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”), such arbitration to apply the laws of the State of North Carolina (without giving effect to conflicts of law principles). The arbitration shall be conducted By three (3) neutral arbitrators, each party selecting one arbitrator within thirty (30) days after the date either party receives a written demand for arbitration from the other; the two arbitrators shall then agree upon and appoint a third neutral arbitrator within thirty (30) days. Should a party fail to appoint an arbitrator within the initial thirty (30) day period, the arbitration shall be conducted by the sole arbitrator appointed; should both arbitrators fail to appoint the third arbitrator in the second thirty (30) day period, such arbitrator shall be appointed by the AAA. Nothing in this arbitration provision shall be deemed to (i) limit the applicability of any otherwise applicable statutes of limitation or repose and any waivers contained in this instrument, agreement or document; or (ii) be a waiver by Capital of the protection afforded to it by 12 U.S.C. sec. 91 or any substantially equivalent state law; or (iii) limit the right of Capital hereto (a) to exercise self help remedies such as (but not limited to) setoff, or (b) to foreclose against any real or personal property collateral, or (c) to obtain from a court provisional or ancillary remedies such as (but not limited to) injunctive relief, writ of possession or the appointment of a receiver. Capital may exercise such self-help rights, foreclose upon such property, or obtain such provisional or ancillary remedies before, during or after the pendency of any arbitration proceeding brought pursuant to this instrument, agreement or document. Neither this exercise of self help remedies nor the institution or maintenance of an action for foreclosure or provisional or ancillary remedies shall constitute a waiver of the right of any party, including the claimant in any such action, to arbitrate the merits of the controversy or claim occasioning resort to such remedies.
             
    Executed under seal this ___ day of March 2006    
    COMMAND CENTER INC, a Washington corporation    
 
           
 
  By   /s/ Glenn Welstad    
             
    Signature
   
              Glenn Welstad, President
   
              Name and Title
   
STATE OF WASHINGTON
COUNTY OF SPOKANE
     The foregoing instrument acknowledged before me this 4 day of April 2006, by Glenn Welstad, as President of COMMAND CENTER, INC., a Washington corporation, on behalf of the corporation. He is personally to Known to me or has produced            as identification and did (did not) take an oath.
         
 
  /s/ ELAINE L. WILSON    
(NOTARY SEAL)
 
 
(Notary Signature)
   
 
 
  ELAINE L. WILSON    
 
  (Notary Name Printed)    
 
  NOTARY PUBLIC Commission No. 9/9/06    
             
    Accepted by Capital this 7 day of apr. 2006    
    at Charlotte, North Carolina (hereinafter, the Acceptance Date.)    
 
           
    CAPITAL TEMPFUNDS, a division of Capital Factors LLC    
 
           
 
  By   /s/ Michael J. Sullivan    
             
    Signature: Michael J. Sullivan    
 
      (Corporate Seal)    
STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA
COMMAND CENTER, INC.
Loan and Security Agreement
March 2006
Page 7 of 15

 


 

COUNTY OF MECKLENBURG
     The forgoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 7 day of apr. 2006, by Michael J. Sullivan, as E.V.P. of CAPITAL TEMPFUNDS, a division of Capital Factors LLC, a Delaware-limited liability company, on behalf of the company. He is personally known to me or has produced                                          as identification and did (did not) take an oath.
         
(NOTARY SEAL)
  /s/ Nancy M. Watson
 
(Notary Signature)
   
 
  NANCY M. WATSON    
 
  (Notary Name Printed)    
 
  NOTARY PUBLIC Commission No.                         
COMMAND CENTER, INC.
Loan and Security Agreement
March 2006
Page 8 of 15

 


 

EXHIBIT “A” RATE SCHEDULE
As consideration for advances made by Capital to Borrower under this Agreement, Capital shall be paid the following Fees and Interest:
(a) Interest upon the daily net balance of any advances to Borrower and Interest applicable to the charges or to the expenses referred to in this Agreement, shall be charged as of the last day of each month at a rate the greater of six and one-quarter percent (6.25%) per annum or at a rate of interest designated by the Wall Street Journal as the ‘Prime Rate’ plus three percent (3.0%). The Prime Rate shall mean, at any time, the rate of interest quoted in the Well Street Journal, Money Rates Section as the “Prime Rate” (currently defined as the base rate on corporate loans posted by at least 75% of the nation’s thirty (30) largest banks). In the event that the Wall Street Journal quotes more than one rate, or a range of rates as the Prime Rate, then the Prime Rate shall mean the highest of the quoted rates. In the event that the Wall Street Journal ceases to publish a Prime Rate, then the Prime Rate shall be the average of the three largest U.S. money center commercial banks, as determined by Capital TempFunds, a division of Capital Factors LLC. Notwithstanding the foregoing, interest shall be paid on the greater of $2,000,000.00 (in determining the minimum loan of $2,000,000.00 amounts outstanding from the Franchisees to Capital shall be included in such calculation), or the actual loan balance outstanding, regardless of whether a lesser amount is outstanding hereunder. Any adjustment In Capital’s interest rate, whether downward or upward, will become effective on the first day of the month following the month in which the Prime Rate of interest is reduced or increased. HOWEVER, in no event shall the rate of interest agreed to or charged to Borrower hereunder exceed the maximum rate of interest permitted to be agreed to or charged to Borrower under applicable law.
(b) On April 4, 2006, and yearly thereafter, Borrower shall pay to TEMPFUNDS a Facility Fee in an amount equal to one percent (1%) of the Maximum Credit Facility, which fee shall be fully earned by TEMPFUNDS on each anniversary of the date hereof and will not be refundable for any reason. As an accommodation to the Borrower, such facility fees may be payable in twelve (12) monthly equal installments commencing on April 4, 2006, and continuing on the first day of every month thereafter.
(c) For TEMPFUNDS services hereunder, Borrower shall pay and TEMPFUNDS shall be entitled to receive an administrative fee (the “Administrative Fee”) equal to $1,500.00 per month, which fee shall be due and payable on the first day of each month.
(d) Borrower shall pay to Capital a Lock Box Fee in the amount of $200.00 per month per location, which may be increased by Capital from time to time.
THIS EXHIBIT A IS MADE A PART OF AND INCORPORATED INTO THE LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT.
COMMAND CENTER, INC.
Loan and Security Agreement
March 2006
Page 9 of 15

 


 

EXHIBIT “B”
1.   The Acceptance Date referred to in the opening paragraph of this Agreement means the date signed and accepted by a duly authorized officer of Capital.
 
2.   Borrower referred to in the opening paragraph means COMMAND CENTER, INC., a Washington corporation with its principal place of business and chief executive office at 3773 W. 5 th Avenue, Post Falls, ID 83854 hereinafter referred to as “ Borrower ”. Borrower is the assignor of the Accounts and debtor under the Code. Borrower may also sometimes be referred to as Client.
 
3.   “Term Days” as referred to in Section 3 (iii) thirty (30) days.
 
4.   “Maximum Days” as referred to in Sections 3 (iv) and 34 means; sixty (60) days from date of invoice provided the invoice date is not greater than ten (10) days from the last date of service.
 
5.   “Maximum Concentration Amount” as referred to in Section 3 (f) means: $100,000
 
6.   “Cross Aging Percentage” as referred to in Section 3 (h) means: fifty percent (50%).
 
7.   “Past Due Days” as referred to in Section 3 (h) means: 60 days.
 
8.   “Permanent Placement Accounts” which mean any Accounts which arise from the permanent placement of an employee who will be hired by a Customer and will be an addition to the ongoing payroll of the Customer (hereinafter “PPA”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, PPAs may be considered Acceptable Accounts provided they are otherwise in compliance with the provisions of Sections 2 and 3 of the Agreement and the employee, which is the subject of the Account, has reported to the Customer’s place of employment (which may be verified by Capital in its sole discretion), and the total of such Accounts are less than ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the Acceptable Accounts. Capital shall also maintain a dilution reserve on Acceptable Accounts which are the result of PPAs of ten percent (10%) of the invoice amount plus actual Dilution.
 
9.   “Organizational State” as referred to in Section 9 means: Washington
 
10.   Borrower’s Trade names as referenced in Section 11 are as follows: COMMAND CENTER
 
11.   Borrower’s Federal Identification Number as referenced in Section 12 is, 91-2079472
 
12.   Borrowers Organizational Number as referenced in Section 12 is; 602071264
 
13.   “Other Security Interest” as referred to in Section 23 means; None
 
NOTE:     As to the interests listed above, the listing thereof in this Loan and Security Agreement shall not, in any manner whatsoever, be deemed to be an acknowledgement by Capital as to the perfection, priority, validity or enforceability thereof.
 
14.   “Other Insurance” as referred to in Section 24 means; General Liability with Capital named as additional insured.
 
15.   “Periodic Period” as described in Section 27 means; 45 days after each calendar quarter.
 
16.   “Annual Period” as described in Section 27 means; one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Borrower’s fiscal years.
 
17.   “Financial Statement” means: (i) at the end of each calendar quarter internally prepared financial statements certified by Borrower’s management; (ii) at the end of each fiscal year audited financial statements prepared by a Certified Public Accountant acceptable to TEMPFUNDS.
 
18.   “Excluded Collateral” as referred to in Section 30 means; None
 
19.   “Costs and Expenses” as referred to in Section 30 means; Borrower is liable for, and Capital may charge Borrowers account with, all customary and usual out of pocket wire charges and overnight delivery expenses, and all reasonable costs and expenses of filling financing statements (including any filing or recording taxes), making lien searches, and any attorney’s fees and expenses that may be incurred by Capital in perfecting, protecting, preserving, modifying, or enforcing its security interest and rights hereunder,
 
20.   “Advance Rate” as referred to in Section 34 means; eighty-five percent (85%) of the face amount of each Acceptable Account approved by Capital and assigned by Borrower on a Schedule of Accounts.
 
21.   “Maximum Credit Facility” as referred to in Section 34 means; Seven Million ($7,000,000.00) dollars.
 
22.   “Dilution Reserve” referred to in Section 34 means the Dilution Percentage less the Base Dilution. The Dilution Percentage is defined as: (i) uncollected sales (as determined by Capital in its sole discretion, exercised in a commercially reasonable manner, and including all sales subject to a Customer Dispute) excluding Accounts that remain unpaid but are collectable, divided by (ii) total sales and (iii) stated as a percentage. Base Dilution means: five percent (5%).
 
23.   “Loan Account” as referred to in Section 34 means that account established on Capital’s books, upon which Capital shall enter all advances as debits to the Loan Account and shall also record in the Loan Account all payments made by Borrower on any Obligations and all proceeds of Collateral which are finally paid to Capital, and may record therein, In accordance with customary accounting practice, other debits and credits, including interest and all charges and expenses properly chargeable to Borrower.
 
24.   Lock box address as referenced in Section 40 shall be one of the following:
         
OPERATIONS CENTER
  OPERATIONS CENTER   OPERATIONS CENTER
P.O. BOX 951753
  PO BOX 932665   PO BOX 79081
Dallas, TX 75395-1753
  Atlanta, GA 31193-2685   City of Industry, CA 91716-9081
25.   “Collection Day Period” as referenced in Section 40 means; 3 days.
26.   “Wire Account” referred to in Section 40 shall mean:
Wachovia National Bank
CHARLOTTE, NC 28256-3970
For the account of Capital TempFunds, a division of Capital Factors LLC
Account #200015252540
ABA#053207766
For Further Credit (COMMAND CENTER, INC.)
For proper credits, please be sure your customers indicate their name and invoice
numbers being paid by in the text of the wire.
COMMAND CENTER, INC.
Loan and Security Agreement
March 2006
Page 10 of 15

 


 

27.   “Field Examination Expenses” as referred to in Section 41 means: Out of pocket expenses including, but not limited to, transportation, hotel, parking, and meals plus $800 per Capital’s representative per day for each day of the field examination including preparation of the field examination report.
 
28.   The broker, if any, referred to in Section 49 is: None
 
29.   “Term” as referred to in Section 52 means: Twenty-four (24) months.
 
30.   “Wire Fee” as referred to in Section 65 means $20.00 per wire, ACH shall be no charge.
 
31.   In accordance with Section 65, please send all our transfers via: (circle one)
         
Instructions are as follows:
            Wire          /          ACH    
 
Bank Name
       
 
 
 
   
Bank Address
       
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
Bank Phone Number
       
 
 
 
   
Bank Contact
       
 
 
 
   
Transit Number (ABA#)
       
 
 
 
   
Company Name (on Bank Account)
       
 
 
 
   
Address
       
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
Account Number
       
 
 
 
   
Type of Account (circle one)
  Operating                    Other    
32.   Borrower to maintain a Working Capital ratio of not less than 1:1. “Working Capital Ratio” for the purposes of this Agreement shall mean the ratio of current assets to current liabilities, as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principals, consistently applied (“GAAP”).
THIS EXHIBIT B IS MADE A PART OF AND INCORPORATED INTO THE LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT.
COMMAND CENTER, INC.
Loan and Security Agreement
March 2006
Page 11 of 15

 


 

EXHIBIT “C”
COMMAND CENTER, INC.
[Letterhead of Borrower]
APRIL 4, 2006
CAPITAL TEMPFUNDS,
a division of CAPITAL FACTORS LLC
1799 W. Oakland Park Blvd
FL Lauderdale, Florida 33134
     The undersigned, the CFO of COMMAND CENTER, INC., a Washington corporation (“Borrower”), gives this certificate to CAPITAL TEMPFUNDS, a division of CAPITAL FACTORS LLC (“Lender”) in accordance with the requirements of that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March _____, 2006, between Borrower and Lender (“Loan Agreement”). Capitalized terms used in this Certificate, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Loan Agreement.
     No Event of Default exists on the date hereof, other than: None (if none, so state).
Borrower’s Working Capital ratio for the period ending NA is equal to           :1 .
     As of the date hereof, Borrower is current in its payment of all accrued rent and other charges to persons who own or lease any premises where any of the Collateral is located, and there are no pending disputes or claims regarding Borrower’s failure to pay or delay in payment of any such rent or other charges.
       
 
  Yours truly  
 
 
  /s/ C.E. Olsen  
    C.E. Olsen, CFO
Name/title
 
COMMAND CENTER, INC.
Loan and Security Agreement
March 2006
Page 12 of 15

 


 

EXHIBIT “D”
LIST OF FRANCHISEES
Aardvark Staffing LLC
AQRS LLC
Awesome Possum Staffing LLC
Broadway Gardens, LLC
Central Texas Staffing, Ltd.
Dogwood Staffing Services LLC
Harbor Bay Staffing Services LLC
Inland Empire Temporary Staffing Services LLC
Labor Force of Minnesota, Inc.
Midwest Holdings, L.L.C.
Rascals, LLC
Rocky Mountain Temporary Services, Inc.
San Antonio Armadillo LLC
Shreveport Staffing LLC
Southwest Temporary Development LLC
Temp Services of Arkansas, LLC
Temps Unlimited of Memphis, LLC
Temps Unlimited of Tulsa, LLC
Temps Unlimited of Oklahoma, LLC
Temps Unlimited of Washington DC, LLC
Valley Staffing Services of South Texas, LLC
Viken Management, Inc.
ZAZ, LLC
ZMP Associates, LLC
COMMAND CENTER, INC.
Loan and Security Agreement
March 2006
Page 13 of 15

 


 

SECRETARY’S CERTIFICATE
RESOLVED, that President, any of the Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Treasurer, the Chief Financial Officer and each other officer and each agent of this corporation, or any one or more of them, be and they are hereby authorized and empowered on behalf of this corporation: to obtain from CAPITAL TEMPFUNDS, a division of CAPITAL FACTORS LLC (hereinafter referred to as the “Lender”) loans and advances in such amounts and on such terms and conditions as such officer or agent deems proper; to execute notes and other evidences of this corporation’s indebtedness with respect thereto; to guaranty the obligations of third parties; to enter into the Loan and Security Agreement and all other financing and other agreements with the Lender relating to the terms and conditions upon which any such loans and advances may be obtained and to the collateral security to be furnished by this corporation therefore; from time to time to modify, supplement or amend any such agreements, any such terms or conditions and any such collateral security; from time to time to pledge, assign, guaranty, mortgage, consign, grant security interests in and otherwise transfer to the Lender as collateral security for any and all debts and obligations of this corporation to the Lender, whenever and however arising, any and all accounts and other forms of obligations receivable, chooses in action, merchandise inventories, warehouse receipts, machinery, equipment, land, buildings and other real, personal or mixed property now or hereafter belonging to or acquired by this corporation; for said purposes to execute and deliver any and all assignments, schedules, transfers, endorsements, contracts, guarantees, agreements, designations, consignments, deeds of trust, mortgages, instruments of pledge or other instruments in respect thereof and to make remittances and payments in respect thereof by checks, drafts or otherwise; and to do and perform all other acts and things deemed by such officer or agent necessary, convenient or proper to carry out any of the foregoing; hereby ratifying, approving and confirming all that any said officers or agents have done or may do in the premises.
I, Brad E. Herr, do hereby certify that I am the Secretary of COMMAND CENTER, INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the state of Washington; that I am the keeper of the corporate records and the seal of said corporation; that the foregoing is a true and correct copy of a resolution duly adopted and ratified at a special meeting of the Board of Directors of said corporation duly convened and held in accordance with its bylaws and the laws of said State at the office of said corporation, on or before the day of the execution of the Loan and Security Agreement, as taken and transcribed by me from the minutes of said meeting and compared by me with the original of said resolution recorded in said minutes, and that the same has not in any way been modified, repeated or rescinded but is in full force and effect, that the within and foregoing agreement is one of the agreements referred to in said resolution and was duly executed pursuant thereto. I do further certify that the following are the names and specimen signatures of the officers and agents of said corporation, so empowered and authorized, namely (may be signed in more than one counterpart, which together will form one original document):
         
Chief Executive Officer and President
  Glenn Welstad   /s/ Glenn Welstad
 
       
 
  (Print Name)   (Signature)
 
       
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
  C. Eugene Olsen   /a/ C. Eugene Olsen
 
       
 
  (Print Name)   (Signature)
 
       
Chief Operating Officer
  Tom Gilbert   /s/ Tom Gilbert
 
       
 
  (Print Name)   (Signature)
 
       
Secretary
  Brad E. Herr    
 
       
 
  (Print Name)   (Signature)
Witness my hand and the seal of said corporation, this            day of March 2006.
[SEAL]
 
Brad E. Herr, Secretary
COMMAND CENTER, INC.
Loan and Security Agreement
March 2006
Page 14 of 15

 


 

STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA                                       )
COUNTY OF MECKLENBURG                                          )
AFFIDAVIT OF OUT-OF-STATE DELIVERY
     BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, personally appeared the undersigned Michael J. Sullivan (the “Affiant”), who being first duly sworn upon oath, deposes and says that:
     1. The Affiant is a E.V.P. of CAPITAL TEMPFUNDS, a division of Capital Factors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Capital”), and the Affiant is duly authorized to and does make this affidavit in said capacity on behalf of Capital.
     2. That on the 7 day of APR. 2006, I executed on behalf of Capital on the date referenced below that certain Loan and Security Agreement (the “Agreement”), which Agreement is between            COMMAND CENTER, INC., a Washington corporation, as borrower, and CAPITAL TEMPFUNDS, a division of Capital Factors LLC, as lender.
     3. That the execution of the Agreement by Capital took place in Charlotte, North Carolina.
         
FURTHER AFFIANT SAYETH NAUGHT.
 
   
  /s/ Michael J. Sullivan   
  Michael J. Sullivan   Affiant 
  Exec. Vice Pres.  Title 
 
     SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED before me this 7 day of APR. 2006 by Michael J. Sullivan who personally appeared before me, and who is personally known to one.
         
     
  /s/ Nancy M. Watson    
  [NOTARIAL SEAL]
 
 
  Notary Public, State of North Carolina
Print Name: NANCY M. WATSON
My Commission Expires: June 23, 2006 
 
 
COMMAND CENTER, INC.
Loan and Security Agreement
March 2006
Page 15 of 15

 

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
      THIS FIRST AMENDMENT (“Amendment”), dated as of July 24, 2006, is entered into by and between CAPITAL TEMPFUNDS, a division of Capital Business Credit LLC f/k/a a division of Capital Factors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, successor in interest to Capital TempFunds, Inc., with its principal place of business at 1700 Broadway, 19 th Floor, New York, New York 10019 (herein called “TEMPFUNDS”) and COMMAND CENTER, INC., a Washington corporation with its principal place of business and chief executive office at 3773 W. 5 th Avenue, Post Falls, ID 83854 (herein called “BORROWER”).
RECITALS:
a) TEMPFUNDS and BORROWER are parties to a Loan and Security Agreement dated April 7, 2006 (hereinafter referred to as the “Agreement”).
b) BORROWER and TEMPFUNDS have agreed to certain modifications of the Agreement as a result of the ongoing business relationship between the parties.
AGREEMENT
      IN CONSIDERATION of the above recitals and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
     1. The above recitals are true and correct and are incorporated herein by this reference.
     2. Each of the terms defined in the Agreement unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meaning when used herein.
     3. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of this Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Loan Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall control.
     4. Item 21 of Exhibit “B” is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
  21.   “Maximum Credit Facility” as referred to in Section 34 means: Eight Million ($8,000,000.00) dollars effective as of the date of the Amendment and through April 7, 2007, at which time the Maximum Credit Facility shall reduce to Seven Million ($7,000,000.00). A Temporary Increase Fee in the amount of $10,000 shall be due and payable upon the effective date of this Amendment.
     5. Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the Agreement to the “Agreement”, “hereunder”, “herein”, “hereof”, or words of like import referring to the Agreement shall mean and be a reference to the Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

 


 

     6. This Amendment shall be deemed to be a contract under and subject to and shall be construed for all purposes and in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina.
     7. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Amendment which shall be effective with the date of the Amendment.
         
  Executed under seal this ___ day of July 2006


COMMAND CENTER INC., a Washington corporation
 
 
  By   /s/ Glenn Welstad    
    Signature   
    Glenn Welstad, President
Name and Title 
 
 
STATE OF Idaho
COUNTY OF kootenai
     The foregoing instrument acknowledged before me this 9 th day of Aug 2006, by Glenn Welstad, as President of COMMAND CENTER, INC., a Washington corporation, on behalf of the corporation. He is personally known to me or has produced                      as identification and did (did not) take an oath.
         
(NOTARY SEAL)  /s/ Joely Lee
 
(Notary Signature)


Joely Lee
 
(Notary Name Printed)
NOTARY PUBLIC Commission No. 47648
 
 
 
  CAPITAL TEMPFUNDS, a division of Capital Business Credit LLC f/k/a a division of Capital Factors LLC
 
 
  By   /s/ Jerry T. O’Neil    
    Signature: JERRY T. O’Neil, V.P.   
       
 

2


 

(Corporate Seal)
STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA
COUNTY OF MECKLENBURG
     The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 11 day of August 2006, by Jerry T. O’Neil, as Vice Pres. of CAPITAL TEMPFUNDS, a division of Capital Business Credit LLC f/k/a a division of Capital Factors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, on behalf of the company. He is personally known to me or has produced                                           as identification and did (did not) take an oath.
         
     
  /s/ Nancy M. Watson    
  (Notary Signature)   
     
(NOTARY SEAL)  NANCY M. WATSON
 
(Notary Name Printed)
NOTARY PUBLIC Commission No.                         
 
 

3

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
      THIS SECOND AMENDMENT (“Amendment”), dated as of August 22, 2006, is entered into by and between CAPITAL TEMPFUNDS, a division of Capital Business Credit LLC f/k/a a division of Capital Factors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, successor in interest to Capital TempFunds, Inc., with its principal place of business at 1700 Broadway, 19 th Floor, New York, New York 10019 (herein called “TEMPFUNDS”) and COMMAND CENTER, INC., a Washington corporation with its principal place of business and chief executive office at 3773 W. 5 th Avenue, Post Falls, ID 83854 (herein called “BORROWER”).
RECITALS:
a) TEMPFUNDS and BORROWER are parties to a Loan and Security Agreement dated April 7, 2006 and by that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated July 24, 2006 (hereinafter referred to as the “Agreement”).
b) BORROWER and TEMPFUNDS have agreed to certain modifications of the Agreement as a result of the ongoing business relationship between the parties.
AGREEMENT
      IN CONSIDERATION of the above recitals and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
     1. The above recitals are true and correct and are incorporated herein by this reference.
     2. Each of the terms defined in the Agreement unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meaning when used herein.
     3. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of this Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Loan Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall control.
     4. Item 21 of Exhibit “B” is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
  21.   “Maximum Credit Facility” as referred to in Section 34 means: Eight Million Five Hundred Thousand ($8,500,000.00) dollars effective as of the date of the Amendment and through September 30, 2006, at which time the Maximum Credit Facility shall reduce to Eight Million ($8,000,000.00) through April 7, 2007. A Increase Fee in the amount of $10,000 shall be due and payable upon the effective date of this Amendment.

 


 

     5. Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the Agreement to the “Agreement”, “hereunder”, “herein”, “hereof”, or words of like import referring to the Agreement shall mean and be a reference to the Agreement as amended by this Amendment.
     6. This Amendment shall be deemed to be a contract under and subject to and shall be construed for all purposes and in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina.
     7. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Amendment which shall be effective with the date of the Amendment.
         
  Executed under seal this 25 day of August 2006

COMMAND CENTER, INC ., a Washington corporation
 
 
  By   /s/ Glenn Welstad    
    Signature   
    Glenn Welstad, President
Name and Title 
 
 
STATE OF IDAHO
COUNTY OF KOOTENAI
     The foregoing instrument acknowledged before me this 25 th day of August 2006, by Glenn Welstad, as President of COMMAND CENTER, INC., a Washington corporation, on behalf of the corporation. He is personally known to me                                           (did not) take an oath.
         
     
  /s/ Judith L. Kabrick    
  (Notary Signature)   
 
(NOTARY SEAL)  Judith L. Kabrick    
  (Notary Name Printed)   
  NOTARY PUBLIC Commission No. 47647   
 
         
  CAPITAL TEMPFUNDS, a division of Capital Business Credit LLC f/k/a a division of Capital Factors LLC
 
 
  By      
    Signature:   
       

2


 

         
STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA
COUNTY OF MECKLENBURG
     The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this                      day of August 2006, by                                           , as                                            of CAPITAL TEMPFUNDS, a division of Capital Business Credit LLC f/k/a a division of Capital Factors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, on behalf of the company. He is personally known to me or has produced                                           as identification and did (did not) take an oath.
         
     
     
  (Notary Signature)   
 
(NOTARY SEAL)     
  (Notary Name Printed)
NOTARY PUBLIC Commission No.                         
 
     
 

3

 

THIRD AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
     THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT is made as of the            day of November, 2006 by CAPITAL TEMPFUNDS, a division of CAPITAL BUSINESS CREDIT LLC, f/k/a CAPITAL FACTORS LLC (“Capital”) and COMMAND CENTER, INC., a Washington corporation with its principal place of business and chief executive office at 3773 W. 5 th Avenue, Post Falls, ID 83854 (the “Borrower”).
WITNESSETH
     WHEREAS, Borrower and Capital have entered into a Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 7, 2006, as amended by the terms of that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 24, 2006, as further amended by the terms of that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of August 22, 2006 as may have been further amended from time to time (as amended, the “Agreement”); and
     WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested and Capital has agreed to extend the term of the Agreement, and amend certain other provisions of the Agreement; and
     WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Agreement as more fully set forth below:
     NOW THEREFORE, it is hereby agreed as follows:
     1. The terms of the Agreement are hereby amended as follows:
          (a) Section 52 of the Agreement is deleted in its entirety, and the following is substituted in its place:
     “52. TERM: This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect for the Term as defined in Exhibit B, paragraph 29 but shall be automatically renewed for consecutive one (1) year terms unless terminated by written notice of either party sixty (60) days prior to the end of the initial Term or any renewal Term, which termination shall be effective on the last day of the initial Term or any renewal Term. In the event of termination by Borrower of this Agreement or repayment in full of the Obligations prior to the expiration of the Term or any renewal Term, Borrower shall pay to Capital, as an early termination fee, an amount equal to the average of all monthly interest and fees paid to Capital during the twelve (12) months prior to termination, multiplied by the number of months remaining until the end of the Term or renewal Term. In the event that payment of the Obligations shall be accelerated

1


 

for any reason whatsoever by Capital, the prepayment fee in effect as of the date of such acceleration shall be paid and such prepayment fee shall also be added to the outstanding balance of the Obligations in determining the debt for all purposes.”
          (b) Item (a) to Exhibit “A” to the Agreement is deleted in its entirety, and the following is substituted in its place:
     “(a) Interest upon the daily net balance of any advances to Borrower and interest applicable to the charges or to the expenses referred to in this Agreement, shall be charged as of the last day of each month at a rate the greater of six and one-quarter percent (6.25 %) per annum or at a rate of interest designated by the Wall Street Journal as the “Prime Rate” plus two and one-half percent (2.5%). The Prime Rate shall mean, at any time, the rate of interest quoted in the Wall Street Journal, Money Rates Section as the “Prime Rate” (currently defined as the base rate on corporate loans posted by at least 75% of the nation’s thirty (30) largest banks). In the event that the Wall Street Journal quotes more than one rate, or a range of rates as the Prime Rate, then the Prime Rate shall mean the highest of the quoted rates. In the event that the Wall Street Journal ceases to publish a Prime Rate, then the Prime Rate shall be the average of the three largest U.S. money center commercial banks, as determined by Capital TempFunds, a division of Capital Business Credit LLC. Notwithstanding the foregoing, interest shall be paid on the greater of $5,000,000.00 or the actual loan balance outstanding, regardless of whether a lesser amount is outstanding hereunder. Any adjustment in Capital’s interest rate, whether downward or upward, will become effective on the first day of the month following the month in which the Prime Rate of interest is reduced or increased. HOWEVER, in no event shall the rate of interest agreed to or charged to Borrower hereunder exceed the maximum rate of interest permitted to be agreed to or charged to Borrower under applicable law.”
          (c) Item 15 to Exhibit “B” to the Agreement is deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in its place:
     “15. “Periodic Period” as described in Section 27 means: 30 days after each month.”
          (d) Item 17 to Exhibit “B” to the Agreement is deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in its place:
    “17. “Financial Statement” means: (i) at the end of each month internally prepared financial statements certified by Borrower’s management; (ii) at the end of each fiscal year audited financial statements prepared by a Certified Public Accountant acceptable to TEMPFUNDS.”
          (e) Item 21 to Exhibit “B” to the Agreement is deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in its place:

2


 

“21. “Maximum Credit Facility” as referred to in Section 34 means the lesser of: (a) Twelve Million Dollars ($12,000,000.00), or (b) (i) for the period through March 31, 2007, six (6) times the Borrower’s Tangible Net Worth, and (ii) commencing on April 1, 2007 and thereafter, four (4) times the Borrower’s Tangible Net Worth. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Tangible Net Worth” shall mean shareholders equity plus subordinated debt less accounts receivable due from affiliates and intangible assets.”
          (f) Item 26 to Exhibit “B” to the Agreement is deleted in its entirety, and the following is substituted in its place:
“26. “Wire Account” referred to in Section 40 shall mean:
Wachovia National Bank
CHARLOTTE, NC 28256-3970
For the account of Capital TempFunds,
a division of Capital Business Credit LLC
Account #200015252540
ABA#053207766
For Further Credit (COMMAND CENTER, INC.)

For proper credit, please be sure your
customers indicate their name and invoice
numbers being paid by in the text of the wire. ”
          (g) Item 27 to Exhibit “B” to the Agreement is deleted in its entirety, and the following is substituted in its place:
“27. “Field Examination Expenses” as referred to in Section 41 means: Out of pocket expenses including, but not limited to, transportation, hotel, parking, and meals plus $850 per Capital’s representative per day for each day of the field examination including preparation of the field examination report.”
          (h) Item 29 to Exhibit “B” to the Agreement is deleted in its entirety, and the following is substituted in its place:
“29. “Term” as referred to in Section 52 means: April 7, 2009.”
          (i) Item 32 to Exhibit “B” of the Agreement is deleted in its entirety, and the following is substituted in its place:

3


 

     “32. The Borrower shall at all times comply with the following financial covenants:
  a.   Borrower to maintain a Working Capital ratio of not less than 1:1. “Working Capital Ratio” for the purposes of this Agreement shall mean the ratio of current assets to current liabilities, as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principals, consistently applied (“GAAP”).
 
  b.   Borrower to at all times maintain a positive Cash Flow. “Cash Flow” for the purposes of this Agreement shall mean net income plus depreciation and amortization, less distributions, dividends, employee or shareholder loans, unfinanced capital expenditures and principal payments on debt. In the event that Cash Flow is negative, Borrower may cure such default by raising additional paid-in-capital or subordinated debt, or selling additional shares of stock of Borrower, so long as such actions do not create an event of Default hereunder.
 
  c.   Borrower shall maintain a minimum Tangible Net Worth of: (i) $2,000,000.00 of the period from September 30, 2006 through March 31, 2007, and (ii) $3,500,000.00 thereafter measured on a quarterly basis.
 
  d.   Borrower shall maintain a rolling twelve (12) month EBITDA based on the prior twelve (12) months as determined in accordance with GAAP, of no less than 75% of the projected EBITDA pursuant to the projections attached as Exhibit “E”. “EBITDA” for the purposes of this Agreement shall mean earning of the Borrower before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization.”
          (j) Exhibit “C” to the Agreement is deleted in its entirety, and Exhibit “C” attached hereto and made a part hereof is substituted in its place.
          (k) By the addition of Exhibit “E” attached hereto.
          (l) All references to “Capital Factors LLC” shall be changed to “Capital Business Credit LLC.”
     2. The Fidelity Guarantor, Glenn Welstad (“Guarantor”), by signing below, consents to the terms of this Third Amendatory Agreement to Loan and Security Agreement, reaffirm the terms of his Performance Guaranty dated as of April 3, 2006 (the “Guaranty”), and confirms that the Guaranty is in full force and effect and binding upon them without any defenses, setoffs or counterclaims of any kind whatsoever.
     3. Except as above amended, the Agreement remain in full force and effect and binding upon the Borrower without any defenses, setoffs or counterclaims of any kind whatsoever.
     4. To induce Capital to enter into this Amendment, Borrower and Guarantor (a)

4


 

acknowledge and agree that no right of offset, defense, counterclaim, claim or objection exists in favor of Borrower and/or Guarantor against Capital arising out of or with respect to the Loan Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Guaranty, the Obligations, or any other arrangement or relationship between Capital and Borrower and/or Guarantor, and (b) release, acquit, remise and forever discharge Capital and its affiliates and all of their past, present and future officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, representatives, successors and assigns from any and all claims, demands, actions and causes of action, whether at law or in equity and whether known or unknown, which Borrower and Guarantor may have by reason of any manner, cause or things to and including the date of this Amendment with respect to matters arising out of or with respect to the Loan Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Guaranty, the Obligations, or any other arrangement or relationship between Capital and Borrower and/or Guarantor.
     5. Upon execution of this Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, Borrower shall pay to Capital a $40,000.00 increase fee which will be fully earned at that time.
     6. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

5


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have set their hands and seals as of the date above written.
           



WITNESSES 
  BORROWER:


COMMAND CENTER, INC., a Washington corporation
 
 
/s/ Brad E. Herr        
         
    By:   /s/ Glenn Welstad   
      Glenn Welstad   
/s/ Jim Meyers     Its President  
      Duly Authorized   
 
    CAPITAL:  
/s/ Nancy M. Watson    CAPITAL TEMPFUNDS,  
    a division of CAPITAL BUSINESS CREDIT LLC,    
    a Delaware limited liability company
 
 
/s/ Mary E. Rusberg   By:   /s/ Michael J. Sullivan    
      Print Name:   Michael J. Sullivan   
      Title:   Exec. Vice Pres.   
 
    GUARANTOR:
 
 
/s/ Brad E. Herr   /s/ Glenn Welstad    
/s/ Jim Meyers   Glenn Welstad   
       
 

6


 

         
STATE OF N.C.
  }    
 
  }   SS:
COUNTY OF Mecklenburg
  }    
AFFIDAVIT OF OUT-OF-STATE EXECUTION AND ACCEPTANCE
BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, personally appeared the undersigned Michael J. Sullivan (the “Affiant”), who being first duly sworn upon oath, deposes and says that:
  1.   The Affiant is a E.V.P. of CAPITAL TEMPFUNDS, a division of CAPITAL BUSINESS CREDIT LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“TempFunds”), and the Affiant is duly authorized to and does make this affidavit in said capacity on behalf of TempFunds,
 
  2.   That on the 29 day of November, 2006, In accepted delivery of that certain Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith (the “Agreement”), which Agreement is between COMMAND CENTER, INC., a Washington corporation, as borrower and CAPITAL TEMPFUNDS, a division of CAPITAL BUSINESS CREDIT LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as lender
 
  3.   That I executed the Agreement on behalf of TempFunds in the City of Charlotte, State of n.c.
         
  FURTHER AFFIANT SAYETH NAUGHT
 
 
  /s/ Michael J. Sullivan    
  Michael J. Sullivan   
  Title:   Exec. Vice Pres.   
 
     SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED before me this 29 day of November, 2006 by Michael J. Sullivan, who personally appeared before me, and who þ is personally known to me or o has produced                                             , as identification.
         
     
  /s/ Nancy M. Watson   
  Notary Public State of N.C.   
  Print Name NANCY M. WATSON
My Commission Expires: June 23, 2011
[NOTARY SEAL] 
 

7


 

         
EXHIBIT “C”
[Letterhead of Borrower]
_______, 200_
CAPITAL TEMPFUNDS,
a division of CAPITAL BUSINESS CREDIT LLC
1799 W. Oakland Park Blvd
Ft Lauderdale, Florida 33134
     The undersigned, the                                            of COMMAND CENTER, INC., a Washington corporation (“Borrower”), gives this certificate to CAPITAL TEMPFUNDS, a division of CAPITAL BUSINESS CREDIT LLC (“Lender”) in accordance with the requirements of that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 7, 2006, between Borrower and Lender (“Loan Agreement”). Capitalized terms used in this Certificate, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Loan Agreement.
     No Event of Default exists on the date hereof, other than: _________ [none, so state].
          Borrower’s Working Capital ratio for the period ending _________ is equal to                  :1 .
          Borrower’s Tangible Net Worth for the period ending _________ is $_________.
          Borrower’s Cash Flow for the period ending _________ is $ _________.
     As of the date hereof, Borrower is current in its payment of all accrued rent and other charges to persons who own or lease any premises where any of the Collateral is located, and there are no pending disputes or claims regarding Borrower’s failure to pay or delay in payment of any such rent or other charges.
         
  Yours truly,
 
 
     
     
  Name/title   
     

8


 

         
Exhibit “E”
Command Center, Inc.
Pro Forma Financial Statements
Statement of Operations
                                         
    Actual   Forecast - 2006   Total
    Q 3-31-06   Q 6-30-06   9/30/06   12/31/06   2006
    (*)   (**)                        
Revenues
  $ 455,000     $ 17,674,000     $ 26,972,000     $ 22,315,000     $ 67,416,000  
No of stores
    2       58       72       78       80  
     
Cost of sales
    7,000       12,937.000       19,690,000       16,245,000       48,879,000  
Percent of Sales
            73.2 %     73.0 %     72.8 %     72.5 %
     
Gross Margin
    448,000       4,737,000       7,282.000       6,070,000       18,537,000  
Percent of Sales
            26.8 %     27.0 %     27.2 %     27.5 %
     
Store Staff
    32,000       1,732,000       2,427,000       2,120,000       6,311,000  
Percent of Sales
            9.8 %     9.0 %     9.5 %     9.4 %
     
Store Costs
    54,000       1,626,000       2,427,000       2,187,000       6,294,000  
Percent of Sales
            9.2 %     9.0 %     9.8 %     9.3 %
     
 
                                       
Store Contribution
    362,000       1,379,000       2,428,000       1,763,000       5,932,000  
Percent of Sales
            8 %     9 %     6 %     9 %
     
Admin Costs
                                       
Salaries
    412,000       1,273,000       1,349,000       1,227,000       4,261,000  
Percent of Sales
            7.2 %     5.0 %     5.5 %     5.5 %
     
Operating Expense
    622,000       1,290,000       701,000       669,000       3,282,000  
Percent of Sales
            7.3 %     2.6 %     3.0 %     3.0 %
     
 
                                       
NIBT
  $ (672,000 )   $ (1,184,000 )   $ 378,000     $ (133,000 )   $ (1,611,000 )
     
 
                                       
Cash Flow Adjustments-
                                       
Add-Depr/Amort
                    25,000       25,000          
Add-Sale of Stock
                    150,000       300,000          
Add-Collection receivable from affiliates
                    225,000       100,000          
Deduct-Payment on advances
                    (100,000 )     (400,000 )        
                             
Net Cash Flow Adjustments
                  $ 300,000     $ 25,000          
                             
 
(*)   Includes temp labor sales of $15,000, franchise fee income of $413,000 and investment income of $27,000
 
(**)   Includes legal and other costs of completing the store acquisitions of approx $400,000, included in operating expense
These forecasts contain forward-looking assumptions related to our expectations for future events and future financial performance. Forward — looking statements involve risks and uncertainities and future event and circumstances could differ significantly from those anticipated in these forecasts. These forecasts are only predictions and actual events or results could differ significantly from those anticipated in these forecasts. Moreover, we assume no responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of these forecasts and undertake no duty to update the statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.

9


 

Exhibit “E”
Command Center, Inc.
Pro Forma Financial Statements
Statement of Operations
                                         
    Forecast - 2007                   Total
    3/31/07   6/30/07   9/30/07   12/31/07   2007
Revenues
  $ 22,394,000     $ 33,197,000     $ 39,378,000     $ 35,808,000     $ 130,777,000  
No of stores
    80       110       120       120       120  
     
Cost of sales
    16,191,000       23,736,000       27,565,000       24,708,000       92,200,000  
Percent of Sales
    72.3 %     71.5 %     70.0 %     69.0 %     70.5 %
     
Gross Margin
    6,203,000       9,461,000       11,813,000       11,100,000       38,577,000  
Percent of Sales
    27.7 %     28.5 %     30.0 %     31.0 %     29.5 %
     
Store Staff
    2,262,000       3,253,000       3,426,000       3,079,000       12,020,000  
Percent of Sales
    10.1 %     9.8 %     8.7 %     8.6 %     9.2 %
     
Store Costs
    2,195,000       3,021,000       3,466,000       3,151,000       11,832,000  
Percent of Sales
    9.8 %     9.1 %     8.8 %     8.8 %     9.0 %
     
 
                                       
Store Contribution
    1,746,000       3,187,000       4,922,000       4,870,000       14,725,000  
Percent of Sales
    7.8 %     9.6 %     12.5 %     13.6 %     11.3 %
     
Admin Costs
                                       
Salaries
    1,120,000       1,461,000       1,654,000       1,647,000       5,882,000  
Percent of Sales
    5.0 %     4.4 %     4.2 %     4.6 %     4.5 %
     
Operating Expense
    672,000       996,000       1,142,000       1,110,000       3,920,000  
Percent of Sales
    3.0 %     3.0 %     2.8 %     3.1 %     3.0 %
     
 
                                       
NIBT
  $ (46,000 )   $ 730,000     $ 2,126,000     $ 2,113,000     $ 4,923,000  
     
 
                                       
Cash Flow Adjustments-
                                       
Add-Depr/Amort
  $ 25,000     $ 25,000     $ 25,000     $ 25,000          
Private offering (1)
    10,000,000                                  
Deduct-New store equip
    (783,750 )     (470,250 )                        
Deduct-Pmt on Advances
    (400,000 )                                
             
Net Cash Flow Adj-
  $ 8,841,250             $ 25,000     $ 25,000          
             
 
(1)   Private offering to provide funding for new store expansion and potential acquisitions not yet identified
 
    These forecasts contain forward-looking assumptions related to our expectations for future events and future financial performance. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties and future events and circumstances could differ significantly from those anticipated in these forecasts. These forecasts are only predictions and actual events or results could differ significantly from those anticipated in these forecasts. Moreover, we assume no responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of these forecasts and undertake no duty to update the statements to conform to actual results or to changes in our expectations.


 

SECRETARY’S CERTIFICATE
RESOLVED, that President, any of the Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Treasurer, the Chief Financial Officer and each other officer and each agent of this corporation, or any one or more of them, be and they are hereby authorized and empowered on behalf of this corporation: to obtain from CAPITAL TEMPFUNDS, a division of CAPITAL BUSINESS CREDIT LLC (hereinafter referred to as the “Lender” ) loans and advances in such amounts and on such terms and conditions as such officer or agent deems proper; to execute notes and other evidences of this corporation’s indebtedness with respect thereto; to guaranty the obligations of third parties; to enter into the Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and all other financing and other agreements with the Lender relating to the terms and conditions upon which any such loans and advances may be obtained and to the collateral security to be furnished by this corporation therefore; from time to time to modify, supplement or amend any such agreements, any such terms or conditions and any such collateral security; from time to time to pledge, assign, guaranty, mortgage, consign, grant security interests in and otherwise transfer to the Lender as collateral security for any and all debts and obligations of this corporation to the Lender, whenever and however arising, any and all accounts and other forms of obligations receivable, choses in action, merchandise inventories, warehouse receipts, machinery, equipment, land, buildings and other real, personal or mixed property now or hereafter belonging to or acquired by this corporation; for said purposes to execute and deliver any and all assignments, schedules, transfers, endorsements, contracts, guarantees, agreements, designations, consignments, deeds of trust, mortgages, instruments of pledge or other instruments in respect thereof and to make remittances and payments in respect thereof by checks, drafts or otherwise; and to do and perform all other acts and things deemed by such officer or agent necessary, convenient or proper to carry out any of the foregoing; hereby ratifying, approving and confirming all that any said officers or agents have done or may do in the premises.
I, Brad E. Herr, do hereby certify that I am the Secretary of COMMAND CENTER, INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Washington; that I am the keeper of the corporate records and the seal of said corporation; that the foregoing is a true and correct copy of a resolution duly adopted and ratified at a special meeting of the Board of Directors of said corporation duly convened and held in accordance with its bylaws and the laws of said State at the office of said corporation or by consent in accordance with its bylaws and the laws of said state, on or before the day of the execution of the Loan and Security Agreement, as taken and transcribed by me from the minutes of said meeting and compared by me with the original of said resolution recorded in said minutes, and that the same has not in any way been modified, repealed or rescinded but is in full force and effect; that the within and foregoing agreement is one of the agreements referred to in said resolution and was duly executed pursuant thereto. I do further certify that the following are the names and specimen signatures of the officers and agents of said corporation, so empowered and authorized, namely (may be signed in more than one counterpart, which together will form one original document):

 


 

         
Chief Executive Officer and President
  Glenn Welstad   /s/ Glenn Welstad
 
       
 
  (Print Name)   (Signature)
 
       
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
  C. Eugene Olsen   /s/ C. Eugene Olsen
 
       
 
  (Print Name)   (Signature)
 
       
Chief Operating Officer
  Tom Gilbert   /s/ Tom Gilbert
 
       
 
  (Print Name)   (Signature)
 
       
Secretary
  Brad E. Herr   /s/ Brad E. Herr
 
       
 
  (Print Name)   (Signature)
Witness my hand and the seal of said corporation, this 15 th day of November, 2006.
[SEAL]
         
     
  /s/ Brad E. Herr    
  Brad E. Herr, Secretary   
     
 

 

 

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
     THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT is made as of the 2nd day of April, 2007 by CAPITAL TEMPFUNDS, a division of CAPITAL BUSINESS CREDIT LLC, f/k/a CAPITAL FACTORS LLC (“Capital”) and COMMAND CENTER, INC., a Washington corporation with its principal place of business and chief executive office at 3773 W. 5 th Avenue, Post Falls, ID 83854 (the “Borrower”)
WITNESSETH
     WHEREAS, Borrower and Capital have entered into a Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 7, 2006, as amended by the terms of that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 24, 2006, as further amended by the terms of that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of August 22, 2006, as further amended by the terms of that certain Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November          , 2006 as may have been further amended from time to time (as amended, the “Agreement”) ; and
     WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Agreement as more fully set forth below:
     NOW THEREFORE, it is hereby agreed as follows:
     1. The terms of the Agreement are hereby amended as follows:
     (e) Item 21 to Exhibit “B” to the Agreement is deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in its place:
“21. “Maximum Credit Facility” as referred to in Section 34 means the lesser of: (a) Nine Million Nine Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($9,950,000.00), or (b) (i) for the period through March 31, 2007, six (6) times the Borrower’s Tangible Net Worth, and (ii) commencing on April 1, 2007 and thereafter, four (4) times the Borrower’s Tangible Net Worth. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Tangible Net Worth” shall mean shareholders equity plus subordinated debt less accounts receivable due from affiliates and intangible assets.”

1


 

     2. Capital hereby does waive the events of Default under the Agreement as a result of the Borrower’s failure to meet the financial covenants set forth in Items 32 a, b & c to Exhibit B collectively the “Specified Events of Default”) for the period ending December 31, 2006; provided, that such waiver by Capital shall relate solely to the Specified Events of Default for the period ending December 31, 2006, and shall in no way prevent Capital from exercising its remedies related to any Default occurring on any day other than as set forth above (whether related to the sections of the Loan Agreement listed above or otherwise); provided, further , that this waiver shall become effective and binding on the parties hereto immediately upon the execution and delivery hereof. Capital’s agreement to waive the Specified Events of Default does not and shall not create (nor shall Borrower rely upon the existence of or claim or assert that there exists) any obligation of Capital to consider or agree to any further waivers and, in the event Capital subsequently agrees to consider any further waiver, neither the waiver contained herein nor any other conduct of Capital shall be of any force or effect on Capital’s consideration or decision with respect to any such requested waiver, and Capital shall have no obligation whatsoever to consider or agree to further waivers.
     3. The Fidelity Guarantor, Glenn Welstad (“Guarantor”), by signing below, consents to the terms of this Fourth Amendatory Agreement to Loan and Security Agreement, reaffirm the terms of his Performance Guaranty dated as of April 3, 2006 (the “Guaranty”), and confirms that the Guaranty is in full force and effect and binding upon them without any defenses, setoffs or counterclaims of any kind whatsoever.
     4. Except as above amended, the Agreement remain in full force and effect and binding upon the Borrower without any defenses, setoffs or counterclaims of any kind whatsoever.

2


 

     5. To induce Capital to enter into this Amendment, Borrower and Guarantor (a) acknowledge and agree that no right of offset, defense, counterclaim, claim or objection exists in favor of Borrower and/or Guarantor against Capital arising out of or with respect to the Loan Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Guaranty, the Obligations, or any other arrangement or relationship between Capital and Borrower and/or Guarantor, and (b) release, acquit, remise and forever discharge Capital and its affiliates and all of their past, present and future officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, representatives, successors and assigns from any and all claims, demands, actions and causes of action, whether at law or in equity and whether known or unknown, which Borrower and Guarantor may have by reason of any manner, cause or things to and including the date of this Amendment with respect to matters arising out of or with respect to the Loan Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Guaranty, the Obligations, or any other arrangement or relationship between Capital and Borrower and/or Guarantor.
     6. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

3


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have set their hands and seals as of the date above written.
                 
        BORROWER:
 
               
WITNESSES       COMMAND CENTER, INC., a Washington
 
      corporation    
 
               
/s/  Brad E. Herr
 
               
 
               
 
      By:   /s/ Glenn Welstad
 
   
 
          Glenn Welstad    
/s/  Todd Welstad
 
          Its President
Duly Authorized
   
 
               
        CAPITAL:
/s/  Mary E. Rusberg       CAPITAL TEMPFUNDS,
 
      a division of CAPITAL BUSINESS CREDIT LLC,    
 
      a Delaware limited liability company    
 
               
 
      By:   /s/ JERRY T. O’Neil
 
Print Name: JERRY T. O’Neil
Title: Vice Pres.
   
 
               
        GUARANTOR:
 
/s/  Brad E. Herr       /s/ Glenn Welstad
 
    
        Glenn Welstad      
/s/  Todd Welstad
 
             

4


 

             
STATE OF North Carlina
    )      
 
    )     SS:
COUNTY OF Mecklenburg
    )      
      AFFIDAVIT OF OUT-OF-STATE EXECUTION AND ACCEPTANCE
BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, personally appeared the undersigned Jerry T. O’Neil (the “Affiant”), who being first duly’ sworn upon oath, deposes and says that:
1.   The Affiant is a Vice Pres. of CAPITAL TEMPFUNDS , a division of CAPITAL BUSINESS CREDIT LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (‘TempFunds”), and the Affiant is duly authorized to and does make this affidavit in said capacity on behalf of TempFunds.
 
2.   That on the 2 day of April, 2007, I accepted delivery of that certain Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith (the “Agreement”), which Agreement is between COMMAND CENTER, INC., a Washington corporation, as borrower and CAPITAL TEMPFUNDS, a division of CAPITAL BUSINESS CREDIT LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as lender
 
3.   That I executed the Agreement on behalf of TempFunds in the City of Charlotte, State of n.c.
         
  FURTHER AFFIANT SAYETH NAUGHT.
 
 
  /s/ Jerry T. O’Neil    
    Jerry T. O’Neil  
    Title:   Vice Pres.   
 
      SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED before me this 2 day of April, 2007 by Jerry T. O’Neil, who personally appeared before me, and who  þ  is personally known to me or  o  has produced                      , as identification.
         
     
  /s/ Nancy M. Watson    
    Notary Public State of N.C.   
    Print Name NANCY M. WATSON
My Commission Expires: 6-23-2011
[NOTARY SEAL] 
 
 

5

 

Exhibit 10.12
 
FIFTH AMENDMENT TO
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
 
THIS FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT is made as of the 18th day of July, 2007 by CAPITAL TEMPFUNDS , a division of CAPITAL BUSINESS CREDIT LLC, f/k/a CAPITAL FACTORS LLC (“Capital”) and COMMAND CENTER, INC. , a Washington corporation with its principal place of business and chief executive office at 3773 W. 5th Avenue, Post Falls, ID 83854 (the “Borrower” ).
 
W I T N E S S E T H
 
WHEREAS, Borrower and Capital have entered into a Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 7, 2006, as amended by the terms of that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 24, 2006, as further amended by the terms of that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of August 22, 2006, as further amended by the terms of that certain Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 29, 2006, as further amended by the terms of that certain Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 2, 2007, as may have been further amended from time to time (as amended, the “Agreement”); and
 
WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Agreement as more fully set forth below:
 
NOW THEREFORE, it is hereby agreed as follows:
 
1. The terms of the Agreement are hereby amended as follows:
 
(a) Section 34 of the Agreement is amended by the addition of the following to follow the first paragraph of the Section, to provide as follows:
 
“Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the period from July 18, 2007 through August 18, 2007, the Borrower will have available to it an over formula accommodation in an amount not to exceed $370,000.00 (the “Facility”). In addition to interest and other fees and expenses provided herein on the Facility, Borrower shall pay to Capital, upon the effective date of this Agreement, a usage fee equal to one percent (1%) of the Facility.”
 
2. Capital hereby does waive the events of Default under the Agreement as a result of


1


 

the Borrower’s failure to meet the financial covenants set forth in Items 32 a, b & c to Exhibit B collectively the “Specified Events of Default”) for the period ending June 30, 2007; provided, that such waiver by Capital shall relate solely to the Specified Events of Default for the period ending June 30, 2007, and shall in no way prevent Capital from exercising its remedies related to any Default occurring on any day other than as set forth above (whether related to the sections of the Loan Agreement listed above or otherwise); provided, further, that this waiver shall become effective and binding on the parties hereto immediately upon the execution and delivery hereof. Capital’s agreement to waive the Specified Events of Default does not and shall not create (nor shall Borrower rely upon the existence of or claim or assert that there exists) any obligation of Capital to consider or agree to any further waivers and, in the event Capital subsequently agrees to consider any further waiver, neither the waiver contained herein nor any other conduct of Capital shall be of any force or effect on Capital’s consideration or decision with respect to any such requested waiver, and Capital shall have no obligation whatsoever to consider or agree to further waivers. In consideration of this waiver, the Borrower shall pay a waiver fee in the amount of $7500.00 upon execution of this Amendment.

     3. The Fidelity Guarantor, Glenn Welstad (“Guarantor”), by signing below, consents to the terms of this Fifth Amendatory Agreement to Loan and Security Agreement, reaffirm the terms of his Performance Guaranty dated as of April 3, 2006 (the “Guaranty”), and confirms that the Guaranty is in full force and effect and binding upon them without any defenses, setoffs or counterclaims of any kind whatsoever.

     4. Except as above amended, the Agreement remain in full force and effect and binding upon the Borrower without any defenses, setoffs or counterclaims of any kind whatsoever.

2


 

     5. To induce Capital to enter into this Amendment, Borrower and Guarantor (a) acknowledge and agree that no right of offset, defense, counterclaim, claim or objection exists in favor of Borrower and/or Guarantor against Capital arising out of or with respect to the Loan Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Guaranty, the Obligations, or any other arrangement or relationship between Capital and Borrower and/or Guarantor, and (b) release, acquit, remise and forever discharge Capital and its affiliates and all of their past, present and future officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, representatives, successors and assigns from any and all claims, demands, actions and causes of action, whether at law or in equity and whether known or unknown, which Borrower and Guarantor may have by reason of any manner, cause or things to and including the date of this Amendment with respect to matters arising out of or with respect to the Loan Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Guaranty, the Obligations, or any other arrangement or relationship between Capital and Borrower and/or Guarantor.
     6. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

3


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have set their hands and seals as of the date above written.
     
 
  BORROWER:
 
WITNESSES
  COMMAND CENTER, INC., a Washington
corporation
 
/s/  Brad E. Herr
  By: /s/ Glenn Welstad
 
   
 
  Glenn Welstad
    Its President
    Duly Authorized
 
/s/  Mary Rusberg
  CAPITAL:
 
  CAPITAL TEMPFUNDS,
a division of CAPITAL BUSINESS CREDIT LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
 
 
  By: /s/ Jerry T. O’Neil
 
   
 
  Print Name: Jerry T. O’Neil
Title: Vice Pres.
 
 
  GUARANTOR:
 
/s/  Brad E. Herr
  By: /s/ Glenn Welstad
 
   
 
  Glenn Welstad
     


 

         
STATE OF

COUNTY OF
  }
}
}
 
SS:
 
AFFIDAVIT OF OUT-OF-STATE EXECUTION AND ACCEPTANCE
 
BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, personally appeared the undersigned Jerry T. O’Neil (the “Affiant”), who being first duly sworn upon oath, deposes and says that:
 
  1.  The Affiant is a   V.P.   of CAPITAL TEMPFUNDS , a division of CAPITAL BUSINESS CREDIT LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“TempFunds”), and the Affiant is duly authorized to and does make this affidavit in said capacity on behalf of TempFunds.
 
  2.  That on the  16  day of August, 2007, I accepted delivery of that certain Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith (the “Agreement”), which Agreement is between COMMAND CENTER, INC. , a Washington corporation, as borrower and CAPITAL TEMPFUNDS , a division of CAPITAL BUSINESS CREDIT LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, as lender.
 
  3.  That I executed the Agreement on behalf of TempFunds in the City of Charlotte , State of   N.C.   .
 
FURTHER AFFIANT SAYETH NAUGHT.
/s/   Jerry T. O’Neil            
Jerry T. O’Neil            
  Title:         Vice Pres.  
 
SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED before me this 16  day of August, 2007 by  Jerry T. O’Neil  , who personally appeared before me, and who [ ü ] is personally known to me or [ ] has produced                               as identification.
 
/s/   Nancy M. Watson            
Notary Public State of North Carolina         
Print Name    Nancy M. Watson                    
My Commission Expires:    6-23-2001            
 
[NOTARY SEAL]


5

 

Exhibit 10.13
CAPITAL TEMPFUNDS
DIVISION OF CAPITAL BUSINESS CREDIT LLC
1799 West Oakland Park Boulevard
Ft. Lauderdale, Florida 33311
November 13, 2007
Command Center, Inc.
3773 West Fifth Avenue
Post Falls, Idaho 83854
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     Reference is made to the Loan and Security Agreement entered into between you (“Borrower”) and Capital TempFunds, division of Capital Business Credit LLC, f/k/a Capital Factors LLC (“Capital), dated April 7, 2006, as amended by the terms of that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 24, 2006 as further amended by the terms of that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of August 22, 2006, as further amended by the terms of that certain Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 29, 2006, as further amended by the terms of that certain Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 2, 2007 as may have been further amended by the terms of that certain Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 18, 2007 as may have been further amended from time to time (as amended, the “Agreement”) and
     WHEREAS the Borrower has requested and Capital has agreed to amend certain provisions of the Agreement and waive certain Specified Events of Default:
     NOW, THEREFORE, It is hereby agreed as follows:
     1. The over formula accommodation of up to five percent (5%) of Acceptable Accounts shall continue through November 19, 2007,
     2. Capital does hereby waive the Events of Default under the Agreement as a result of the Borrower’s failure to meet the financial covenants set forth in items 32(a), (b), (c), and (d) to Exhibit B (collectively, the “Specified Events of Default”) for the period ending September 28, 2007; provided, however, that such waiver by Capital shall relate solely to the Specified Events of Default for the period indicated and shall in no way prevent Capital from exercising its remedies related to any default occurring on any day other than as set forth above (whether related to the sections of the Loan Agreement listed above or otherwise); provided, further, that this waiver shall become effective and binding on the parties hereto immediately upon the execution and delivery hereof. Capital’s waiver hereunder does not and shall not create any obligation of Capital to consider or agree to any further waivers.
     3. The Fidelity Guarantor, Glenn Welstad (“Guarantor”), by signing below, consents to the terms of this Sixth Amendatory Agreement to Loan and Security Agreement, reaffirms the terms of his Performance Guaranty dated as of April 3, 2006 (the “Guaranty”), and confirms that the Guaranty is in full force and effect and binding upon him without any defenses, setoffs or counterclaims of any kind whatsoever.

 


 

     4. Except as above amended, the Agreement remains in full force and effect and binding upon the Borrower without any defenses, setoffs or counterclaims of any kind whatsoever.
     5. To induce Capital to enter into this Amendment, Borrower and Guarantor (a) acknowledge and agree that no right of offset, defense, counterclaim, claim or objection exists in favor of Borrower and/or Guarantor against Capital arising out of or with respect to the Loan Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Guaranty, the Obligations, or any other arrangement or relationship between Capital and Borrower and/or Guarantor, and (b) release, acquit, remise and forever discharge Capital and its affiliates and all of their past, present and future officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, representatives, successors and assigns from any and all claims, demands, actions and causes of action, whether at taw or in equity and whether known or unknown, which Borrower and Guarantor may have by reason of any manner, cause or things to and including the date of this Amendment with respect to matters arising out of or with respect to the Loan Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Guaranty, the Obligations, or any other arrangement or relationship between Capital and Borrower and/or Guarantor.
     6. Borrower shall be obligated to pay to Capital an amendment fee of $25,000 which fee shall be waived if the proceeds of the anticipated Private Investment in Public Equity (“PIPE”) in an amount of no less than $10,500,000 is received by Borrower no later than November 19, 2007.
     7. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.
         
  Very truly yours,

CAPITAL TEMPFUNDS
Division of Capital Business Credit LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Beverly Fruan  
    Vice President   
       
 
           
  Read and Agreed to:

COMMAND CENTER, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Brad E. Herr  
    Brad E. Herr CFO   
       
           
  Confirmed
 
 
  /s/ Glenn Welstad    
  Glenn Welstad, Individually   
     
 

 

 

Exhibit 10.14
Summary of Principal Terms
Loan Transaction with Warrants
COMMAND CENTER, INC.
and
SONORAN PACIFIC RESOURCES, LLP
March 30, 2007
     
Maker (“Company”):
  Command Center, Inc., a Washington corporation.
 
   
Holder:
  Sonoran Pacific Resources, LLP, an Arizona limited liability partnership.
 
   
Promissory Note:
  Company shall execute and deliver to Holder the Promissory Note in the form attached hereto.
 
   
Principal Amount:
  Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00).
 
   
Interest Rate:
  Eighteen percent (18%) per annum. If not paid in full when due, the interest rate shall be two percent (2%) per month.
 
   
Origination Fee:
  Five percent (5%) of the principal amount, to be deducted from the first advance.
 
   
Warrants:
  Command Center shall issue to Holder warrants for 200,000 shares of the company’s common stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “Warrants”). Each Warrant shall be convertible, at the option of the Holder, at any time before April 1, 2009 into one share of the Company’s common stock. $0.001 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”), at an initial conversion price equal to $3.00 per share, subject to adjustment to reflect certain stock dividends, stock splits, combinations or exchanges of shares, recapitalizations, or other changes in the capital structure of the Company (the “ Conversion Price ”). If not previously converted, the Warrants will expire on April 1, 2009.
 
   
Antidilution Provisions
  The Conversion Price of the Warrants shall be adjusted to provide the Holder with a full ratchet anti-dilution protection for any subsequent issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock (including upon issuance of any new class or series of Preferred Stock or issuance or exchange of any other security convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock) at a per-share

1


 

     
 
  issue price below the Conversion Price. The foregoing provision shall not apply to securities issued or issuable pursuant to (i) the conversion of Series A Preferred Stock to Common Stock, (ii) dividends or distributions on Series A Preferred Stock, (iii) any broker, finder, lender, or placement agent in connection with bank loans, financing transactions, or other capital raising activities of the Company, (iv) certain dividends, stock splits, split-ups, or other distributions on shares of Common Stock as provided in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended, or (v) issuances to employees, directors, agents, and consultants of the Company by authorization of the Company’s Board of Directors.
 
   
Advances:
  The amount of $1,000,000 shall be advanced to Company on the business day following the date the Promissory Note is executed and delivered to Holder. The second advance of an additional $1,000,000 shall be made on or before April 30, 2007. From the first advance, Maker may deduct and retain the Origination Fee in the total amount of $100,000. On the second advance, the present outstanding loan from Holder to Company in the present principal amount of $200,000 will become included within this loan, with the result that the net amount of the second advance will be $800,000.
 
   
Repayment:
  The entire principal balance, along with all accrued interest, shall be paid in full on or before July 1, 2007.
 
   
Additional Interest:
  Company previously borrowed $400,000 from Holder of which $200,000 has been repaid. As of April 30, 2007, the accrued interest on these loans at the agreed rate of 22% per annum will be $66,904. Company shall pay this amount to Holder on or before July 1, 2007.
 
   
Other Terms:
  Confidentiality : This Summary of Principal Terms is being delivered by the Company with the understanding and on the condition that neither it nor its substance shall be disclosed publicly or privately except with the written consent of the Company.
 
   
 
  Governing Law and Jurisdiction : Arizona.

2


 

           
  AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

COMMAND CENTER, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Brad E. Herr    
    Name:   BRAD E. HERR   
    Title:   CFO   
Date: 4-3, 2007
           
     
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
Date:                      , 2007.

3


 

PROMISSORY NOTE
 
$2,000,000.00   March 30, 2007 (the “ Effective Date ”)
     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, COMMAND CENTER, INC., a Washington corporation (collectively referred to as the “ Maker ”), promises to pay to the order of Sonoran Pacific Resources, LLP, an Arizona limited liability partnership, (the “ Holder ”), the principal amount of Two Million and no/100 Dollars ($2,000,000.00) or such lesser amounts of principal that may be outstanding from time to time. Maker promises to pay the principal and interest evidenced hereby in accordance with the terms and conditions herein contained and set forth.
      1.  Repayment . Maker shall repay this Note on the following terms: the entire principal balance, along with interest at the rate of eighteen percent (18%) per annum shall be due and payable on or before July 1, 2007.
      2.  Place of Payment . All payments will be made by Maker and mailed or delivered to Holder’s principal address or at such other place or places as Holder may designate in writing from time to time.
      3.  Lawful Money . All payments will be in lawful money of the United States of America or in such other form which is acceptable to Holder. Holder’s acceptance of payment in any form other than lawful money of the United States of America for any partial payment required or permitted under the provisions of this Note will not be a waiver of the requirement that any future payments be made in lawful money of the United States of America.
      4.  Prepayment . Maker will have the right to prepay the Note in full or in part, at any time, subject to the terms of the Note without penalty.
      5.  Default . If Maker fails to timely make any payment or other amount due under this Note or otherwise takes any action or fails to take any action that constitutes a default under this Note, Holder shall send a Notice of Default to Maker, informing Maker of the nature of the default. Upon delivery of the Notice of Default, Maker shall have ten (10) days to cure the default and provide a Notice of Cure to Holder, explaining that the default has been cured.
      6.  Remedies . Upon the occurrence of a default that is not cured within the ten-day period described above, Holder may, in its sole discretion, upon giving written notice of the failure to timely cure default:
  (a)   Declare the entire unpaid principal and all other sums owed hereunder immediately due and payable;
 
  (b)   Assess interest on the unpaid balance after July 1, 2007 at the rate of two percent (2%) per month; and
 
  (c)   Exercise any remedy set forth herein or otherwise available at law or in equity.

 


 

      7.  Remedies Cumulative . No remedy herein conferred upon Holder is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy and each and every such remedy will be cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently and will be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise.
      8.  Waiver . Failure or delay of Holder to exercise any right or remedy hereunder with respect to any default or other circumstance will not constitute a waiver of the right to exercise the same with respect to any subsequent default or other circumstance or in the event of continuance of any existing default after demand for performance hereof.
      9.  Choice of Law . This Note will be governed by, and will be construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Arizona.
      10.  Attorneys’ Fees . Maker will pay all costs and expenses, including attorneys’ and experts’ fees and court costs, incurred in the collection or enforcement of all or any part of this Note.
      11.  Amendment . This Note may not be amended, modified or changed, nor will any waiver of any provision hereof be effective, except only by an instrument in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement of any waiver, amendment, change, modification or discharge is sought.
      12.  Headings . The paragraph headings used herein are for convenience only and are not to be used to interpret or construe this Note.
      13.  Time is of the Essence . Time is of the essence of this Note and each and every provision hereof. Any extension of time granted for the performance of any duty under this Note will not be considered an extension of time for the performance of any other duty under this Note.
      14.  Successors and Assigns . Whenever used herein, the words “Maker” and “Holder” will be deemed to include their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns. This Section will not be a consent by Holder for Maker to assign or transfer any rights, powers, obligations or duties of Maker.
      15.  Severability . In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Note will for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision hereof and this Note will be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.
      16.  Notices. Notice which is required or permitted to be given under this Note shall be deemed given on the day of receipt for notice personally delivered by hand, one business day after deposit of the notice with a recognized overnight courier for overnight delivery and three business days following deposit of the notice with the U.S Postal Service for delivery by certified mail, return receipt requested, in any case prepaid and properly addressed as set forth below. Either party may change its address by giving notice of such change to the other party.

2


 

     
          If to Maker:
  Mr. Brad Herr, CFO
 
  Command Center, Inc.
 
  3773 W. Fifth Avenue
 
  Post Falls, ID 83854
 
   
          If to Holder:
  Mr. Jerry Smith
 
  Sonoran Pacific Resources, LLP
 
  10446 North 74 th Street, Suite 120
 
  Scottsdale, AZ 85258
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Maker has caused this Note to be executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.
         
  MAKER:
COMMAND CENTER, INC

 
 
  /s/ Brad Herr    
  Brad Herr, Chief Financial Officer   
     
 
         
Accepted and Agreed:
SONORAN PACIFIC RESOURCES, LLP

 
   
By:        
  Jerry Smith     
       
 

3

 

Exhibit 10.15
SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT
     This Securities Purchase Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of August 14, 2007, by and among Command Center, Inc. , a Washington corporation (the “ Company ”), and MDB Capital Group, LLC , a California limited liability company ( the “ Purchaser ”).
     WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and Rule 506 promulgated thereunder, the Company desires to issue and sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser desires to purchase from the Company, securities of the Company as more fully described in this Agreement.
     NOW, THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Purchaser agree as follows:
ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS
     1.1 Definitions . In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement: (a) capitalized terms that are not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to such terms in the Note (as defined herein), and (b) the following terms have the meanings indicated in this Section 1.1:
     “ Action ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1(j).
     “ Affiliate ” means any Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with a Person, as such terms are used in and construed under Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
     “ Business Day ” means any day except Saturday, Sunday, any day which shall be a federal legal holiday in the United States or any day on which banking institutions in the State of California are authorized or required by law or other governmental action to close.
     “ Closing ” means the closing of the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to Section 2.1.
     “ Closing Date ” means the Trading Day when all of the Transaction Documents have been executed and delivered by the applicable parties thereto, and all conditions precedent to (i) the Purchaser’s obligations to pay the Subscription Amount and (ii) the Company’s obligations to deliver the Securities have been satisfied or waived.
     “ Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


 

     “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.001 per share, and any other class of securities into which such securities may hereafter be reclassified or changed into.
     “ Common Stock Equivalents ” means any securities of the Company or the Subsidiaries which would entitle the holder thereof to acquire at any time Common Stock, including, without limitation, any debt, preferred stock, rights, options, warrants or other instrument that is at any time convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or otherwise entitles the holder thereof to receive, Common Stock.
     “ Company Counsel ” means Rogers & Hool, LLP.
     “ Effective Date ” means the date that the Registration Statement is first declared effective by the Commission.
     “ Evaluation Date ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1(r).
     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
     “ GT ” means Greenberg Traurig LLP with offices located at One International Place, Boston, MA 02110.
     “ GAAP ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1(h).
     “ Intellectual Property Rights ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1(o).
     “ Liens ” means a lien, charge, security interest, encumbrance, right of first refusal, preemptive right or other restriction.
     “ Material Adverse Effect ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.1(b).
     “ Material Permits ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1(m).
     “ Maximum Rate ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 5.17.
     “ Next Equity Financing ” shall mean the first financing by the Company after the date hereof in which the Company issues and sells shares of Common Stock and/or Common Stock Equivalents in which the gross proceeds received by the Company are at least $6,000,000.
     “ Next Equity Financing Securities ” means the shares of Common Stock and/or Common Stock Equivalents sold in the Next Equity Financing.

2


 

     “ Note ” means the Convertible Promissory Note in the principal amount of $500,000 due, subject to the terms therein, six (6) months from its date of issuance, issued by the Company to the Purchaser hereunder, in the form of Exhibit A hereto.
     “ Note Securities ” means the Next Equity Financing Securities of the Company issued and issuable upon conversion of the Notes.
     “ Person ” means an individual or corporation, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company, joint stock company, government (or an agency or subdivision thereof) or other entity of any kind.
     “ Proceeding ” means an action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding (including, without limitation, an investigation or partial proceeding, such as a deposition), whether commenced or threatened.
     “ Purchaser Party ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.11.
     “ Registration Statement ” means a registration statement covering the resale of the Underlying Shares by the Purchaser.
     “ Required Approvals ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1(e).
     “ Required Minimum ” means, as of any date, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock then issued or potentially issuable in the future pursuant to the Transaction Documents, including any Underlying Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion in full of the Warrant, the Note and the Note Securities.
     “ Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same effect as such Rule.
     “ SEC Reports ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1(h).
     “ Securities ” means the Note, the Warrant, the Warrant Shares, the Note Securities and the Underlying Shares.
     “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
     “ Subscription Amount ” means $500,000.
     “ Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary of the Company.
     “ Trading Day ” means a day on which the Common Stock is traded on a Trading Market.

3


 

     “ Trading Market ” means the following markets or exchanges on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted for trading on the date in question: the Nasdaq Capital Market, the American Stock Exchange, the New York Stock Exchange, the OTC Bulletin Board, or the “Pink Sheets”.
     “ Transaction Documents ” means this Agreement, the Note, the Warrant, and any other documents or agreements executed in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder.
     “ Underlying Shares ” means the shares of Common Stock issued and issuable upon conversion of the Note and upon exercise of the Warrants, as well as any shares of Common Stock issued and issuable upon conversion or exercise of the Note Securities.
     “ Warrant ” means the warrant to purchase 250,000 shares of Common Stock, in the form of Exhibit B , delivered to the Purchaser at the Closing.
     “ Warrant Shares ” means the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant.
ARTICLE II.
PURCHASE AND SALE
     2.1 Closing . On the Closing Date, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, substantially concurrent with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the parties hereto, the Company agrees to sell, and the Purchaser agrees to purchase the Note and the Warrant. The Purchaser shall deliver to the Company via wire transfer or a certified check immediately available funds equal to the Subscription Amount and the Company shall deliver to the Purchaser the Note and the Warrant and the other items set forth in Section 2.2 issuable at the Closing. Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Sections 2.2 and 2.3, the Closing shall occur at the offices of Company Counsel, or such other location as the parties shall mutually agree.
     2.2 Deliveries .
     (a) On the Closing Date, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Purchaser the following:
     (i) this Agreement duly executed by the Company;
     (ii) a legal opinion of Company Counsel, in form and substance acceptable to the Purchaser and its counsel;
     (iii) the Note with a principal amount of $500,000, registered in the name of the Purchaser; and
     (iv) the Warrant registered in the name of the Purchaser to purchase 250,000 shares of Common Stock, with an exercise price equal to $1.50 per

4


 

Warrant Share, subject to adjustment therein.
     (b) On the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Company the following:
     (i) this Agreement duly executed by the Purchaser; and
     (ii) the Purchaser’s Subscription Amount by wire transfer to the account as specified in writing by the Company.
     2.3 Closing Conditions .
     (a) The obligations of the Company hereunder in connection with the Closing are subject to the following conditions being met:
     (i) the accuracy in all material respects when made and on the Closing Date of the representations and warranties of the Purchaser contained herein;
     (ii) all obligations, covenants and agreements of the Purchaser required to be performed at or prior to the Closing Date shall have been performed; and
     (iii) the delivery by the Purchaser of the items set forth in Section 2.2(b) of this Agreement.
     (b) The obligations of the Purchaser hereunder in connection with the Closing are subject to the following conditions being met:
     (i) the accuracy in all material respects on the Closing Date of the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein;
     (ii) all obligations, covenants and agreements of the Company required to be performed at or prior to the Closing Date shall have been performed;
     (iii) the delivery by the Company of the items set forth in Section 2.2(a) of this Agreement;
     (iv) there shall have been no Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Company since the date hereof; and
     (v) from the date hereof to the Closing Date, trading in the Common Stock shall not have been suspended by the Commission or the Company’s principal Trading Market (except for any suspension of trading of limited duration agreed to by the Company, which suspension shall be terminated prior to the Closing), and, at any time prior to the Closing Date, trading in securities generally as reported by Bloomberg Financial Markets shall not have been suspended or limited, or minimum prices shall not have been established on securities whose

5


 

trades are reported by such service, or on any Trading Market, nor shall a banking moratorium have been declared either by the United States or New York State authorities nor shall there have occurred any material outbreak or escalation of hostilities or other national or international calamity of such magnitude in its effect on, or any material adverse change in, any financial market which, in each case, in the reasonable judgment of the Purchaser, makes it impracticable or inadvisable to purchase the Note at the Closing.
ARTICLE III.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
     3.1 Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company hereby makes the representations and warranties set forth below to the Purchaser.
     (a) Subsidiaries . The Company owns, directly or indirectly, all of the capital stock or other equity interests of each Subsidiary free and clear of any Liens, and all the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of each Subsidiary are validly issued and are fully paid, non-assessable and free of preemptive and similar rights to subscribe for or purchase securities. If the Company has no subsidiaries, then all other references in the Transaction Documents to the Subsidiaries or any of them will be disregarded.
     (b) Organization and Qualification . The Company and each of the Subsidiaries is an entity duly incorporated or otherwise organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization (as applicable), with the requisite power and authority to own and use its properties and assets and to carry on its business as currently conducted. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in violation or default of any of the provisions of its respective certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational or charter documents. Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries is duly qualified to conduct business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation or other entity in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted or property owned by it makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing, as the case may be, could not have or reasonably be expected to result in (i) a material adverse effect on the legality, validity or enforceability of any Transaction Document, (ii) a material adverse effect on the results of operations, assets, business, prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (iii) a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to perform in any material respect on a timely basis its obligations under any Transaction Document (any of (i), (ii) or (iii), a “ Material Adverse Effect ”) and no Proceeding has been instituted in any such jurisdiction revoking, limiting or curtailing or seeking to revoke, limit or curtail such power and authority or qualification.
     (c) Authorization; Enforcement . The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and to consummate the transactions contemplated by each of the Transaction Documents and otherwise to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution and delivery of each of the Transaction Documents by the

6


 

Company and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Company and no further action is required by the Company, its board of directors or its stockholders in connection therewith other than in connection with the Required Approvals. Each Transaction Document has been (or upon delivery will have been) duly executed by the Company and, when delivered in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof, will constitute the valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms except (i) as limited by general equitable principles and applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and (iii) insofar as indemnification and contribution provisions may be limited by applicable law.
     (d) No Conflicts . The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not and will not: (i) conflict with or violate any provision of the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational or charter documents, or (ii) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation (with or without notice, lapse of time or both) of, any agreement, credit facility, debt or other instrument (evidencing a Company or Subsidiary debt or otherwise) or other understanding to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or by which any property or asset of the Company or any Subsidiary is bound or affected, or (iii) subject to the Required Approvals, conflict with or result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment, injunction, decree or other restriction of any court or governmental authority to which the Company or a Subsidiary is subject (including federal and state securities laws and regulations), or by which any property or asset of the Company or a Subsidiary is bound or affected; except in the case of each of clauses (ii) and (iii), such as could not have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     (e) Filings, Consents and Approvals . The Company is not required to obtain any consent, waiver, authorization or order of, give any notice to, or make any filing or registration with, any court or other federal, state, local or other governmental authority or other Person in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Transaction Documents, other than (i) filings required pursuant to Section 4.6, (ii) the notice and/or application(s) to each applicable Trading Market for the issuance and sale of the Securities and the listing of the Underlying Shares for trading thereon in the time and manner required thereby, and (iii) the filing of Form D with the Commission and such filings as are required to be made under applicable state securities laws (collectively, the “ Required Approvals ”).

7


 

     (f) Issuance of the Securities . The Securities are duly authorized and, when issued and paid for in accordance with the applicable Transaction Documents, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, free and clear of all Liens imposed by the Company other than restrictions on transfer provided for in the Transaction Documents. The Underlying Shares, when issued in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Documents, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, free and clear of all Liens imposed by the Company. The Company has reserved from its duly authorized capital stock a number of shares of Common Stock for issuance of the Underlying Shares at least equal to the Required Minimum on the date hereof.
     (g) Capitalization . The capitalization of the Company is as previously disclosed to the Purchaser in writing. The Company has not issued any capital stock since its most recently filed periodic report under the Exchange Act, other than pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options under the Company’s stock option plans, the issuance of shares of Common Stock to employees pursuant to the Company’s employee stock purchase plan and pursuant to the conversion or exercise of Common Stock Equivalents outstanding as of the date of the most recently filed periodic report under the Exchange Act. No Person has any right of first refusal, preemptive right, right of participation, or any similar right to participate in the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents. Except as a result of the purchase and sale of the Securities and except for an outstanding loan and related warrants to Sonoran Pacific Resources, LLP that have been previously disclosed to the Purchaser, there are no outstanding options, warrants, script rights to subscribe to, calls or commitments of any character whatsoever relating to, or securities, rights or obligations convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or giving any Person any right to subscribe for or acquire, any shares of Common Stock, or contracts, commitments, understandings or arrangements by which the Company or any Subsidiary is or may become bound to issue additional shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents. The issuance and sale of the Securities will not obligate the Company to issue shares of Common Stock or other securities to any Person (other than the Purchaser) and will not result in a right of any holder of Company securities to adjust the exercise, conversion, exchange or reset price under any of such securities. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, have been issued in compliance with all federal and state securities laws, and none of such outstanding shares was issued in violation of any preemptive rights or similar rights to subscribe for or purchase securities. No further approval or authorization of any stockholder, the Board of Directors of the Company or others is required for the issuance and sale of the Securities. There are no stockholders agreements, voting agreements or other similar agreements with respect to the Company’s capital stock to which the Company is a party or, to the knowledge of the Company, between or among any of the Company’s stockholders.
     (h) SEC Reports; Financial Statements . The Company has filed all reports, schedules, forms, statements and other documents required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, including pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) thereof, for the two years preceding the date hereof (or such shorter period as the Company was required by law or regulation to file such material) (the foregoing

8


 

materials, including the exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein, being collectively referred to herein as the “ SEC Reports ”) on a timely basis or has received a valid extension of such time of filing and has filed any such SEC Reports prior to the expiration of any such extension. As of their respective dates, the SEC Reports complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, as applicable, and none of the SEC Reports, when filed, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The financial statements of the Company included in the SEC Reports comply in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements and the rules and regulations of the Commission with respect thereto as in effect at the time of filing. Such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved (“ GAAP ”), except as may be otherwise specified in such financial statements or the notes thereto and except that unaudited financial statements may not contain all footnotes required by GAAP, and fairly present in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of and for the dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods then ended, subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal, immaterial, year-end audit adjustments.
     (i) Material Changes . Since the date of the latest audited financial statements included within the SEC Reports, except as specifically disclosed in a subsequent SEC Report, (i) there has been no event, occurrence or development that has had or that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the Company has not incurred any liabilities (contingent or otherwise) other than (A) trade payables and accrued expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and (B) liabilities not required to be reflected in the Company’s financial statements pursuant to GAAP or disclosed in filings made with the Commission, (iii) the Company has not altered its method of accounting, and (iv) the Company has not declared or made any dividend or distribution of cash or other property to its stockholders or purchased, redeemed or made any agreements to purchase or redeem any shares of its capital stock. The Company does not have pending before the Commission any request for confidential treatment of information. No event, liability or development has occurred or exists with respect to the Company or its Subsidiaries or their respective business, properties, operations or financial condition, that would be required to be disclosed by the Company under applicable securities laws at the time this representation is made that has not been publicly disclosed at least one Trading Day prior to the date that this representation is made.
     (j) Litigation . There is no action, suit, inquiry, notice of violation, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company, any Subsidiary or any of their respective properties before or by any court, arbitrator, governmental or administrative agency or regulatory authority (federal, state, county, local or foreign) (collectively, an “ Action ”) which (i) adversely

9


 

affects or challenges the legality, validity or enforceability of any of the Transaction Documents or the Securities or (ii) could, if there were an unfavorable decision, have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary, nor any director or officer thereof, is or has been the subject of any Action involving a claim of violation of or liability under federal or state securities laws or a claim of breach of fiduciary duty. There has not been, and to the knowledge of the Company, there is not pending or contemplated, any investigation by the Commission involving the Company or any current or former director or officer of the Company. The Commission has not issued any stop order or other order suspending the effectiveness of any registration statement filed by the Company or any Subsidiary under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act.
     (k) Labor Relations . No material labor dispute exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent with respect to any of the employees of the Company which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ employees is a member of a union that relates to such employee’s relationship with the Company, and neither the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party to a collective bargaining agreement, and the Company and its Subsidiaries believe that their relationships with their employees are good. No executive officer, to the knowledge of the Company, is, or is now expected to be, in violation of any material term of any employment contract, confidentiality, disclosure or proprietary information agreement or non-competition agreement, or any other contract or agreement or any restrictive covenant, and the continued employment of each such executive officer does not subject the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any liability with respect to any of the foregoing matters. The Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all U.S. federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to employment and employment practices, terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours, except where the failure to be in compliance could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (l) Compliance . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary (i) is in default under or in violation of (and no event has occurred that has not been waived that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would result in a default by the Company or any Subsidiary under), nor has the Company or any Subsidiary received notice of a claim that it is in default under or that it is in violation of, any indenture, loan or credit agreement or any other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound (whether or not such default or violation has been waived); provided, however, that the Company is currently out of compliance with one or more covenants of a loan with Capital TempFunds, which noncompliance has presently been waived; (ii) is in violation of any order of any court, arbitrator or governmental body; or (iii) is or has been in violation of any statute, rule or regulation of any governmental authority, including without limitation all foreign, federal, state and local laws applicable to its business and all such laws that affect the environment, except in each case as could not have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

10


 

     (m) Regulatory Permits . The Company and the Subsidiaries possess all certificates, authorizations and permits issued by the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses as described in the SEC Reports, except where the failure to possess such permits could not have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect (“ Material Permits ”), and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any Material Permit.
     (n) Title to Assets . Any real property and facilities held under lease by the Company and the Subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with which the Company and the Subsidiaries are in compliance.
     (o) Patents and Trademarks . The Company and the Subsidiaries have, or have rights to use, all patents, patent applications, trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, trade names, trade secrets, inventions, copyrights, licenses and other intellectual property rights and similar rights necessary or material for use in connection with their respective businesses as described in the SEC Reports and which the failure to so have could have a Material Adverse Effect (collectively, the “ Intellectual Property Rights ”). Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received a notice (written or otherwise) that the Intellectual Property Rights used by the Company or any Subsidiary violates or infringes upon the rights of any Person. To the knowledge of the Company, all such Intellectual Property Rights are enforceable and there is no existing infringement by another Person of any of the Intellectual Property Rights. The Company and its Subsidiaries have taken reasonable security measures to protect the secrecy, confidentiality and value of all of their intellectual properties, except where failure to do so could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expect to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (p) Insurance . The Company and the Subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which the Company and the Subsidiaries are engaged, including, but not limited to, directors and officers insurance coverage at least equal to the aggregate Subscription Amount. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business without a significant increase in cost.
     (q) Transactions With Affiliates and Employees . Except as set forth in the SEC Reports or previously disclosed to the Purchaser in writing, none of the officers or directors of the Company and, to the knowledge of the Company, none of the employees of the Company is presently a party to any transaction with the Company or any Subsidiary (other than for services as employees, officers and directors), including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from any officer, director or such employee or, to the knowledge of the

11


 

Company, any entity in which any officer, director, or any such employee has a substantial interest or is an officer, director, trustee or partner, in each case in excess of $60,000 other than (i) for payment of salary or consulting fees for services rendered, (ii) reimbursement for expenses incurred on behalf of the Company and (iii) for other employee benefits, including stock option agreements under any stock option plan of the Company.
     (r) Sarbanes-Oxley; Internal Accounting Controls . The Company is in material compliance with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 which are applicable to it as of the Closing Date. The Company and the Subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset accountability, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. The Company has established disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the Company and designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms. The Company’s certifying officers have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by the Company’s most recently filed periodic report under the Exchange Act (such date, the “ Evaluation Date ”). The Company presented in its most recently filed periodic report under the Exchange Act the conclusions of the certifying officers about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on their evaluations as of the Evaluation Date. Since the Evaluation Date, there have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in the Exchange Act) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
     (s) Certain Fees . No brokerage or finder’s fees or commissions are or will be payable by the Company to any broker, financial advisor or consultant, finder, placement agent, investment banker, bank or other Person with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents. The Purchaser shall have no obligation with respect to any fees or with respect to any claims made by or on behalf of other Persons for fees of a type contemplated in this Section that may be due in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.
     (t) Private Placement . Assuming the accuracy of the Purchaser’s representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.2, no registration under the Securities Act is required for the offer and sale of the Securities by the Company to the Purchaser as contemplated hereby. The issuance and sale of the Securities hereunder does not contravene the rules and regulations of any applicable Trading Market.

12


 

     (u) Investment Company . The Company is not, and is not an Affiliate of, and immediately after receipt of payment for the Securities, will not be or be an Affiliate of, an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. The Company shall conduct its business in a manner so that it will not become subject to the Investment Company Act.
     (v) Registration Rights . No Person has any right to cause the Company to effect the registration under the Securities Act of any securities of the Company.
     (w) Listing and Maintenance Requirements . The Company files periodic and other reports under the Exchange Act pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. The Company’s Common Stock is not required to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, and the Company has taken no action designed to, or which to its knowledge is likely to have the effect of, terminating or suspending its filing obligations under the Exchange Act nor does it have any intention to take any such action nor has the Company received any notification that the Commission is contemplating terminating or suspending such filing obligations. The Company has not, in the twelve (12) months preceding the date hereof, received notice from any Trading Market on which the Common Stock is or has been listed or quoted to the effect that the Company is not in compliance with the listing or maintenance requirements of such Trading Market. The Company is, and has no reason to believe that it will not in the foreseeable future continue to be, in compliance with all such listing and maintenance requirements.
     (x) Application of Takeover Protections . The Company and its Board of Directors have taken all necessary action, if any, in order to render inapplicable any control share acquisition, business combination, poison pill (including any distribution under a rights agreement) or other similar anti-takeover provision under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (or similar charter documents) or the laws of its state of incorporation that is or could become applicable to the Purchaser as a result of the Purchaser and the Company fulfilling their obligations or exercising their rights under the Transaction Documents, including without limitation as a result of the Company’s issuance of the Securities and the Purchaser’s ownership of the Securities.
     (y) Disclosure . All disclosure furnished by or on behalf of the Company to the Purchaser regarding the Company, its business and the transactions contemplated hereby, including the Disclosure Schedules to this Agreement, with respect to the representations and warranties made herein are true and correct with respect to such representations and warranties and do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Purchaser does not make and has not made any representations or warranties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby other than those specifically set forth in Section 3.2 hereof.
     (z) No Integrated Offering . Assuming the accuracy of the Purchaser’s representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.2, neither the Company, nor any of

13


 

its affiliates, nor any Person acting on its or their behalf has, directly or indirectly, made any offers or sales of any security or solicited any offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would cause this offering of the Securities to be integrated with prior offerings by the Company for purposes of the Securities Act or any applicable shareholder approval provision of any Trading Market on which any of the securities of the Company are listed or designated.
     (aa) Solvency . Based on the financial condition of the Company as of the Closing Date after giving effect to the receipt by the Company of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities hereunder, (i) the fair saleable value of the Company’s assets exceeds the amount that will be required to be paid on or in respect of the Company’s existing debts and other liabilities (including known contingent liabilities) as they mature; (ii) the Company’s assets do not constitute unreasonably small capital to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted including its capital needs taking into account the particular capital requirements of the business conducted by the Company, and projected capital requirements and capital availability thereof; and (iii) the current cash flow of the Company, together with the proceeds the Company would receive, were it to liquidate all of its assets, after taking into account all anticipated uses of the cash, would be sufficient to pay all amounts on or in respect of its liabilities when such amounts are required to be paid. The Company does not intend to incur debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature (taking into account the timing and amounts of cash to be payable on or in respect of its debt). The Company has no knowledge of any facts or circumstances which lead it to believe that it will file for reorganization or liquidation under the bankruptcy or reorganization laws of any jurisdiction within one year from the Closing Date. The SEC Reports set forth as of the dates thereof all outstanding secured and unsecured Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary, or for which the Company or any Subsidiary has commitments. For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Indebtedness ” shall mean (a) any liabilities for borrowed money or amounts owed in excess of $50,000 (other than trade accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (b) all guaranties, endorsements and other contingent obligations in respect of Indebtedness of others, whether or not the same are or should be reflected in the Company’s balance sheet (or the notes thereto), except guaranties by endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business; and (c) the present value of any lease payments in excess of $50,000 due under leases required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in default with respect to any Indebtedness.
     (bb) Tax Status . Except for matters that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and each Subsidiary has filed all necessary federal, state and foreign income and franchise tax returns and has paid or accrued all taxes shown as due thereon, and the Company has no knowledge of a tax deficiency which has been asserted or threatened against the Company or any Subsidiary.
     (cc) No General Solicitation . Neither the Company nor any person acting on behalf of the Company has offered or sold any of the Securities by any form of general

14


 

solicitation or general advertising. The Company has offered the Securities for sale only to the Purchaser.
     (dd) Foreign Corrupt Practices. Neither the Company, nor to the knowledge of the Company, any agent or other person acting on behalf of the Company, has (i) directly or indirectly, used any funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses related to foreign or domestic political activity, (ii) made any unlawful payment to foreign or domestic government officials or employees or to any foreign or domestic political parties or campaigns from corporate funds, (iii) failed to disclose fully any contribution made by the Company (or made by any person acting on its behalf of which the Company is aware) which is in violation of law, or (iv) violated in any material respect any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.
     (ee) Accountants . To the knowledge of the Company, the Company’s accountants are a registered public accounting firm as required by the Securities Act.
     (ff) No Disagreements with Accountants and Lawyers. There are no disagreements of any kind presently existing, or reasonably anticipated by the Company to arise, between the Company and the accountants and lawyers formerly or presently employed by the Company and the Company is current with respect to any fees owed to its accountants and lawyers.
     (gg) Acknowledgment Regarding Purchaser’s Purchase of Securities . The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Purchaser is acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length purchaser with respect to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby. The Company further acknowledges that the Purchaser is not acting as a fiduciary of the Company (or in any similar capacity) with respect to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby and any advice given by the Purchaser or any of its representatives or agents in connection with the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby is merely incidental to the Purchaser’s purchase of the Securities. The Company further represents to the Purchaser that the Company’s decision to enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents has been based solely on the independent evaluation of the transactions contemplated hereby by the Company and its representatives.
     3.2 Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser . The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date to the Company as follows:
     (a) Organization; Authority . The Purchaser is an entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization with full right, corporate or partnership power and authority to enter into and to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents and otherwise to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution, delivery and performance by the Purchaser of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or similar action on the part of the

15


 

Purchaser. Each Transaction Document to which it is a party has been duly executed by the Purchaser, and when delivered by the Purchaser in accordance with the terms hereof, will constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by general equitable principles and applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and (iii) insofar as indemnification and contribution provisions may be limited by applicable law.
     (b) Own Account . The Purchaser understands that the Securities are “restricted securities” and have not been registered under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities law and is acquiring the Securities as principal for its own account and not with a view to or for distributing or reselling such Securities or any part thereof in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable state securities law, has no present intention of distributing any of such Securities in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable state securities law and has no direct or indirect arrangement or understandings with any other persons to distribute or regarding the distribution of such Securities (this representation and warranty not limiting such Purchaser’s right to sell the Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws) in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable state securities law. The Purchaser is acquiring the Securities hereunder in the ordinary course of its business.
     (c) Purchaser Status . At the time the Purchaser was offered the Securities, it was, and at the date hereof it is, and on each date on which it exercises the Warrant or converts the Note it will be either: (i) an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7) or (a)(8) under the Securities Act or (ii) a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A(a) under the Securities Act.
     (d) Experience of Purchaser . Purchaser, either alone or together with its representatives, has such knowledge, sophistication and experience in business and financial matters so as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment in the Securities, and has so evaluated the merits and risks of such investment. Such Purchaser is able to bear the economic risk of an investment in the Securities and, at the present time, is able to afford a complete loss of such investment.
     (e) General Solicitation . Purchaser is not purchasing the Securities as a result of any advertisement, article, notice or other communication regarding the Securities published in any newspaper, magazine or similar media or broadcast over television or radio or presented at any seminar or any other general solicitation or general advertisement.
     (f) Disclosure of Information . The Purchaser has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the issuance and sale of the Securities and the business, properties, prospects and

16


 

financial condition of the Company and to obtain any additional information requested and has received and considered all information it deems relevant to make an informed decision to purchase the Securities. Neither such inquiries nor any other investigation conducted by or on behalf of such Purchaser or its representatives or counsel shall modify, amend or affect such Purchaser’s right to rely on the truth, accuracy and completeness of such information and the Company’s representations and warranties contained in this Agreement.
ARTICLE IV.
OTHER AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES
     4.1 Transfer Restrictions .
     (a) The Securities may only be disposed of in compliance with state and federal securities laws. In connection with any transfer of Securities other than pursuant to an effective registration statement or Rule 144, to the Company or to an affiliate of the Purchaser or in connection with a pledge as contemplated in Section 4.1(b), the Company may require the transferor thereof to provide to the Company an opinion of counsel selected by the transferor and reasonably acceptable to the Company, the form and substance of which opinion shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such transfer does not require registration of such transferred Securities under the Securities Act. As a condition of transfer, any such transferee shall agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and shall have the rights of the Purchaser under this Agreement.
     (b) The Purchaser agrees to the imprinting, so long as is required by this Section 4.1(b), of a legend on any of the Securities in the following form:
[NEITHER] THESE SECURITIES [NOR THE SECURITIES INTO WHICH THESE SECURITIES ARE [EXERCISABLE] [CONVERTIBLE]] HAVE BEEN REGISTERED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR THE SECURITIES COMMISSION OF ANY STATE IN RELIANCE UPON AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AS EVIDENCED BY A LEGAL OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE TRANSFEROR TO SUCH EFFECT, THE SUBSTANCE OF WHICH SHALL BE REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY. THESE SECURITIES AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON [EXERCISE] [CONVERSION] OF THESE SECURITIES MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN SECURED BY SUCH SECURITIES.

17


 

     The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Purchaser may from time to time pledge pursuant to a bona fide margin agreement with a registered broker-dealer or grant a security interest in some or all of the Securities to a financial institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act and who agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement and, if required under the terms of such arrangement, the Purchaser may transfer pledged or secured Securities to the pledgees or secured parties. Such a pledge or transfer would not be subject to approval of the Company and no legal opinion of legal counsel of the pledgee, secured party or pledgor shall be required in connection therewith. Further, no notice shall be required of such pledge. At the Purchaser’s expense, the Company will execute and deliver such reasonable documentation as a pledgee or secured party of Securities may reasonably request in connection with a pledge or transfer of the Securities, including, if the Securities are subject to registration hereunder, the preparation and filing of any required prospectus supplement under Rule 424(b)(3) under the Securities Act or other applicable provision of the Securities Act to appropriately amend the list of Selling Stockholders thereunder.
     (c) Certificates evidencing the Underlying Shares shall not contain any legend (including the legend set forth in Section 4.1(b) hereof): (i) while a registration statement covering the resale of such security is effective under the Securities Act, or (ii) following any sale of such Underlying Shares pursuant to Rule 144, or (iii) if such Underlying Shares are eligible for sale under Rule 144(k), or (iv) if such legend is not required under applicable requirements of the Securities Act (including judicial interpretations and pronouncements issued by the staff of the Commission). The Company shall cause its counsel to issue a legal opinion to the Company’s transfer agent promptly after the Effective Date if required by the Company’s transfer agent to effect the removal of the legend hereunder. If all or any portion of the Note or the Warrant is converted or exercised (as applicable) at a time when there is an effective registration statement to cover the resale of the Underlying Shares, or if such Underlying Shares may be sold under Rule 144(k) or if such legend is not otherwise required under applicable requirements of the Securities Act (including judicial interpretations and pronouncements issued by the staff of the Commission) then such Underlying Shares shall be issued free of all legends. The Company agrees that following the Effective Date or at such time as such legend is no longer required under this Section 4.1(c), it will, no later than five (5) Trading Days following the delivery by the Purchaser to the Company or the Company’s transfer agent of a certificate representing Underlying Shares, as applicable, issued with a restrictive legend, deliver or cause to be delivered to the Purchaser a certificate representing such shares that is free from all restrictive and other legends. The Company may not make any notation on its records or give instructions to any transfer agent of the Company that enlarge the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section. Certificates for Underlying Shares subject to legend removal hereunder shall be transmitted by the transfer agent of the Company to the Purchaser by crediting the account of the Purchaser’s prime broker with the Depository Trust Company System.
     (d) The Purchaser agrees that the removal of the restrictive legend from certificates representing Securities as set forth in this Section 4.1 is predicated upon the

18


 

Company’s reliance that the Purchaser will sell any Securities pursuant to either the registration requirements of the Securities Act, including any applicable prospectus delivery requirements, or an exemption therefrom, and that if Securities are sold pursuant to a Registration Statement, they will be sold in compliance with the plan of distribution set forth therein.
     4.2 Acknowledgment of Dilution . The Company acknowledges that the issuance of the Securities may result in dilution of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, which dilution may be substantial under certain market conditions. The Company further acknowledges that its obligations under the Transaction Documents, including without limitation its obligation to issue the Underlying Shares pursuant to the Transaction Documents, are unconditional and absolute and not subject to any right of set off, counterclaim, delay or reduction, regardless of the effect of any such dilution or any claim the Company may have against the Purchaser and regardless of the dilutive effect that such issuance may have on the ownership of the other stockholders of the Company.
     4.3 Furnishing of Information . As long as the Purchaser owns Securities, the Company covenants to timely file (or obtain extensions in respect thereof and file within the applicable grace period) all reports required to be filed by the Company after the date hereof pursuant to the Exchange Act. As long as the Purchaser owns Securities, if the Company is not required to file reports pursuant to the Exchange Act, it will prepare and furnish to the Purchaser and make publicly available in accordance with Rule 144(c) such information as is required for the Purchaser to sell the Securities under Rule 144. The Company further covenants that it will take such further action as any holder of Securities may reasonably request, to the extent required from time to time to enable such Person to sell such Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the requirements of the exemption provided by Rule 144.
     4.4 Integration . The Company shall not sell, offer for sale or solicit offers to buy or otherwise negotiate in respect of any security (as defined in Section 2 of the Securities Act) that would be integrated with the offer or sale of the Securities in a manner that would require the registration under the Securities Act of the sale of the Securities to the Purchaser or that would be integrated with the offer or sale of the Securities for purposes of the rules and regulations of any Trading Market.
     4.5 Conversion and Exercise Procedures . The procedures set forth in the Note and the Warrant set forth the totality of the procedures required of the Purchaser in order to exercise the Warrant or convert the Note. No additional legal opinion or other information or instructions shall be required of the Purchaser to exercise the Warrant or convert the Note. The Company shall honor exercises of the Warrant and conversions of the Note and shall deliver Underlying Shares in accordance with the terms, conditions and time periods set forth in the Transaction Documents.
     4.6 Securities Laws Disclosure; Publicity . The Company shall, by 8:30 a.m. Eastern time on the second Trading Day following the date hereof, issue a Current Report on Form 8-K disclosing the material terms of the transactions contemplated hereby, and shall attach the Transaction Documents thereto. The Company and the Purchaser shall consult with each other

19


 

in issuing any other press releases with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, and neither the Company nor the Purchaser shall issue any such press release or otherwise make any such public statement without the prior consent of the Company, with respect to any press release of the Purchaser, or without the prior consent of the Purchaser, with respect to any press release of the Company, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed, except if such disclosure is required by law, in which case the disclosing party shall promptly provide the other party with prior notice of such public statement or communication. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not publicly disclose the name of the Purchaser, or include the name of the Purchaser in any filing with the Commission or any regulatory agency or Trading Market, without the prior written consent of the Purchaser, except (i) as required by federal securities law in connection with (A) the Registration Statement and (B) the filing of final Transaction Documents (including signature pages thereto) with the Commission and (ii) to the extent such disclosure is required by law or Trading Market regulations, in which case the Company shall provide the Purchaser with prior notice of such disclosure permitted under this subclause (ii).
     4.7 Shareholder Rights Plan . No claim will be made or enforced by the Company or, with the consent of the Company, any other Person, that the Purchaser is an “Acquiring Person” under any control share acquisition, business combination, poison pill (including any distribution under a rights agreement) or similar anti-takeover plan or arrangement in effect or hereafter adopted by the Company, or that the Purchaser could be deemed to trigger the provisions of any such plan or arrangement, by virtue of receiving Securities under the Transaction Documents or under any other agreement between the Company and the Purchaser.
     4.8 Registration Rights .
          (a) In connection with the Next Equity Financing, the Purchaser shall be granted, with respect to the Underlying Shares, the same registration rights granted to the investors in the Next Equity Financing.
          (b) If, at any time there is not an effective Registration Statement covering all of the Underlying Shares, the Company shall determine to prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement relating to an offering for its own account or the account of others under the Securities Act of any of its equity securities (other than on Form S-4 or Form S-8 (each as promulgated under the Securities Act) or their then equivalents relating to equity securities to be issued solely in connection with any acquisition of any entity or business or equity securities issuable in connection with the Company’s stock option or other employee benefit plans), then the Company shall deliver to the Purchaser a written notice of such determination and, if within fifteen (15) days after the date of the delivery of such notice, the Purchaser shall so request in writing, the Company shall include in such registration statement all or any part of such Underlying Shares the Purchaser requests to be registered; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to register any Underlying Shares pursuant to this Section 4.8(b) that are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144(k) promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act or that are the subject of a then effective Registration Statement. Any Underlying Shares that are to be included in a registered public offering pursuant to this Section 2(g) shall be offered and sold upon such terms as the managing underwriters thereof determine. The

20


 

managing underwriters may condition the Purchaser’s participation in such a registered public offering upon the Purchaser’s execution of an underwriting agreement containing customary terms and conditions which would customarily be applicable to selling shareholders. If the managing underwriters for a registered public offering determine that the number of shares of Common Stock proposed to be sold in such offering would adversely affect the marketing of the shares of Common Stock to be sold by the Company therein or by the Person or Persons who exercised their right to require the Company to register such offering under the Securities Act, then the number of shares of Common Stock to be included in such offering shall be reduced until the number of such shares does not exceed the number that the managing underwriters believe can be sold without any such adverse effects; provided that any shares to be excluded shall be so excluded in the following order of priority: (i) securities held by any Person or Persons other than (A) the Purchaser or (B) any Person or Persons who exercised their demand right to require the Company to register such offering under the Securities Act; (ii) securities to be registered on behalf of the Company, if any, if such registered offering was initiated by any Person or Persons exercising their demand right to require the Company to register such offering under the Securities Act and (iii) the Underlying Shares sought to be included by the Purchaser and any other Persons exercising their registration rights as determined on a pro-rata basis (based upon the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock sought to be included in such registered offering).
     4.9 Use of Proceeds . The Company shall use the net proceeds from the sale of the Securities hereunder for working capital purposes.
     4.10 Reimbursement . If the Purchaser becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding by or against any Person who is a stockholder of the Company (except as a result of sales, pledges, margin sales and similar transactions by the Purchaser to or with any other stockholder), solely as a result of the Purchaser’s acquisition of the Securities under this Agreement, the Company will reimburse the Purchaser for its reasonable legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation preparation and travel in connection therewith) incurred in connection therewith, as such expenses are incurred. The reimbursement obligations of the Company under this paragraph shall be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have, shall extend upon the same terms and conditions to any Affiliates of the Purchaser who are actually named in such action, proceeding or investigation, and partners, directors, agents, employees and controlling persons (if any), as the case may be, of the Purchaser and any such Affiliate, and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of the Company, the Purchaser and any such Affiliate and any such Person. The Company also agrees that neither the Purchaser nor any such Affiliates, partners, directors, agents, employees or controlling persons shall have any liability to the Company or any Person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company solely as a result of acquiring the Securities under this Agreement.
     4.11 Indemnification of the Purchaser . Subject to the provisions of this Section 4.11, the Company will indemnify and hold the Purchaser and its directors, officers, shareholders, members, partners, employees and agents (and any other Persons with a functionally equivalent role of a Person holding such titles notwithstanding a lack of such title or any other title), each Person who controls the Purchaser (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and

21


 

Section 20 of the Exchange Act), and the directors, officers, shareholders, agents, members, partners or employees (and any other Persons with a functionally equivalent role of a Person holding such titles notwithstanding a lack of such title or any other title) of such controlling person (each, a “ Purchaser Party ”) harmless from any and all losses, liabilities, obligations, claims, contingencies, damages, costs and expenses, including all judgments, amounts paid in settlements, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of investigation that any such Purchaser Party may suffer or incur as a result of or relating to (a) any breach of any of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements made by the Company in this Agreement or in the other Transaction Documents or (b) any action instituted against the Purchaser, or any of its Affiliates, by any stockholder of the Company who is not an Affiliate of the Purchaser, with respect to any of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents (unless such action is based upon a breach of the Purchaser’s representations, warranties or covenants under the Transaction Documents or any agreements or understandings the Purchaser may have with any such stockholder or any violations by the Purchaser of state or federal securities laws or any conduct by the Purchaser which constitutes fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or malfeasance). If any action shall be brought against any Purchaser Party in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to this Agreement, such Purchaser Party shall promptly notify the Company in writing, and the Company shall have the right to assume the defense thereof with counsel of its own choosing reasonably acceptable to the Purchaser Party. Any Purchaser Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Purchaser Party except to the extent that (i) the employment thereof has been specifically authorized by the Company in writing, (ii) the Company has failed after a reasonable period of time to assume such defense and to employ counsel or (iii) in such action there is, in the reasonable opinion of such separate counsel, a material conflict on any material issue between the position of the Company and the position of such Purchaser Party, in which case the Company shall be responsible for the reasonable fees and expenses of no more than one such separate counsel. The Company will not be liable to any Purchaser Party under this Agreement (i) for any settlement by a Purchaser Party effected without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; or (ii) to the extent, but only to the extent that a loss, claim, damage or liability is attributable to any Purchaser Party’s breach of any of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements made by such Purchaser Party in this Agreement or in the other Transaction Documents.
     4.12 Reservation and Listing of Securities .
     (a) The Company shall maintain a reserve from its duly authorized shares of Common Stock for issuance pursuant to the Transaction Documents in such amount as may be required to fulfill its obligations in full under the Transaction Documents.
     (b) The Company shall, if applicable: (i) in the time and manner required by the principal Trading Market, prepare and file with such Trading Market an additional shares listing application covering a number of shares of Common Stock at least equal to the Required Minimum on the date of such application, (ii) take all steps necessary to cause such shares of Common Stock to be approved for listing on such Trading Market as soon as possible thereafter, (iii) provide to the Purchaser evidence of such listing, and (iv)

22


 

maintain the listing of such Common Stock on any date at least equal to the Required Minimum on such date on such Trading Market or another Trading Market.
     4.13 Form D; Blue Sky Filings . The Company agrees to timely file a Form D with respect to the Securities as required under Regulation D and to provide a copy thereof, promptly upon request of the Purchaser. The Company shall take such action as the Company shall reasonably determine is necessary in order to obtain an exemption for, or to qualify the Securities for, sale to the Purchaser at the Closing under applicable securities or “Blue Sky” laws of the states of the United States, and shall provide evidence of such actions promptly upon request of the Purchaser.
     4.14 Market Stand-Off” Agreement . Purchaser hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the closing of the issuance and sale of equity securities of the Company in the Company’s next underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (the “Public Offering”), and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) (a) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of the Company’s equity securities (whether such equity securities are then owned by Purchaser or thereafter acquired) held immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement for such offering, or (b) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Company’s equity securities acquired through the exercise of the Warrant, whether any such transaction described in clause (a) or (b) above is to be settled by delivery of securities, in cash, or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Section 4.14 shall apply only to the Company’s Public Offering, shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement and shall only be applicable to Purchaser if all officers and directors and greater than five percent (5%) stockholders of the Company enter into similar agreements. The underwriters in connection with the Company’s Public Offering are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 4.14 and shall have the right, power, and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Purchaser further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in the Company’s Public Offering that are consistent with this Section 4.14 that are necessary to give further effect thereto.
ARTICLE V.
MISCELLANEOUS
     5.1 Termination . This Agreement may be terminated by the Purchaser by written notice to the other parties, if the Closing has not been consummated on or before August 15, 2007.
     5.2 Fees and Expenses . The Company and the Purchaser shall each pay their own expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided, however, that the Company shall reimburse the Purchaser for reasonable legal fees, up to a

23


 

maximum of $10,000 in the aggregate, and disbursements in connection therewith. The Company shall pay all transfer agent fees, stamp taxes and other taxes and duties levied in connection with the delivery of any Securities to the Purchaser.
     5.3 Entire Agreement . The Transaction Documents, together with the exhibits and schedules thereto, contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, with respect to such matters, which the parties acknowledge have been merged into such documents, exhibits and schedules.
     5.4 Notices . Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries required or permitted to be provided hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given and effective on the earliest of (a) the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile at the facsimile number set forth on the signature pages attached hereto prior to 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on a Trading Day, (b) the next Trading Day after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile at the facsimile number set forth on the signature pages attached hereto on a day that is not a Trading Day or later than 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on any Trading Day, (c) the 2 nd Trading Day following the date of mailing, if sent by U.S. nationally recognized overnight courier service, or (d) upon actual receipt by the party to whom such notice is required to be given. The address for such notices and communications shall be as set forth on the signature pages attached hereto.
     5.5 Amendments; Waivers . No provision of this Agreement may be waived, modified, supplemented or amended except in a written instrument signed, in the case of an amendment, by the Company and the Purchaser or, in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom enforcement of any such waived provision is sought. No waiver of any default with respect to any provision, condition or requirement of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a continuing waiver in the future or a waiver of any subsequent default or a waiver of any other provision, condition or requirement hereof, nor shall any delay or omission of any party to exercise any right hereunder in any manner impair the exercise of any such right.
     5.6 Headings . The headings herein are for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.
     5.7 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their successors and permitted assigns. The Company may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Purchaser (other than by merger). The Purchaser may assign any or all of its rights under this Agreement to any Person to whom the Purchaser assigns or transfers any Securities, provided such transferee agrees in writing to be bound, with respect to the transferred Securities, by the provisions of the Transaction Documents that apply to the “Purchaser”.
     5.8 No Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is intended for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and is not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other Person, except as otherwise set forth in Section 4.11.

24


 

     5.9 Governing Law . All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of the Transaction Documents shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof. Each party agrees that all legal proceedings concerning the interpretations, enforcement and defense of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any other Transaction Documents (whether brought against a party hereto or its respective affiliates, directors, officers, shareholders, employees or agents) shall be commenced exclusively in the state and federal courts sitting in either the City of Los Angeles or the City of Santa Monica. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in either the City of Los Angeles or the City of Santa Monica for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein (including with respect to the enforcement of any of the Transaction Documents), and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is improper or is an inconvenient venue for such proceeding. The parties hereby waive all rights to a trial by jury. If either party shall commence an action or proceeding to enforce any provisions of the Transaction Documents, then the prevailing party in such action or proceeding shall be reimbursed by the other party for its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred with the investigation, preparation and prosecution of such action or proceeding.
     5.10 Survival . The representations, warranties, covenants and other agreements contained herein shall survive the Closing and the delivery, exercise and/or conversion of the Securities, as applicable for the applicable statue of limitations.
     5.11 Execution . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which when taken together shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party, it being understood that both parties need not sign the same counterpart. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such facsimile or “.pdf” signature page were an original thereof.
     5.12 Severability . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.
     5.13 Rescission and Withdrawal Right . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in (and without limiting any similar provisions of) any of the other Transaction

25


 

Documents, whenever the Purchaser exercises a right, election, demand or option under a Transaction Document and the Company does not timely perform its related obligations within the periods therein provided, then the Purchaser may rescind or withdraw, in its sole discretion from time to time upon written notice to the Company, any relevant notice, demand or election in whole or in part without prejudice to its future actions and rights; provided , however , in the case of a rescission of a conversion of the Note or exercise of the Warrant, the Purchaser shall be required to return any shares of Common Stock subject to any such rescinded conversion or exercise notice.
     5.14 Replacement of Securities . If any certificate or instrument evidencing any Securities is mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company shall issue or cause to be issued in exchange and substitution for and upon cancellation thereof (in the case of mutilation), or in lieu of and substitution therefor, a new certificate or instrument, but only upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of such loss, theft or destruction. The applicant for a new certificate or instrument under such circumstances shall also pay any reasonable third-party costs (including customary indemnity) associated with the issuance of such replacement Securities.
     5.15 Remedies . In addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided herein or granted by law, including recovery of damages, each of the Purchaser and the Company will be entitled to specific performance under the Transaction Documents. The parties agree that monetary damages may not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of any breach of obligations contained in the Transaction Documents and hereby agrees to waive and not to assert in any action for specific performance of any such obligation the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.
     5.16 Payment Set Aside . To the extent that the Company makes a payment or payments to the Purchaser pursuant to any Transaction Document or the Purchaser enforces or exercises its rights thereunder, and such payment or payments or the proceeds of such enforcement or exercise or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside, recovered from, disgorged by or are required to be refunded, repaid or otherwise restored to the Company, a trustee, receiver or any other person under any law (including, without limitation, any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause of action), then to the extent of any such restoration the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such enforcement or setoff had not occurred.
     5.17 Usury . To the extent it may lawfully do so, the Company hereby agrees not to insist upon or plead or in any manner whatsoever claim, and will resist any and all efforts to be compelled to take the benefit or advantage of, usury laws wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, in connection with any claim, action or proceeding that may be brought by the Purchaser in order to enforce any right or remedy under any Transaction Document. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in any Transaction Document, it is expressly agreed and provided that the total liability of the Company under the Transaction Documents for payments in the nature of interest shall not exceed the maximum lawful rate authorized under applicable law (the “ Maximum Rate ”), and, without limiting the foregoing, in

26


 

no event shall any rate of interest or default interest, or both of them, when aggregated with any other sums in the nature of interest that the Company may be obligated to pay under the Transaction Documents exceed such Maximum Rate. It is agreed that if the maximum contract rate of interest allowed by law and applicable to the Transaction Documents is increased or decreased by statute or any official governmental action subsequent to the date hereof, the new maximum contract rate of interest allowed by law will be the Maximum Rate applicable to the Transaction Documents from the effective date forward, unless such application is precluded by applicable law. If under any circumstances whatsoever, interest in excess of the Maximum Rate is paid by the Company to the Purchaser with respect to indebtedness evidenced by the Transaction Documents, such excess shall be applied by the Purchaser to the unpaid principal balance of any such indebtedness or be refunded to the Company, the manner of handling such excess to be at the Purchaser’s election.
     5.18 Construction . The parties agree that each of them and/or their respective counsel has reviewed and had an opportunity to revise the Transaction Documents and, therefore, the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of the Transaction Documents or any amendments hereto.
(Signature Pages Follow)

27


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Securities Purchase Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized signatories as of the date first indicated above.
                 
COMMAND CENTER, INC.       Address for Notice:
 
               
By:
              Command Center, Inc.
             
 
  Name:
Title:
          3773 W. Fifth Avenue
Post Falls, ID 83854
Attention: Brad Herr, Secretary
Phone: 208-773-7450
Fax: 208-773-7467
With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
Rogers & Hool LLP
Suite 850
The Camelback Esplanade
2425 East Camelback Road
Phoenix, Arizona 85016
Attention: Michael D. Hool
Phone: (602) 852-5550
Fax: (602) 852-5570
                 
MDB CAPITAL GROUP, LLC       Address for Notice:
 
               
By:
              MDB Capital Group, LLC
             
 
  Name:
Title:
          401 Wilshire Boulevard
Suite 1020
Santa Monica, California 9040
Attn: Anthony DiGiandomenico
Phone: 310-526-5015
 
              Fax: 310-526-5020
With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
Greenberg Traurig LLP
One International Place
Boston, MA 02110
Attention: Bradley A. Jacobson
Phone: (617) 310-6205
Fax: (617) 279-8402

28

 

(MDB CAPITAL GROUP LOGO)
CONFIDENTIAL
June 22, 2007
Glenn Welstad
Chief Executive Officer
Command Center, Inc.
3773 West Fifth Avenue
Post Falls, ID 83854
Re: Offerings
Dear Mr. Welstad:
The purpose of this letter agreement (the “Agreement”) is to confirm the engagement of MDB Capital Group LLC. (“MDB”) to act as the exclusive financial MDB to Command Center, Inc. (the “Company”). The term Company is understood to include any entity in which it has an ownership, profits, or similar interest, including any entity or successor company formed for the purpose of facilitating a Private Placement as contemplated in Paragraph 1 hereof.
1.   Engagement of MDB . The Company hereby engages the MDB on an exclusive basis for the term of this Agreement, and the MDB hereby agrees to advise, consult with, and assist the Company in various matters including, but not limited to,
  (a)   reviewing the Company’s business, operations, and financial condition,
 
  (b)   reviewing the Company’s proposed acquisition and advising on capitalization structures and capital raising,
 
  (c)   acting as placement agent on a best efforts basis for one or more private placements of equity or debt securities of approximately $5 million (each one a “Private Placement”), as well as a subsequent underwritten offering of approximately $10-15 million.
 
  (d)   providing general corporate advice as requested,
 
  (e)   providing advice on the pending exchange listing.
    During the term of this Agreement, the Company agrees not to use the services of any other investment banker regarding matters similar to those outlined herein.
 
    This Agreement is subject to our completing satisfactory due diligence on the Company, in addition to the successful resolution of several conditions precedent to our engagement, including but not limited to the following:

1


 

  (a)   Our satisfactory completion of background checks on The Company’s management team.
    MDB also retains the right to bring in another placement agent to assist in the Private Placement as MDB deems appropriate. However, the Company shall have the right to request placement agents to assist MDB in the Private Placement, and MDB shall not unreasonably reject to such request. The compensation of any assisting placement agent shall be determined by MDB.
 
2.   Compensation . As compensation for services rendered to the Company under this Agreement, the Company shall pay to the MDB the following compensation;
  2.1   Except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement, in consideration for performing or remaining available to perform the services identified in Section 1 of this Agreement, The Company shall pay the MDB a nonrefundable fee of $15,000. Such fee shall be due and payable on the date of this agreement.
 
  2.2   in addition to any fees provided in Section 2.1,, The Company agrees to pay to MDB a fee at completion of any Private Placement as set forth in Exhibit A hereto. Any fee payable to the MDB under this Section 2.2 will be due in cash at the closing of any Private Placement and shall be payable to the MDB by the Company, provided, however, that the MDB shall not be entitled to any fee under this Section 2.2 unless the closing of the Private Placement occurs during the term of this Agreement or within twelve months after termination of this Agreement, with parties introduced to the Company by MDB during the term of this Agreement.
 
  2.3   The Company will pay or reimburse the MDB for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the MDB in performing its obligations under this Agreement, which costs and expenses shall include, but not be limited to, travel expenses incurred in performing its duties, including due diligence and marketing, legal fees and expenses, consulting fees, costs of supplies, printing, copying and mailing and all other expenses reasonably incurred by the MDB in performing its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that the MDB shall obtain the prior approval of the Company for total expenditures greater than $25,000. Upon the Company’s request, the MDB shall provide to the Company a written statement or statements detailing expenses for which reimbursement is sought. Reimbursable expenses shall be payable by the Company within 30 days of receipt by the Company of a statement requesting reimbursement or, if requested by the Company, copies of supporting documentation.
3.   Right to Provide Future Investment Banking Services . In the event that a Private Placement is completed for a total of $4 million or more, MDB shall for 9 months following the closing have a right of first refusal to act as sole MDB, manager, underwriter or placement agent to the Company on any transactions for which the Company would require the services of an investment bank and whereby MDB provides such service. Such transactions shall be at a competitive market rate and include, but are not limited to, merger and/or acquisitions transactions and additional offerings or placements of debt or equity securities (public or private). A letter of intent to be negotiated and executed by the parties will contain the provisions of an anticipated transaction, including an underwritten public offering.
 
4.   Offerings . Any Private Placement arranged by MDB will be conducted pursuant to the terms and conditions of a customary placement agent agreement acceptable to MDB, the Company, and their respective counsel. Any Private Placement arranged by MDB will be as the Company’s agent and not on an underwritten basis. The Company understands and acknowledges that in agreeing to act as the

2


 

    Company’s agent in a Private Placement, MDB does not guarantee that the Company will be able to obtain financing or that the Company will be able to obtain financing on specific terms.
 
5.   Business Practice . The Company recognizes that the MDB is in the business of advising and consulting with other businesses, some of which businesses may be in competition with the Company. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the MDB may advise and consult with other businesses, including those which may be in competition with the Company, and shall not be required to devote its full time and resources to performing services on behalf of the Company under this Agreement. The MDB shall only be required to expend such time and resources as are reasonably appropriate to advise and assist the Company as provided for herein.
 
6.   Indemnification . The Company acknowledges that the MDB will be acting on behalf of the Company and will require indemnification by the Company. The Company further acknowledges that the indemnification provisions attached hereto as Exhibit B are incorporated by reference herein or are made a part hereof for all purposes as though set forth entirely herein.
 
7.   Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall terminate 12 months from the date of this Agreement, unless extended by mutual agreement of the parties. Upon termination of this Agreement, neither party shall have any further rights or obligations to the other, except that (i) the Company shall be obligated to pay fees under Sections 2.1 and 2.2 hereof relating to transactions commenced by MDB prior to termination of the Agreement and closed within twelve months after termination of this Agreement with a party introduced to the Company by MDB during the term of this Agreement, (ii) the Company shall be obligated to reimburse expenses under Section 2.3 incurred by the MDB during the period prior to termination of this Agreement, and (iii) the MDB and the Company shall continue to be bound by the provisions of Section 6 hereof.
 
8.   Relationship of Parties . The parties agree that their relationship under this Agreement is an advisory relationship only, and nothing herein shall cause the MDB to be partners, agents or fiduciaries of, or joint venturers with, the Company or with each other.
 
9.   Notices . All notices required or permitted herein must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given the first business day following the date of service if served personally, on the first business day following the date of actual receipt if delivered by telecopier, telex or other similar communication to the party or parties to whom notice is to be given, or on the third business day after mailing if mailed to the party or parties to whom notice is to be given by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the MDB and to the Company at the addresses set forth below, or to such other addresses as either party hereto may designate to the other by notice from time to time for this purpose.
         
MDB:
  MDB Capital Group LLC.    
 
  401 Wilshire Blvd-1020    
 
  Santa Monica, CA 90401    
 
  310-526-5015    
 
  F-310 526-5020    
 
       
Company:
  Command Center, Inc.    
 
  3773 West Fifth Avenue    
 
  Post Falls, ID 83854    
 
  Attn: Ron Junck, General Counsel    
10.   Parties . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

3


 

11.   Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Arizona, except for its conflicts of law principles.
 
12.   Entire Agreement, Waiver . This Agreement, along with the Nondisclosure Agreement to be concurrently signed by the parties, constitutes the entire Agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior Agreements relating to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any way except by subsequent Agreement executed in writing. Either the Company or the MDB may waive in writing any term, condition, or requirement under this Agreement which is intended for its own benefit, and written waiver of any breach of such term or condition of this Agreement shall not operate as a waiver of any other breach of such term or condition, nor shall any failure to enforce any provision hereof operate as a waiver of such provision or of any other provision hereof.
 
13.   Public Announcements . Neither The Company nor MDB can make a public announcement of this engagement that includes either The Company’s or MDB’s name without written consent of the other party.
                     
MDB Capital Group LLC.       Command Center, Inc.    
 
                   
/s/ Anthony Di Giandomenico       /s/ Glenn Welstad    
             
By:
  Anthony Di Giandomenico       By:   Glenn Welstad    
    Authorized Signatory           Title:  Chief Executive Officer    

4


 

EXHIBIT A
FINANCING FEES
1.   Compensation for Private Equity Financing (Including PIPE Transactions).
     a.  Placement Fee
     In the event the Company consummates a Private Placement of its equity securities through the services of MDB pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, then the Company shall pay to the MDB a Placement Fee equal to 7% of the aggregate gross proceeds raised by MDB in such placement or offering. For the purposes of this Agreement, equity securities shall be deemed to include any form of common or preferred stock or any security or instrument which is directly or through warrants, options, or similar instruments, convertible into, or exchangeable for, equity securities of the Company.
     b.  Placement Agent Warrant
     Subject to any applicable stock exchange and regulatory requirements or approvals, the MDB or its designees shall be granted a five-year Warrant for common shares or an equivalent interest equal to 8% of the underlying shares of the equity securities that are part of the Private Placement, exercisable at a price equal to the effective price per share of the Private Placement and will include a cashless exercise provision. For the purposes of this Agreement, equity securities shall be deemed to include any form of common or preferred stock or any security or instrument which is directly or through warrants, options, or similar instruments, convertible into, or exchangeable for, equity securities of the Company.
2. Fee for Private Debt Financing.
In the event the Company consummates a Private Placement of debt through the services of MDB pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, then the Company shall pay to the MDB a fee to be mutually agreed upon.

5

 

INDEMNIFICATION AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT
     THIS INDEMNIFICATION AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of November ___, 2007, by and among GLEN WELSTAD, an individual (“ Pledgor ”), and COMMAND CENTER, INC., a Washington corporation (the “ Company ”).
RECITALS
     A.     Pledgor presently owns and seeks to pledge to the Company, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, 750,000 shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Shares ”).
     B.     The Company is a party to that certain Securities Purchase and Registration Rights Agreement (“ Purchase Agreement ”), dated as of November 9, 2007, relating to the sale by the Company of certain shares of its common stock and certain warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement will have the meanings given such terms in the Purchase Agreement.
     C.     Pursuant to the requirements set forth in Section 2.2(a)(x) of the Purchase Agreement, Pledgor and the Company are entering into this Agreement.
AGREEMENTS
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and Pledgor hereby agree as follows:
     1.      Tax Obligations . Schedule 1 attached to this Agreement is a true and correct list of any operations entities previously acquired by the Company that are in arrears in taxes as of the date of this Agreement and the dollar amount of taxes that such entities are in arrears as of the date of this Agreement (collectively, the “ Tax Obligations ”).
     2.      Indemnification . Pledgor hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, settlement costs, and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising out of or relating to the Tax Obligations.
     3.      Pledge of Shares . Pledgor hereby pledges the Shares to the Company to at all times secure the following: (a) full and complete payment and satisfaction of the Tax Obligations; and (b) full and complete performance by Pledgor of his indemnification obligations set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement.
     4.      Default and Remedies . In the event that Pledgor fails to perform his obligations under this Agreement, the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion, may do or cause to be done any one or more of the following, without any further action: (a) cause the Shares to be registered in the Company’s name or in the name of any nominee of the Company; or (b) exercise any other remedy specifically granted under this Agreement or now or hereafter existing in equity, at law, by virtue of statute, or otherwise.
     5.      Representations and Warranties of Pledgor . Pledgor hereby represents and warrants to Buyer that: (a) Pledgor is the legal, record, and beneficial owner of, and has good title

1


 

to, the Shares, free and clear of all security interests or other encumbrances; and (b) Pledgor has the full power, authority, and legal right to grant to the Company the pledge set forth in this Agreement and no further consent, authorization, approval, or other action is required for the grant of such pledge or for the Company’s exercise of its rights and remedies under this Agreement.
     6.      Termination of Pledge; Release of Shares . Upon full and complete satisfaction of the Tax Obligations, and without any further action of the parties hereto: (a) the Shares will no longer subject to the pledge set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement or the other provisions of this Agreement; and (b) this Agreement will be terminated in all respects.
     7.      Miscellaneous .
     (a)     Any modification, amendment, or waiver of any provision of this Agreement will not be effective unless the same is in writing and signed by all of the parties hereto.
     (b)     Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries required or permitted to be provided under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed given and effective on the earliest of (i) the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile or email at the facsimile number or email address specified in this Section 7(b) prior to 6:30 p.m. (Pacific time) on any business day, (ii) the next business day after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile or email at the facsimile number or email address specified in this Section 7(b) on a day that is not a business day or later than 6:30 p.m. (Pacific time) on any business day, (iii) the business day following the date of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier service, or (iv) upon actual receipt by the party to whom such notice is required to be given. The addresses, facsimile numbers, and email addresses for such notices and communications are those set forth on the signature pages hereof, or such other address or facsimile number as may be designated in writing hereafter, in the same manner, by any such party.
     (c)     In the event that any provision of this Agreement is deemed to be invalid by reason of the operation of any law, or by reason of the interpretation placed thereon by any court or other governmental entity, this Agreement will be construed as not containing such provision and the invalidity of such provision will not affect the validity of any other provision hereof. Any and all other provisions hereof which otherwise are lawful and valid will remain in full force and effect.
     (d)     This Agreement will inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and will be binding upon the heirs, legatees, distributees, transferees, executors, administrators, and personal representatives and assigns of Pledgor.
     (e)     This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together will be one and the same instrument.
     (f)     The Recitals set forth above are hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement.
     (g)     THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE THAT THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AND NOT THE CONFLICT OF LAWS RULES) OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON GOVERNING CONTRACTS TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN SUCH STATE. THE PARTIES

2


 

HERETO CONSENT TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT LOCATED WITHIN THE STATE OF WASHINGTON.
[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

3


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and Pledgor have caused this Indemnification and Pledge Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.
         
    PLEDGOR:
 
       
 
  /s/  GLENN WELSTAD
     
    GLENN WELSTAD, an individual
 
       
 
  Address:   3773 W. 5th Avenue
 
       
 
      Posts Falls, ID 83854
     
 
       
     
 
  Fax:   208-777-0428
 
       
 
  Email:    
 
       
             
STATE OF IDAHO
    )      
 
    )     ss.
County of KOOTENAI
    )      
     Subscribed and sworn to before me this 30th day of November, 2007, by Glenn Welstad, an individual.
         
 
      /s/  Judith L. Kabrick
 
       
 
      Notary Public
     
My Commission Expires:
   
 
   
July 21, 2012
   
         
JUDITH L. KABRICK   THE COMPANY:
NOTARY PUBLIC
       
STATE OF IDAHO   COMMAND CENTER, INC., a Washington corporation
 
       
 
  By:   /s/  Brad E. Herr
 
       
 
      Brad E. Herr, Secretary
 
       
    Address:
    3773 West Fifth Avenue
    Post Falls, Idaho 83854
 
  Fax:   208-773-7450 Ext 112
 
       
 
  Email:   brad.herr@commandonline.com
 
       
             
STATE OF IDAHO
    )      
 
    )     ss.
County of KOOTENAI
    )      
     Subscribed and sworn to before me this 30th day of November, 2007, by Brad E. Herr, as the Secretary of Command Center, Inc.
         
 
      /s/  Judith L. Kabrick
 
       
 
      Notary Public
 
My Commission Expires:   July 21, 2012
JUDITH L. KABRICK
NOTARY PUBLIC
STATE OF IDAHO

4


 

SCHEDULE 1
TAX OBLIGATIONS
                         
 
  Tax Liabilities     IRS*     State*  
 
Aardvark
    $ 219,534       $ 35,196    
 
Anytime Labor
    $ 44,720       $ 1,682    
 
Awesome Possum
    $ 46,981            
 
Broadway Gardens
    $ 89,142       $ 19,264    
 
Dogwood Staffing
    $ 819            
 
Harbor Bay
    $ 657,471       $ 73,400    
 
Inland Empire
    $ 19,431       $ 2,375    
 
Rascals
    $ 341,098       $ 210,000    
 
San Antonio
    $ 35,586       $ 1,618    
 
Sonoran Management
    $ 101,465       $ 900    
 
Viken Management
      ($16,150 )     $ 3,721    
 
ZMP
    $ 11,103            
 
TOTAL
    $ 1,551,200       $ 348,156    
 
 
  Additional penalties and interest may be due at the time of payment.

5

 

(DM-T LETTERHEAD)
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the use of our reports dated March 20, 2007 and February 23, 2006, respectively, with respect to the balance sheets of Command Center, Inc. as of December 29, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively, and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended, which reports appear in a Form S-1 Registration Statement Under the Securities Act of 1933 dated January 14, 2008.
(-S- DECORIA, MAICHEL & TEAGUE, P.S.)
DeCoria, Maichel & Teague, P.S.
Spokane, Washington
January 14, 2008